Indian Man Arrested at Delhi Airport for Smuggling Cocaine Worth Rs 46.44 Crore

April 13, 2025 Staff ReporterIndia 0

A 23-year-old Indian man was taken into custody on Wednesday at the Indira Gandhi International (IGI) Airport in Delhi after customs officials discovered that he was carrying cocaine hidden inside his luggage. The total quantity of the illicit drug found was 3.32 kilograms, and its estimated value on the international market stands at Rs 46.44 crore.

The man had arrived in India from Entebbe, a city in Uganda, after transiting through Sharjah. His suspicious behavior and travel route drew the attention of customs officials who had received a tip-off through a specific intelligence input. This piece of intelligence prompted authorities to monitor and eventually intercept him for a thorough check upon his arrival.

Following the man’s landing in Delhi, customs officials conducted a comprehensive screening of his baggage. During the routine X-ray examination, they noticed irregularities that indicated potential concealment of suspicious material. It was this anomaly that led the officials to investigate further.

Upon physically inspecting his trolley bag, officials discovered that something had been concealed within the edges and lining of the suitcase. One of the customs officers, while explaining the situation, said, “Six packets containing a white powder were discovered hidden in the periphery of his trolley bag.” The discovery of these packets raised immediate red flags.

To ascertain the nature of the white powder, authorities employed an NDPS (Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances) field testing kit, which is routinely used to identify narcotics in such situations. Upon conducting the test, it was confirmed that the substance was cocaine. With this confirmation, the material was classified as a narcotic drug under Indian law.

Following the positive identification, the customs department officially seized the cocaine. The total weight of the drug was measured at 3.32 kilograms. Due to the severity of the offense and the value of the narcotics, the passenger was taken into custody immediately. The valuation of the confiscated cocaine was determined based on prevailing international rates, which placed the worth of the seizure at approximately Rs 46.44 crore.

With the drug confirmed and the passenger detained, legal proceedings were set in motion. Authorities stated that action has been initiated under both the NDPS Act and the Customs Act, which govern narcotic-related offenses and violations related to smuggling or illegal import of goods in India. These laws carry strict penalties, including long-term imprisonment and heavy fines for individuals found guilty of drug trafficking.

This incident underscores the ongoing efforts by Indian customs and law enforcement agencies to clamp down on international drug trafficking operations. Delhi’s IGI Airport, being one of the busiest international airports in the country, has frequently been used as a transit point by smugglers attempting to bring narcotics into India or route them through the country to other destinations. The vigilance and swift action by customs officials in this case prevented a significant amount of drugs from making its way into potential circulation.

The use of field test kits has proven effective in identifying such contraband swiftly, enabling officers to take immediate action. The successful interception in this instance highlights the importance of continued intelligence sharing and surveillance at key international transit points.

An official familiar with the case reiterated the details, saying, “Six packets containing a white powder were discovered hidden in the periphery of his trolley bag.” The white powder, once tested, confirmed suspicions of drug smuggling. The arrest and the seizure point to a highly organized method of concealment, often used by international drug syndicates, where illegal substances are embedded in unsuspecting parts of luggage or even clothing to avoid detection by airport scanners.

This latest arrest brings renewed attention to the routes being exploited by drug traffickers to move illegal substances into India. Entebbe, the city from which the man boarded his flight, has increasingly been observed as a departure point in recent drug-related arrests. This route, through Sharjah and into India, is now likely to face intensified scrutiny from customs and narcotics control authorities.

Officials have not yet revealed whether the man was acting alone or as part of a larger international drug trafficking network. Investigations are currently underway to determine the source of the cocaine, the intended recipients, and whether others may have been involved in facilitating the smuggling attempt. The interrogation of the arrested individual may yield more information about how the drugs were obtained, who they were meant for, and whether this incident is connected to a broader smuggling operation.

Given the seriousness of the crime, legal action under the Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act is expected to proceed swiftly. The NDPS Act includes stringent provisions for offenses involving commercial quantities of narcotic drugs. In cases involving large-scale smuggling, the punishment can extend to 20 years of rigorous imprisonment and a fine that can go up to Rs 2 lakh or more. Additionally, action under the Customs Act may include prosecution for attempting to smuggle prohibited goods, which also attracts severe penalties.

This case serves as a cautionary tale for individuals who might be lured into smuggling operations by drug trafficking rings, often with promises of easy money. The consequences, as demonstrated by this arrest, are grave and carry long-term implications for the accused. Authorities continue to warn travelers to avoid getting involved in any illegal activities and to remain aware of the serious legal ramifications of transporting narcotics.

Officials praised the vigilance and efficiency of the customs staff in intercepting the contraband before it could leave the airport premises. This seizure, valued at Rs 46.44 crore, adds to the growing list of narcotic drug recoveries at Indian airports and reaffirms the necessity of tight airport security and thorough baggage screening procedures.

In the ongoing crackdown against drug trafficking, such arrests highlight both the risks that smugglers take and the diligence required by law enforcement agencies to counter these threats. The proactive work of the customs team at IGI Airport has helped prevent a significant drug consignment from potentially entering illegal distribution networks.

As the investigation progresses, authorities are expected to gather more details and possibly identify more suspects or networks linked to this case. In the meantime, the 23-year-old Indian man remains in custody, and legal proceedings will continue as per the relevant provisions of Indian law.

The swift identification of the drugs and the immediate detention of the suspect represent a coordinated and effective response to a serious threat. The operation once again highlights the vital role of intelligence inputs and rapid action by customs officials in curbing the smuggling of narcotic substances through international airports.

Majority of Americans Now View Israel Unfavorably, With Younger Voters Driving Shift

April 13, 2025 Staff ReporterWorld 0

More than half of adults in the United States now hold an unfavorable view of Israel, and this shift is especially pronounced among younger generations across both political parties. These findings come from a new Pew Research Center survey released on April 8, highlighting a growing change in how Americans perceive the U.S. ally.

According to the survey, 53% of Americans now say they have a “somewhat” or “very unfavorable” opinion of Israel. This marks a significant 11-point rise in negative views since Pew last asked the same question in March 2022.

The increasing dissatisfaction comes after a period of intense conflict in the Middle East. In response to the October 7, 2023, Hamas attack that killed 1,200 Israelis, Israel launched a powerful military operation in Gaza, resulting in the deaths of an estimated 50,000 Palestinians, most of whom were women and children.

The poll also shows a stark rise in those expressing “very unfavorable” views of Israel, with that number nearly doubling from 10% in 2022 to 19% in 2025. The political divide remains clear: 69% of Democrats now express unfavorable opinions of Israel compared to 37% of Republicans.

“In some sense this marks the culmination of a process by which Israel is no longer perceived as David, but as Goliath,” said David Myers, a professor of history at the University of California, Los Angeles. “There’s been a shift in the perception of who’s the powerful and who’s the powerless, who’s the oppressor and who’s the oppressed.”

The survey, conducted between March 24 and March 30 and based on interviews with 3,605 adults, could represent a turning point in U.S. public opinion regarding Israel.

Ian Lustick, a retired political scientist from the University of Pennsylvania and an expert on the Middle East, emphasized how this data signals that the U.S. may be shifting closer to international perspectives on Israel. “Now we’re seeing that the United States is more in alignment with the rest of the world on this issue,” he said.

The generational divide is particularly striking. Among Republicans aged 18 to 49, 50% now hold negative views of Israel—up from 35% in 2022. Just three years ago, younger Republicans viewed Israel much more positively, with a 63% to 35% margin in favor. That has now reversed.

Young Democrats are even more critical. In 2022, 62% of Democrats under 50 expressed unfavorable views of Israel. By 2025, that number had risen to 71%.

“What is most interesting about these numbers is that it’s no longer a shift that’s happening on only one side of the political spectrum,” said Yousef Munayyer, director of the Palestine/Israel Program at the Arab Center, a Washington-based think tank focused on U.S. policy in the Arab world.

“What younger voters are seeing happening in Gaza — and they have been seeing it for some time now — they don’t want to be associated with that,” Munayyer added. “It’s not just something that they don’t want to be associated with as Republicans, but something that they don’t want to be associated with as Americans.”

Views also vary sharply along religious lines. Jewish Americans and white evangelical Christians show the most favorable opinions of Israel, at 73% and 72% respectively. On the other end of the spectrum, Muslim Americans hold the most negative views, with 81% expressing disapproval. Other groups showing strong disapproval include the religiously unaffiliated (69%) and Catholics (53%). White mainline Protestants are almost evenly split in their views of Israel.

On the topic of Israeli leadership, 52% of Americans say they have little or no confidence in Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s ability to “do the right thing regarding world affairs.”

When it comes to resolving the Israel-Palestine conflict, Americans are divided along political and religious lines. Democrats are more optimistic than Republicans about the feasibility of a two-state solution, with 56% of Democrats saying it is possible compared to only 36% of Republicans. Just under half (47%) of American Jews believe in the viability of a two-state solution. Interestingly, Muslim Americans are slightly more hopeful, with 56% expressing belief that such a solution could be achieved.

The war in Gaza is of significant personal importance to 93% of Jewish Americans and 68% of Muslim Americans, according to the poll.

However, American Jews remain divided on the question of President Donald Trump’s stance toward Israel. Among them, 36% believe Trump favors Israelis too much, while 43% say he is maintaining the right balance. Unsurprisingly, a vast majority—70%—of Muslim Americans think Trump favors Israelis excessively.

Two months ago, Trump floated a controversial idea that the U.S. could take over Gaza, relocate about 2 million Palestinians, and transform the war-torn territory into a resort area. However, public reception to this proposal has been largely skeptical: 38% of Americans say they do not believe the president will seriously pursue such a plan. Trump appeared to backtrack on the idea during a recent White House meeting with Netanyahu, referring to it as “a concept that I had.”

Ian Lustick emphasized that the growing divergence between public opinion and U.S. foreign policy on Israel is evident. “Policies toward Israel by the government have actually gone in the other direction, of almost obsequious support for an extreme far-right government in Israel,” Lustick noted. He added that this trend is unlikely to shift anytime soon. “American foreign policy on this issue is not driven by public opinion. It’s driven by domestic political calculations, meaning money, not votes.”

The margin of error for the Pew poll is plus or minus two percentage points.

This recent survey paints a picture of a changing America, where public sentiment about Israel is evolving rapidly and becoming more polarized. The widening generational and political divides suggest that future U.S. policy decisions regarding Israel may face increasing scrutiny, especially from younger and more diverse segments of the population.

US Tourism Declines Sharply as Global Visitors Turn Away Amid Political Tensions

April 13, 2025 Staff ReporterTourism 0

The tourism industry in the United States is undergoing a major slump, as travelers from key international markets—including Canada, the UK, Mexico, China, Brazil, France, Japan, and South Korea—are cancelling or rethinking their plans to visit. This downturn is being attributed to a combination of growing geopolitical strains, controversial domestic policies, and evolving global dynamics. A mix of trade conflicts, divisive political narratives, and rising anxiety around border policies is causing many global tourists to reconsider, potentially marking a lasting change in global travel patterns away from the US.

The US, once one of the world’s most popular travel destinations, is now experiencing diminishing interest from countries that historically sent large numbers of tourists. Nations such as Canada, the UK, and Mexico are seeing declines in traveler numbers, while enthusiasm from markets like China, Brazil, France, Japan, and South Korea is also waning. Analysts suggest this may not be a temporary dip, but the onset of a prolonged retreat in the US tourism landscape.

For some, the effects are personal. Olja Ivanic had eagerly planned to welcome her cousins from Sweden for an American vacation involving hikes in the Rocky Mountains and visits to Los Angeles and San Francisco. However, following a controversial meeting in February between President Donald Trump and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy, her relatives decided against visiting the US, opting for a European trip instead. Their change of plans reflects a trend echoed by many others across the globe.

According to the most recent statistics from the National Travel and Tourism Office (NTTO), the US experienced an 11.6% drop in international arrivals in March 2025 compared to the same month the previous year. Cumulatively, overseas visitors declined by 3.3% during the first quarter of 2025. A particularly sharp decline of 23% in air travel from Mexico adds to the industry’s concerns. Although Canada remains the leading source of international tourists to the US, even this traditionally strong market is now weakening.

Tourism Economics, a research firm that had once predicted a 9% rise in international tourism to the US for 2025, has revised its projection significantly. Instead of growth, it now anticipates a 9.4% decline. This stark change in outlook highlights the growing impact of America’s political and diplomatic tensions on international travel decisions.

Canada’s once-reliable flow of tourists to the US is showing signs of serious dissatisfaction, largely due to recent American policies and rhetoric. President Trump’s repeated remarks implying that Canada should become the 51st state, along with the introduction of tariffs, have left many Canadians frustrated. This discontent is being reflected in their travel habits. As reported by Flight Centre Travel Group Canada, bookings for leisure travel to the US fell by 40% in March 2025 when compared to the same month in 2024. Air Canada, responding to the reduced interest, has scaled back flights to popular US destinations including Florida, Arizona, and Las Vegas.

Meanwhile, interest from Europe is also fading. Countries such as Germany, France, and Italy have shown declining enthusiasm for US travel in early 2025. While the UK saw a slight increase in interest during March, the broader trend across Europe remains negative. Tourism from France and Germany is visibly down, and Italy has experienced a mild decrease as well.

The downturn extends across Asian markets, too. Between February and March 2025, bookings from Brazil dropped by 15%. Japan, a traditionally strong contributor to US tourism, is also seeing reduced interest. South Korea stands as a partial exception, having reported a rise in flight searches and bookings to the US. However, this modest growth has not been sufficient to compensate for the broader declines across other Asian nations.

Economic factors are compounding these trends. The Canadian dollar’s low exchange rate against the US dollar has made cross-border travel more expensive, encouraging Canadians to explore local travel options instead. Canadian airports have seen a decline in passengers heading to the US, a trend that mirrors similar behavior in other parts of the world where travelers are choosing domestic alternatives over American destinations.

In China, there are early signs of renewed curiosity among travelers, with some booking data pointing to a slight uptick in demand for US travel. Still, whether this momentum will be sustained is unclear, as changing global conditions could quickly reverse these gains.

From January through March 2025, the total number of international visitors to the US was 7.1 million—representing a 3.3% decline compared to the same period in 2024. The figures for March 2025 alone are more concerning, showing an 11.6% year-over-year drop in overseas visits.

Several factors are at play in this continued decline. Heightened geopolitical conflict and shifts in US policy have created a sense of unpredictability that discourages travelers. As global instability increases, tourists are gravitating toward countries perceived as more stable and welcoming.

Reduced interest is particularly noticeable among European countries such as Germany, France, and the UK. Similarly, traveler engagement from Brazil, Japan, and South Korea has decreased significantly. Although South Korea has shown some recent interest, it has not been enough to offset broader regional declines.

Much of the pushback from foreign travelers is being tied to President Trump’s aggressive political messaging and protectionist policies. The enforcement of tariffs, increased border scrutiny, and reports of tourists facing complications at US entry points have heightened concerns. “From President Trump’s frequent calls for Canada to become the 51st state to the imposition of tariffs, Canadian travelers are becoming increasingly disillusioned with visiting the U.S.,” the article notes.

As summer approaches, the US tourism industry is entering a period of deep uncertainty. With fewer international visitors on the horizon, the impact on hotels, airlines, and local economies dependent on tourism could be severe. A combination of diplomatic missteps, political volatility, and unfavorable economic factors is pushing tourists to choose destinations that offer greater reassurance and hospitality.

Travelers today are prioritizing safety and stability—qualities that many currently feel are lacking in the US. What appears to be a temporary dip could in fact represent a more fundamental shift in how the world views American travel. If this trend continues, the consequences could be long-lasting.

The tourism report bluntly states, “U.S. tourism is in freefall as travelers from key markets, including Canada, the UK, and Mexico, abandon plans due to rising political tensions, trade disputes, and concerns over U.S. leadership and border security.”

Going forward, the US travel industry will need more than marketing to reverse this trend. A broader reevaluation of diplomatic and political messaging may be required. While economic perks could draw back some tourists, the real challenge lies in restoring international goodwill and trust.

Whether the US can reestablish itself as a top travel choice is uncertain. For now, the sector is facing a difficult path, marked by declining interest, damaged reputation, and increasing competition from more stable and inviting destinations.

Prithviraj Sukumaran Begins Shooting for ‘Nobody’ with Parvathy and Hakim Shajahan

April 13, 2025 Staff ReporterCinema 0

Actor Prithviraj Sukumaran has officially started filming his next venture titled ‘Nobody’, which stars Parvathy Thiruvothu and Hakim Shajahan in key roles. The production kicked off with a traditional pooja and switch-on ceremony held at Wellington Island in Ernakulam, marking the formal beginning of the much-anticipated film’s shoot.

The film is directed by Nissam Basheer, a well-regarded name in Malayalam cinema, and is written by Sameer Abdul. Together, they are working to craft what is expected to be a gripping and emotionally rich film. ‘Nobody’ is being jointly bankrolled by Supriya Menon, Mukesh Mehta, and C.V. Sarathi. The movie is being produced under the notable banners of Prithviraj Productions and E4 Experiments, both known for supporting high-quality and innovative Malayalam cinema.

The musical score for ‘Nobody’ is being composed by Harshavardhan Rameshwar, whose previous work includes the widely recognized and intense music in the film ‘Animal’. His involvement is expected to contribute significantly to the emotional depth and dramatic weight of the film, enhancing the overall cinematic experience. With such a strong team in place—both in terms of actors and the technical crew—’Nobody’ is quickly shaping up to be an engaging and distinctive film that could leave a lasting impression on audiences.

While excitement builds around ‘Nobody’, Prithviraj Sukumaran has also been in the news recently due to his other major project, ‘L2: Empuraan’. This film, which he is directing, has sparked some controversy in recent weeks over its portrayal of certain real-life incidents. Even amid the controversy, ‘L2: Empuraan’ remains one of the most eagerly awaited films of the year. The buzz surrounding it only seems to be growing, driven by both curiosity and the high expectations audiences have from Prithviraj’s directorial vision.

In an interview back in March, Prithviraj spoke candidly about the experience of directing while also acting in the same movie—a demanding process that few in the industry undertake. Reflecting on his dual responsibilities for ‘L2: Empuraan’, he shared, “I’ve never really found it to be very challenging. The toughest part is having to stay in costume and makeup while directing, which I don’t usually enjoy. But beyond that, it’s all part of one giant process.” His remarks offer a glimpse into the complexities of multitasking on a film set, but also show his level of comfort and confidence with handling both roles simultaneously.

Despite the inherent difficulties that come with managing both acting and directing, Prithviraj has demonstrated a rare ease in toggling between the two demanding roles. His ability to lead from behind the camera while performing in front of it has only increased the public’s admiration for his talents. This seamless balancing act is one of the key reasons for the growing anticipation surrounding ‘L2: Empuraan’. As someone who has consistently challenged conventional filmmaking boundaries, Prithviraj is increasingly seen as a driving force behind the evolving landscape of Malayalam cinema.

‘Nobody’, meanwhile, presents another opportunity for Prithviraj to showcase his strengths as an actor. Paired with the powerful presence of Parvathy Thiruvothu and the rising popularity of Hakim Shajahan, the cast sets the stage for some powerful performances. The script by Sameer Abdul is expected to delve deep into human emotions, while Nissam Basheer’s direction is likely to bring a nuanced and sensitive touch to the storytelling. The synergy between the script, the direction, and the music could create a potent mix that elevates the film beyond conventional storytelling.

The presence of Supriya Menon as one of the producers under the banner of Prithviraj Productions ensures that the film stays rooted in quality, as the banner has been associated with several critically acclaimed projects in recent years. Collaborating with Mukesh Mehta and C.V. Sarathi of E4 Experiments also brings in an experienced team known for their innovative film choices and production values. Together, the producers are aiming to craft a film that is not only artistically fulfilling but also commercially viable.

Music composer Harshavardhan Rameshwar’s involvement also signals the importance of sound in the film’s overall design. Known for crafting emotionally resonant music, his score for ‘Nobody’ is expected to underline key moments in the narrative and add another layer of engagement for viewers. His previous work in ‘Animal’ was widely praised for its intensity and emotional gravity, and fans will be eager to see how he approaches the tone of ‘Nobody’.

The choice of Wellington Island in Ernakulam as the launch location also hints at the aesthetic the filmmakers are aiming for. The island, known for its scenic beauty and historical significance, could serve as a powerful visual backdrop that adds atmosphere to the unfolding story. The formal pooja and switch-on ceremony held there not only mark the beginning of the shoot but also reflect the respect for tradition that continues to inform many aspects of Indian cinema.

Although the narrative of ‘Nobody’ has been kept under wraps for now, the involvement of a strong creative team and a solid cast suggests that the film will explore themes that are both compelling and relevant. The collaboration between Prithviraj, Parvathy, and Hakim Shajahan hints at a layered and performance-driven film, one that aims to leave a deep impact on the audience.

Meanwhile, Prithviraj’s directorial venture ‘L2: Empuraan’ continues to remain in focus for reasons beyond just the storyline. The recent controversy may have stirred debate, but it has also added to the intrigue. As viewers wait to see how Prithviraj balances his roles in both ‘Nobody’ and ‘L2: Empuraan’, it’s clear that he is positioning himself as one of Malayalam cinema’s most versatile and ambitious talents.

By effortlessly moving between acting, directing, and producing, Prithviraj is not just delivering quality films—he is also helping redefine the boundaries of Malayalam cinema. Whether it is through a deeply emotional performance in ‘Nobody’ or a complex directorial undertaking like ‘L2: Empuraan’, he is consistently pushing the envelope. His dedication to storytelling and commitment to cinematic excellence ensure that his projects remain among the most talked-about and eagerly awaited releases of the year.

With both ‘Nobody’ and ‘L2: Empuraan’ in the pipeline, Prithviraj Sukumaran continues to prove that he is a powerhouse of talent whose work is worth watching. Audiences can expect nothing short of brilliance as he takes on new challenges and raises the bar for Malayalam films across genres and styles.

Airports Where the Food Alone is Worth the Trip

April 13, 2025 Staff ReporterTravel 0

For many travelers, uninspiring sandwiches and expensive, mediocre snacks can make airports feel like something to be endured. But some airports are turning that reputation on its head, offering meals so delicious that passengers might just want to arrive early—or even schedule a layover—just to enjoy the food. Here are some of the airports around the world where the dining options are truly a part of the journey.

Singapore Changi Airport (SIN) is known for its butterfly garden, but the real treat lies in its wide array of culinary experiences. The food options give travelers a taste of Singapore itself. At Violet Oon, passengers can indulge in bold Peranakan dishes like dry laksa. Even the airport staff canteen is a standout, offering affordable and delicious local meals such as chicken rice. It’s the kind of place where arriving early is not just smart but also enjoyable.

At Tokyo Narita International Airport (NRT), missing out on sushi in the city isn’t a problem. Travelers get a second shot at trying high-quality sushi at Sushi Kyotatsu, located right by the gates. The restaurant serves up fresh, expertly cut sushi that rivals offerings in Tokyo itself. Additionally, tempura dishes are served hot and crisp, making it an easy choice to skip the in-flight meal and fill up before boarding.

Dubai International Airport (DXB) embraces culinary style like fashion—bold, fast, and trendy. Here, you can grab a quick shawarma or sit down at Wolfgang Puck’s Kitchen for a more upscale meal. “French pastries, Indian thalis, and Middle Eastern street snacks all show up here,” providing diverse choices for every budget. Good food doesn’t have to be expensive at DXB, and it’s easy to eat well without breaking the bank.

Istanbul Airport (IST) gives travelers a hard choice: snack or sit-down? You could keep it simple with a simit and tea or indulge in slow-roasted lamb and stuffed eggplants. Regional Turkish cuisine takes center stage at Tadında Anadolu, and for those seeking something flashy, Salt Bae’s famous Nusr-Et steakhouse is also present. “It really depends on how long until your next flight,” but no matter your time limit, there’s a flavor to savor.

San Francisco International Airport (SFO) takes food seriously enough to ban fast food chains. The focus here is on fresh, local, and sustainable meals. At Napa Farms Market, travelers can grab healthy quinoa bowls or freshly squeezed juices. Bun Mee offers flavorful banh mi sandwiches filled with house-roasted pork and crisp pickled vegetables. This is a terminal where fast food gives way to thoughtful, quality dining.

Hartsfield–Jackson Atlanta International Airport (ATL) offers travelers a taste of authentic Southern cuisine. One Flew South provides a refined experience without feeling formal. The menu includes dishes like bourbon-glazed pork belly and sushi rolls with a regional twist. Another must-try is Chicken + Beer, a spot owned by rapper Ludacris, which serves up fried chicken, waffles, and local brews. “You can experience real Southern cooking at ATL,” and you’ll be glad you did.

Portland International Airport (PDX) is more like a mini version of Portland than a typical airport. Blue Star Donuts serves up inventive flavors such as blueberry bourbon, while Deschutes Brewery offers local beers on tap. Even better, the pricing is the same as outside the airport. “There’s no gouging, just good food,” making the dining here feel fair and authentic.

Munich International Airport (MUC) may be the only airport in the world with its own brewery. Airbräu crafts beer on-site and serves it with traditional German fare such as schnitzel and sausage platters. During winter months, there’s even a Christmas market inside the terminal where you can enjoy warm pretzels and mulled wine. It’s a festive and flavorful sendoff or welcome.

Hong Kong International Airport (HKG) is the place to skip the snack bar and head straight for fine dining. At Duddell’s, travelers can indulge in Michelin-starred dim sum. For comforting bowls of wonton noodles and silky congee, Ho Hung Kee is the go-to spot. “Every dish here leans into tradition,” offering speed without sacrificing flavor or quality.

London Heathrow Airport (LHR) is about more than just quick eats. Plane Food by Gordon Ramsay offers hearty, well-prepared meals with runway views. For those in the mood to splurge, Caviar House & Prunier serves luxurious seafood dishes with champagne. There are also pop-ups throughout the terminals that rotate and showcase new UK food brands, keeping things fresh and exciting.

Austin-Bergstrom International Airport (AUS) brings the Texas BBQ right to your gate. You’ll probably smell The Salt Lick before you even see it, with its smoked brisket and sausage that come straight from the pit. Tacodeli provides beloved breakfast tacos, a staple among locals. Adding to the vibe is live music, giving travelers a true Austin sendoff or welcome. “Live music in the terminal completes the Austin vibe,” and it’s unforgettable.

Incheon International Airport (ICN) in South Korea integrates food into the travel experience seamlessly. Classic Korean dishes like bibimbap and spicy kimchi stew are readily available. Korean Culture Street enhances the experience with traditional village-style architecture and dishes rooted in heritage. “It feels like a soft landing or a strong sendoff,” depending on your travel direction.

Rome Fiumicino Airport (FCO) ensures your last Italian meal before departure is a great one. Eataly allows travelers to pick up pasta, wine, or enjoy a sit-down pizza meal. Antica Focacceria is known for serving Sicilian dishes like arancini and caponata, offering a final bite of Italy before boarding. “FCO serves food that would hold up anywhere in Rome,” and you won’t want to miss it.

Dallas/Fort Worth International Airport (DFW) delivers Texas comfort food in generous portions. At Pappadeaux, you can dig into fried shrimp, catfish, and creamy étouffée. The Salt Lick is also here, bringing its famous smoky ribs and brisket. With over 70 places to eat, “you can go fancy or casual without leaving the terminal.”

Hamad International Airport (DOH) in Qatar makes dining a luxurious affair. Harrods Tea Room provides finger sandwiches and premium teas in a posh setting, while the Oreo Café keeps things lighthearted with extravagant milkshakes and desserts. The airport is filled with lush indoor gardens and contemporary art installations, making it feel more like a destination than a stopover. “Hamad turns airport dining into something special,” and it lives up to that promise.

These airports prove that great food can transform a travel experience. Whether you’re just passing through or deliberately extending your layover, these terminals offer meals worth the extra time.

Seven Behaviors That Define the Happiest Relationship of Your Life

April 13, 2025 Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

When it comes to love, there’s a big difference between settling for any relationship and choosing the one that brings genuine happiness. Contrary to the ideals we often see in films, true joy in a relationship doesn’t come from grand gestures or dramatic romance. Instead, it’s found in the quiet, consistent actions of a partner who understands what it means to truly care.

Psychology identifies seven behaviors that are essential for a fulfilling relationship. When a man exhibits these traits regularly, chances are you’ve found someone who can lead you into the happiest chapter of your romantic life.

Let’s explore these seven crucial behaviors that can shape a deeply rewarding partnership.

He expresses genuine empathy

Empathy isn’t just a trendy concept—it’s the foundation of emotional connection in any meaningful relationship. It’s not simply about acknowledging your emotions; rather, it’s about your partner stepping into your shoes and feeling what you feel. This depth of understanding builds a powerful emotional bond.

A man who practices true empathy will not only understand your experiences but will also honor your emotions. That level of consideration helps you feel validated and supported. When both people show this mutual respect, they create a relationship that thrives.

Importantly, empathy is most valuable in times of difficulty, not just joy. If you’ve found a man who consistently empathizes during both your highs and lows, you’re already closer to experiencing the most fulfilling relationship of your life.

He prioritizes communication

Open and honest communication is the lifeline of any healthy relationship. From personal experience, I’ve seen that conflicts can be constructive if handled through dialogue. In one relationship, after a serious disagreement, my partner and I chose to talk it out instead of letting the issue linger. We shared our feelings, truly listened, and arrived at a resolution.

This process not only solved the immediate issue but also deepened our connection. Good communication isn’t about always agreeing—it’s about addressing differences openly and maturely.

When your partner is willing to communicate even during rough times, the relationship becomes more resilient and capable of lasting happiness.

He embraces your flaws

Have you ever felt like you couldn’t show your true self in a relationship? That feeling can be exhausting and unsustainable. Real happiness starts when you’re accepted for who you are—quirks, flaws, and all.

In my own life, the most satisfying relationships were those in which both partners stopped trying to change each other. Instead, they cherished each other’s individuality.

Psychologist Carl Jung once said, “The most terrifying thing is to accept oneself completely.” That truth applies to relationships too. When your partner accepts you fully, it creates a safe and loving space.

A man who loves you as you are—without trying to mold you into someone else—can bring you the happiest relationship you’ll ever experience. True love lies not in finding perfection but in embracing imperfection wholeheartedly.

He respects your boundaries

A truly healthy relationship requires mutual respect, especially when it comes to personal boundaries. It’s not just about knowing your partner’s limits but also honoring them consistently.

According to research published in the Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, couples who respect each other’s boundaries tend to report higher satisfaction in their relationships. They face fewer conflicts and feel more secure together.

In everyday life, this might look like your partner recognizing your need for alone time or never pressuring you to share something you’re not ready to discuss. Boundaries are not walls—they are guidelines that foster mutual respect and emotional safety.

If your man understands and respects your personal space and emotional needs, it’s a strong indication that your relationship is on the path to lasting happiness.

He shows appreciation

Feeling valued is a basic human need. In my own experience, when appreciation is present, even tough times become more bearable. Being acknowledged makes people feel seen and cherished.

Appreciation means expressing gratitude, recognizing your partner’s efforts, and letting them know they matter. Renowned psychologist William James put it well: “The deepest principle in human nature is the craving to be appreciated.”

When your partner routinely thanks you, acknowledges your work, or notices the small things you do, it transforms the relationship. It turns everyday life into something meaningful and warm.

If your partner never misses a chance to show gratitude, you’re in the presence of someone who can give you the happiest relationship of your life.

He encourages your independence

Independence within a relationship might seem contradictory, but it’s vital. Many believe that love requires sacrificing freedom—but real love respects it.

Healthy relationships allow both partners to maintain their individuality. You should be free to pursue your interests, dreams, and passions, even within a committed partnership.

Psychologist Erich Fromm wisely said, “Love is union with somebody, or something, outside oneself, under the condition of retaining the separateness and integrity of one’s own self.”

When a man supports your independence, it shows trust and emotional maturity. He understands that your identity doesn’t have to dissolve in the relationship—instead, it can thrive.

Having a partner who encourages your personal growth and respects your autonomy is a sign of a truly happy and supportive relationship.

He’s consistent

While surprises and romantic gestures have their place, the true mark of a dependable partner is consistency. It’s the steady presence and reliability that build lasting trust.

Psychologist Albert Bandura once said, “People with high assurance in their capabilities approach difficult tasks as challenges to be mastered rather than as threats to be avoided.” A consistent man applies this attitude to relationships. You can count on him, not just when things are easy, but also when challenges arise.

This reliability reinforces trust, and trust is the backbone of any joyful relationship. A consistent partner proves through actions—not just words—that he’s committed and dependable.

Final thoughts

At their core, human relationships are intricate but often grounded in simple principles. These seven behaviors may seem straightforward, but together, they hold the power to define a truly fulfilling relationship.

Of course, no one is perfect. The goal isn’t to find a man who flawlessly exhibits these traits every day, but rather someone who strives to live by them consistently. Effort and intention make all the difference.

Ultimately, the happiest relationship of your life is not only about what your partner brings to the table—it’s about what you both build together. Love, respect, and mutual understanding form the foundation of a joyful, lasting partnership.

So as you navigate love and life, keep these seven behaviors in mind. They’re not just signs of a good relationship—they’re the roadmap to the happiest one of all.

Trade War Turmoil: How the U.S.-China Economic Clash Is Shaking Global Tourism

April 10, 2025April 14, 2025 Staff ReporterWorld 0

The intensifying trade war between the United States and China has entered a perilous stage, with soaring tariffs leading to widespread economic damage and turbulence in global markets. Among the industries suffering most is international tourism, now caught in the crossfire of policy shifts and aggressive tariff increases. The escalating dispute is not only reshaping trade dynamics but also significantly disrupting air travel, hospitality, and consumer spending linked to global tourism. With the U.S. and China—two of the world’s economic giants—locked in an economic standoff, the broader travel industry is grappling with heightened costs and plummeting demand.

The latest twist in the trade war sees the U.S. threatening to hike tariffs on Chinese imports to a stunning 104%. This move, while aimed at economic leverage, has triggered consequences far beyond trade, affecting airlines, cruise lines, tech firms, and hotels. These industries now face severe uncertainty as supply chains tighten and operating costs rise. The travel ecosystem, heavily reliant on cross-border mobility and stable economic relations, is particularly vulnerable to this conflict.

The travel sector is already witnessing a pullback in global mobility, driven by rising costs and lowered demand. Chinese tourists, among the top international travelers, are beginning to rethink trips to the U.S. as tariffs increase the price of goods and services tied to travel. Major American cities such as New York, Los Angeles, and San Francisco, which rely significantly on Chinese tourism, could see sharp declines in international visitors. Higher costs on items like electronics—popular purchases among tourists—further discourage travel.

“US states including New York, Michigan, California, Nevada, Florida, and more face tourism declines due to Trump’s tariffs,” as industry observers note, highlighting the widespread economic implications.

Meanwhile, American travelers eyeing China are similarly dissuaded by inflated prices on goods and services caused by reciprocal tariffs. As duties on travel-related products like smartphones, luggage, and apparel increase, international travel becomes less appealing. This drop in tourism between the U.S. and China, once one of the most profitable travel routes, could deal a major blow to airlines, hotels, and tour operators.

In response, travel agencies are adjusting their marketing approaches, shifting attention to regions less impacted by trade tensions. Long-haul flights and cruise packages between the U.S. and China, now more expensive, are facing diminished demand.

The airline industry, too, is under pressure. U.S. carriers could see significant hikes in operating costs due to tariffs on Chinese aircraft parts, including avionics and engines. These increased costs are expected to translate into higher ticket prices, affecting consumer demand. Airlines heavily dependent on U.S.-China routes—such as American, Delta, and United—are especially vulnerable, as weakening demand for both business and leisure travel could shrink revenues.

Airfares for international flights are already under strain from inflation and surging fuel prices. Tariffs add a new layer of financial pressure. Budget airlines may attract more cost-conscious travelers, but their own narrow profit margins make survival in this environment difficult.

The technology sector, at the center of the trade war, is also disrupting travel. Tariffs on Chinese electronics mean travelers can expect to pay more for tech gadgets such as smartphones, cameras, and laptops—tools that are essential for modern travel. “The cost of travel-related tech products like smartphones, cameras, laptops, and GPS devices could skyrocket,” experts warn, pointing out that both leisure and business travelers will be hit.

Airlines, cruise companies, and hotels depend on affordable electronics for operations—like digital check-ins, in-flight entertainment, and mobile booking systems. As costs rise, these services may become less accessible or more expensive, directly impacting the travel experience. Chinese tech firms like Huawei, Xiaomi, and Lenovo are central suppliers of such equipment, and higher tariffs could severely strain the hospitality sector’s ability to maintain services.

For the cruise industry, the trade war brings both supply chain issues and escalating costs. Tariffs on Chinese-made materials used in shipbuilding and maintenance can lead to construction delays and pricier cruises. As cruise lines struggle with increased expenses, they’re likely to pass these onto consumers, discouraging bookings and reducing passenger volume. “With fewer deals on cruise vacations, travelers could opt for land-based travel,” a shift that would cut deeply into cruise revenues.

Chinese tourists—a rapidly growing customer base for cruises—may be especially affected. The increased costs and travel deterrents from tariffs make it less likely that they’ll book cruises in North America, further dampening industry prospects.

Hotels are similarly burdened. Rising prices caused by tariffs and a weakening Chinese economy have prompted tourists to reconsider travel plans, especially to major U.S. cities where Chinese visitors usually spend big. At the same time, hotels that rely on Chinese imports for furniture, electronics, and other essentials now face increased costs, pushing room rates higher.

“As more tourism-dependent cities face rising prices for accommodations and diminished demand, the hotel industry will experience a downturn,” market analysts predict.

Across travel, tech, cruise, and hotel sectors, the long-term pain is just beginning. Businesses are being forced to rethink strategies as costs climb and customers pull back. As tariffs alter supply chains and reduce affordability, travel will likely become more expensive and less predictable. The 104% tariff on Chinese imports now being considered threatens to choke off critical supplies—especially electronics—used throughout the travel industry.

Global markets are reeling from the economic uncertainty this trade war has unleashed. Stock markets are down, currencies are fluctuating, and financial forecasts have turned grim. Asian economies, heavily reliant on exports, are particularly exposed, and nations like Vietnam and Cambodia are bracing for additional fallout. As Chinese exports to the U.S. shrink, other countries fear secondary effects on their own tourism sectors.

“The result? Less disposable income for consumers, fewer international tourists, and a prolonged period of economic volatility,” say industry experts. Smartphone prices, for example, are surging, which could reduce the use of travel apps and disrupt digital services that many tourism companies depend on.

The mounting instability is leading investors to back away from tourism-related stocks, anticipating long-term damage. With global travelers hesitant to spend, tourism operators are seeing a sharp decline in bookings, particularly in Asia and Europe.

China’s retaliation—already involving tariffs up to 34%—has further clouded the outlook for U.S. tourism. Chinese tourists, who make up a large portion of foreign spending in the U.S., are now less likely to visit. Major cities that depend on these travelers face significant revenue losses. Additional barriers, such as stricter visa and customs policies, only add to the deterrent.

Tourism professionals are preparing for a new reality where the intersection of geopolitics and economics continues to dictate business outcomes. “With increased tariffs, uncertainty, and economic pain affecting both consumers and businesses alike, the global tourism industry faces a turbulent road ahead,” notes a senior travel strategist.

The conflict between the U.S. and China is more than a trade dispute—it’s a global economic event reshaping tourism. With both countries locked in a power struggle over market share, tourism becomes collateral damage in a fight that shows no signs of ending. The global travel industry must now adapt to survive, with cost pressures mounting, consumer confidence wavering, and long-term stability increasingly out of reach.

For now, the only certainty is that uncertainty will persist—and the travel world may never look quite the same again.

Trump Administration Revokes Visas of Hundreds of International Students, Prompting Backlash and Legal Battles

April 10, 2025April 14, 2025 Staff ReporterEducation 0

The Trump administration has taken a controversial step by revoking the visas of hundreds of international students and detaining around a dozen individuals on college campuses across the United States, often without prior notice or the ability to appeal. This sweeping action has triggered widespread concern and unease among the international student community.

Viral videos have captured the moments when plain-clothes officers handcuffed and arrested students near their homes, shocking viewers and sparking fear among students nationwide. The situation has escalated to the point where over 80 universities have reported cases of revoked student visas, as documented by a tracker maintained by Inside Higher Ed. These reports span institutions from coast to coast, impacting students and faculty alike.

U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio confirmed last month that over 300 visas have already been revoked. He explained the department’s stance by saying it was targeting individuals whose actions were seen as being contrary to U.S. national interests. “It might be more” than 300 visas, Rubio noted, hinting at the broader scope of the effort. “I don’t know actually if it’s primarily student visas. It’s a combination of visas,” he said.

A significant number of the students affected had participated in pro-Palestinian demonstrations, though some cases involved individuals with prior legal issues. These infractions ranged from criminal records to minor offenses such as speeding or a previous DUI, according to immigration attorneys familiar with the cases. For instance, CBS News reported on a Turkish student from the University of Minnesota who was detained in March after his visa was revoked due to a prior drunk driving offense.

Despite the legal infractions in some cases, immigration experts emphasize that students on visas are entitled to First Amendment rights, including freedom of speech. Deportations over political expression have historically been rare, but the temporary nature of student visas makes these individuals more vulnerable.

Many students have filed lawsuits against the federal government, arguing that their visas were suddenly revoked without any warning or an avenue for appeal or correction. Rubio has justified the government’s position by stating that student visas are intended for education, and that they will be revoked if foreign students are perceived to be engaging in actions that could “destabilize” the country.

Students and advocates have questioned the legality and fairness of these measures. “No president should be allowed to set an ideological litmus test and exclude or remove people from our country who they disagree with,” the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) stated in a public response. The White House, meanwhile, has defended its actions by invoking a 1952 law that gives the Secretary of State broad authority to expel foreigners who might pose “potentially serious adverse foreign policy consequences” for the U.S.

The crackdown has touched a wide range of educational institutions. Inside Higher Ed has listed more than 80 universities where international students or recent graduates have experienced changes to their legal status. These include large public universities such as Texas A&M University, University of Florida, University of Oregon, and University of Colorado, as well as elite private institutions like Harvard University, Yale University, Stanford University, Columbia University, and Dartmouth College.

Specific numbers reveal the scale of the action. At least eight students from Arizona State University and six individuals from the University of California, Berkeley have had their visas revoked, according to the Washington Post. The Wall Street Journal reports that 57 visas were withdrawn across the entire University of California system, and another seven from Ohio State University. In total, the U.S. is home to approximately 1.1 million international student visa holders.

Beyond the revocation of visas, several students and faculty have been detained, including individuals who hold permanent legal residency in the U.S. After being taken into custody, they are sent to detention centers while awaiting deportation proceedings.

Video evidence has shown plain-clothes Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) officers apprehending startled and distressed students, often placing them into unmarked vehicles. Some of those detained claim they were never given a reason for their arrest and maintain that they committed no crime.

One of the most high-profile cases is that of Mahmoud Khalil, a Columbia University graduate and legal permanent resident. He was arrested in his university-owned home in March. Another prominent case involves Rumeysa Ozturk, a Turkish national and student at Tufts University. In widely circulated footage, she is seen trembling with fear while being surrounded by six plain-clothes ICE agents wearing masks. She was intercepted while on her way to a Ramadan celebration.

Another case that drew attention was the deportation of Rasha Alawieh, a professor at Brown University and a kidney transplant specialist. U.S. officials claimed they found “photos and videos” on her phone that expressed sympathies toward Hezbollah.

Some students who faced the revocation of their visas have fled to Canada to avoid deportation. These include Momodou Taal and Ranjani Srinivasan, both of whom were reportedly affected by the visa cancellations.

The situation has prompted legal challenges from students and civil rights organizations. Several lawsuits have been filed against the federal government, accusing it of detaining individuals without explanation or legal basis—potentially violating their civil rights. The legal efforts aim to delay or block deportations and seek redress for what plaintiffs say are unjust and unlawful actions.

One of the key legal battles involves Xiaotian Liu, a 26-year-old doctoral student from China studying at Dartmouth College. Liu is suing the government with the support of the ACLU of New Hampshire. The lawsuit claims his visa was revoked “without any notice and sufficient explanation.” According to court filings, Liu has not committed any crimes nor has he participated in any protests.

As the number of affected students continues to grow, so does the concern among academic institutions and human rights groups. Faculty members across the country have raised alarms about the implications this crackdown could have on academic freedom and the right of students to engage in political discourse.

The Trump administration’s actions have reignited debates about immigration policy, free speech, and the rights of non-citizens within U.S. borders. With lawsuits moving forward and public outcry building, the future remains uncertain for many international students who had come to the U.S. to study—only to find themselves facing detention, deportation, or the sudden loss of legal status.

US Tourism Faces Sharp Decline as International Travelers Turn Away

April 10, 2025 Staff ReporterTravel 0

The United States is witnessing a significant downturn in its tourism industry as international travelers from key countries such as Canada, the UK, Mexico, China, Brazil, France, Japan, and South Korea increasingly cancel their travel plans. The decline is fueled by a mix of rising geopolitical tensions, controversial American policies, and changing global circumstances. Trade disputes, divisive political rhetoric, and heightened concerns over border issues have collectively driven foreign visitors to consider other destinations, leading to a major slump in international tourism that may signal a long-term shift away from the U.S.

Once considered a premier global travel destination, the U.S. is now struggling to attract tourists from traditionally strong markets. Visitors from countries such as Canada, the UK, and Mexico are pulling back, and interest from nations like China, Brazil, France, Japan, and South Korea is also declining. Experts believe this could mark the beginning of a sustained downturn in the nation’s tourism sector.

For individuals like Olja Ivanic, the shift in travel sentiment is personal. She had been looking forward to hosting her cousins from Sweden in Colorado for a hiking trip in the Rocky Mountains and visits to Los Angeles and San Francisco. However, those plans were scrapped after a controversial February meeting between President Donald Trump and Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy. The fallout from the meeting led Ivanic’s relatives to opt for a European vacation instead. Their decision reflects a larger pattern emerging across international markets.

The most recent data from the National Travel and Tourism Office (NTTO) paints a troubling picture. In March 2025, international arrivals to the U.S. fell by 11.6% compared to the same month in 2024. Overall, in the first quarter of 2025, there was a 3.3% decrease in overseas visitors. Particularly alarming is the 23% drop in air travel from Mexico. While Canada remains the top source of foreign tourists to the U.S., even this reliable market is now showing signs of weakening.

Tourism Economics, a firm that had previously projected a 9% growth in foreign tourism to the U.S. for 2025, has now reversed its outlook. The revised forecast expects a 9.4% drop instead. This dramatic revision reflects the increasing influence of U.S. political and diplomatic challenges on international travel decisions.

Canada, once a dependable source of American-bound tourists, is demonstrating growing dissatisfaction with the U.S. government. Canadian frustrations stem from President Trump’s repeated remarks suggesting Canada should become the 51st state and the imposition of economic tariffs. These sentiments are showing up in travel patterns. According to Flight Centre Travel Group Canada, there was a 40% drop in leisure travel bookings to the U.S. in March 2025 compared to March 2024. Even Air Canada has had to cut back on flights to major U.S. destinations such as Florida, Las Vegas, and Arizona due to declining demand.

Meanwhile, interest in U.S. travel is also waning across Europe. Countries like Germany, France, and Italy are showing less enthusiasm for visiting the U.S. Early data from 2025 indicates that tourist interest from Germany and France is decreasing, while Italy has seen a minor dip as well. Although the UK experienced a slight rise in interest in March, European engagement with American destinations overall remains weak.

Asian markets are also contributing to the downward trend. Brazilian bookings to the U.S. decreased by 15% between February and March 2025. Japan, a country that traditionally sends large numbers of tourists to the U.S., is also seeing declining interest. While South Korea has reported an increase in flight searches and bookings to the U.S., this positive movement has not been enough to offset the losses from other major Asian markets.

Economic conditions are further influencing travelers’ choices. The Canadian dollar’s weakness relative to the U.S. dollar is encouraging Canadians to choose domestic travel over more expensive cross-border trips. Airports across Canada are seeing fewer passengers boarding flights to the U.S. as this economic reality shapes travel behavior. This pattern is repeating in other regions, where domestic alternatives are gaining preference over American vacations.

Despite some renewed curiosity from Chinese travelers, with booking data hinting at a slight uptick in demand for U.S. trips, it remains uncertain whether this interest will last throughout the year. Broader international dynamics could quickly reverse any gains in this market as well.

From January to March 2025, the total number of international visitors to the U.S. reached 7.1 million, down by 3.3% from the same period in 2024. The March 2025 figures are even more concerning, with overseas visits dropping by 11.6% compared to the same month in the previous year.

Multiple factors are responsible for this ongoing decline. Rising geopolitical tensions and policy shifts in the U.S. have created an environment of uncertainty and unease among international travelers. As political instability intensifies, more tourists are opting for destinations perceived as safer and more welcoming.

European countries, especially Germany, France, and the UK, are showing clear signs of reduced interest in U.S. travel. Similarly, bookings and travel inquiries from Brazil, Japan, and South Korea have also dropped significantly. Although South Korea remains somewhat of an outlier with a recent increase, this is not enough to counterbalance the overall downturn.

Many foreign travelers are also reacting to President Trump’s often inflammatory political rhetoric and hardline trade policies. The imposition of tariffs, the tightening of border security, and reports of tourists being detained at U.S. entry points have raised alarm. These developments have led people from several countries to reevaluate their travel options. “From President Trump’s frequent calls for Canada to become the 51st state to the imposition of tariffs, Canadian travelers are becoming increasingly disillusioned with visiting the U.S.,” the article notes.

As the summer travel season approaches, the U.S. tourism industry faces an uncertain future. With fewer tourists planning trips to the United States, the implications for hotels, airlines, and local economies dependent on foreign visitors are substantial. A combination of diplomatic issues, economic challenges, and political missteps is reshaping global travel preferences and pushing travelers to consider alternative destinations.

Tourists are increasingly drawn to locations that promise stability and hospitality, both of which appear to be lacking in the U.S. in the current geopolitical climate. The rapid decline in foreign interest is not just a short-term blip but could reflect a more permanent change in how global travelers view the United States.

With so many once-reliable markets now turning away from American destinations, the outlook for U.S. tourism is grim. “U.S. tourism is in freefall as travelers from key markets, including Canada, the UK, and Mexico, abandon plans due to rising political tensions, trade disputes, and concerns over U.S. leadership and border security,” the report highlights.

Looking ahead, the U.S. tourism sector will need to do more than adjust marketing strategies. It will require a broader reassessment of the political and diplomatic narratives that are discouraging potential visitors. While economic incentives may bring some travelers back, the deeper challenge lies in rebuilding international goodwill.

Whether the United States can once again reclaim its reputation as a top travel destination remains to be seen. For now, the industry faces a tough road ahead, marked by uncertainty, reputational damage, and a clear decline in global traveler interest.

Trump Suspends Tariffs in Sudden Reversal, Leaving Markets and Businesses Reeling

April 10, 2025 Staff ReporterBusiness 0

President Donald Trump abruptly suspended import taxes on dozens of countries for 90 days on Wednesday, only hours after they had gone into effect. The stunning reversal came as he intensified his trade conflict with China, leaving Wall Street temporarily jubilant but the business world and international allies puzzled and frustrated by the sudden shift in American trade policy.

The backtrack followed a turbulent week triggered by the tariffs Trump unveiled just days earlier. His announcement had sent global markets into a four-day tailspin, frozen business operations, and stoked fears that both the U.S. and global economies might be headed for a recession.

White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt attempted to portray the sudden policy shift as a deliberate part of a broader negotiation plan. However, critics outside the administration saw it as a hasty retreat in response to financial market turmoil and growing alarm over the destructive potential of Trump’s unpredictable tariff strategies.

“Other countries will welcome the 90-day stay of execution — if it lasts — but the whiplash from constant zig-zags creates more of the uncertainty that businesses and governments hate,” said Daniel Russel, vice president at the Asia Society Policy Institute. “The Administration’s blunt-force tactics have rattled allies, who see the sudden reversal as damage control following the market meltdown, rather than a pivot to respectful, balanced negotiations.’’

The suspension capped off a chaotic stretch in American trade policy. On Wednesday, April 2 — which Trump dubbed “Liberation Day” — he declared sweeping tariffs on nearly every nation, shaking the foundations of the global trade system. By Saturday, a 10% “baseline” import tax had taken effect across most countries.

Then, at midnight on Wednesday, Trump escalated the situation by imposing “reciprocal” tariffs targeting countries he said were engaging in unfair trade practices and contributing to the U.S. trade deficit. These are the tariffs he temporarily rolled back, offering a three-month window for negotiations between affected nations and the U.S. trade team.

However, there was a significant exception: Trump did not back down from his aggressive stance against China. The tariffs on Chinese goods were raised to a staggering 125%, a retaliatory move after Beijing introduced its own tariffs against U.S. products. Meanwhile, the initial 10% tariffs — themselves a major act of economic protectionism — remained firmly in place.

As Trump shifted his trade war tactics, the business community continued to suffer. Earlier tariffs targeting automobiles, steel, aluminum, and imports from Mexico and Canada had already caused considerable disruptions. Companies faced uncertainty, with many delaying or outright canceling investment and hiring decisions while trying to interpret Trump’s evolving strategies.

Some businesses were forced to take immediate action. Carmaker Stellantis cut 900 jobs at its Michigan and Indiana plants after production was halted at two Canadian and Mexican factories, a response to Trump’s 25% tariff on imported cars.

Similarly, Cleveland-Cliffs laid off 1,200 workers at a Michigan factory and a Minnesota iron ore mine due to declining demand from auto manufacturers. The company stated it would resume operations once U.S. auto production rebounded.

Minutes from the Federal Reserve’s March 18–19 meeting, released on the same day as Trump’s reversal, revealed growing concern among central bank officials. Many reported that their business contacts “reported pausing hiring decisions because of elevated policy uncertainty.”

Delta Air Lines also echoed these concerns. In a call with investors on Wednesday, the airline said demand for domestic leisure and business travel had flattened due to fears about global trade. Delta announced it was cutting capacity and would not provide a full-year financial forecast.

“Right now, it’s hard to know how this is going to play out, given that this is somewhat self-imposed,” said Delta CEO Ed Bastian. “I’m hopeful that sanity will prevail and we’ll move through this period of time on the global trade front relatively quickly.”

Despite the 90-day pause, companies continued to seek clarity about Trump’s long-term intentions. For many, the president’s sudden change only increased confusion rather than alleviating it.

Jeff Jaisli, CEO of New Jersey-based importer/exporter Jagro, said Trump’s Truth Social post announcing the suspension had made the situation “even worse” and more perplexing. He was unsure which tariffs applied to which countries and struggled to find accurate guidance.

“We’re scrambling to find correct information and procedures for entries we’re processing NOW in real time,” Jaisli said in an email. He reported finding no reliable details on either the White House website or that of U.S. Customs and Border Protection. Previously, Jaisli had called Trump’s tariff strategy “a grenade that was thrown into the room that’s going to cause chaos.”

Trump’s tariff battle with China has now grown into a full-scale trade war between the world’s two largest economies. Even before the latest spike to 125%, China had imposed its own tariffs on the U.S., totaling 84%.

Ngozi Okonjo-Iweala, director-general of the World Trade Organization, issued a dire warning on Wednesday. She said the spiraling dispute could slash U.S.-China merchandise trade by as much as 80% and severely damage the global economy.

“Of particular concern is the potential fragmentation of global trade along geopolitical lines,” she wrote in a late Wednesday statement. “A division of the global economy into two blocs could lead to a long-term reduction in global real GDP by nearly 7%.”

She also cited WTO projections indicating that the negative fallout could severely affect developing countries. Okonjo-Iweala called on nations to maintain an open global trading framework and resolve their disagreements through cooperation, not confrontation.

Meanwhile, American businesses reliant on Chinese imports are struggling to adjust. Jessica Bettencourt, CEO of Klem’s, a third-generation retail store in Spencer, Massachusetts, said the sudden tariff hike had forced her to halt all fourth-quarter orders for holiday, gift, and toy items. She’s also reconsidering apparel and footwear orders not yet finalized.

Jason Goldberg, chief commerce strategy officer at global marketing giant Publicis Groupe, summed up the prevailing sentiment. “The worst thing is uncertainty and we have massive uncertainty,” he said. “No one can make any moves. Everybody is trying to save as much cash and defer any unnecessary expense. People are getting laid off. Orders are getting cancelled. Expansion plans are being put on hold.”

In the wake of Trump’s latest maneuver, businesses remain caught in a whirlwind of shifting policies and economic anxiety, unsure what to expect next from the White House.

Deepika Padukone Reflects on Her Roots and Career Journey in Heartfelt Instagram Video

April 10, 2025 Staff ReporterEntertainment 0

Deepika Padukone, who recently welcomed her daughter Dua, returned to Instagram with a poignant and emotional video that deeply resonated with her fans. The video, filled with nostalgic reflections, not only offered a glimpse into her personal life but also prompted introspection about identity, home, and the duality of her emotional connection with two cities—Mumbai and Bengaluru.

In the video, shared on Wednesday evening, Deepika is seen getting her hair styled while speaking candidly about a question she has often been asked: “Mumbai or Bengaluru?” The question triggered a flood of memories and emotions for the actress, who spent her formative years in Bengaluru but built her professional life in Mumbai. With a thoughtful demeanor, she delved into her relationship with both cities.

One particular moment in the video drew smiles from viewers, especially those familiar with Bengaluru’s iconic dessert destination. When asked if she missed Corner House, the beloved ice cream parlour in Bengaluru, Deepika chuckled and replied, “I do miss it, but I’m actually in a way glad there isn’t one in Mumbai because that would require a different level of willpower.” Her candid answer captured the relatable struggle of resisting tempting indulgences and showcased her ability to mix warmth and humor even in moments of reflection.

The conversation soon turned to the core question: if she had to choose between Mumbai and Bengaluru, which one would it be? Her answer was heartfelt and full of emotional weight. “Whenever I come back to Bangalore, it feels like home… because this is where I’ve lived a large part of my life. This is where I’ve grown up — my friends, my school, my college — all of those formative years and experiences have been here,” she shared.

Her sentiments underscored how deeply her childhood memories are rooted in Bengaluru. It’s the city where she grew up, forged her closest friendships, attended school and college, and developed the foundations of who she is today. Bengaluru represents her past, her beginnings, and the simpler chapters of her life before fame and stardom took over.

However, her emotional bond with Mumbai is just as strong, albeit different. She acknowledged the significance of the city where her professional journey began. Speaking about Mumbai, she said, “Bombay again, because professionally, that’s where my life began and that’s where home is now. The energy in Mumbai is very, very different. It’s very difficult to choose one over the other. But I feel like both cities have really influenced my 39 years.”

These words reveal her recognition of Mumbai’s dynamic influence on her life, not just as a city but as the setting where her dreams took flight. It is in Mumbai that she evolved from a budding model to one of the most celebrated actresses in the country. The bustling energy of Mumbai, often described as the city that never sleeps, has played a crucial role in shaping her work ethic and outlook on life. For Deepika, Mumbai symbolizes growth, ambition, and the present, while Bengaluru remains a cherished anchor to her roots.

The reel that accompanied her reflections was visually moving. It featured a montage of never-before-seen childhood photos, school and college clips from her days in Bengaluru, and nostalgic throwbacks from her early modelling career in Mumbai. These visuals added emotional depth to her narrative, letting fans witness the journey she spoke about so eloquently.

Deepika captioned the video with the question that inspired it all: “A question I get asked ever so often…Bengaluru or Mumbai?” The caption served as a powerful summary of the internal dialogue many people experience when they straddle different worlds—one representing their roots and the other their reinvention.

While the video itself was focused on her personal reflections, it also offered a subtle update about her current phase of life. Having recently become a mother, Deepika has been selective about her public appearances. She gave birth to her daughter Dua, and although she has not made any official announcements about future projects post-motherhood, there’s a strong buzz in the film industry.

Reports suggest that the team behind Kalki 2 is eager to bring Deepika back for the highly anticipated sequel. Her performance in previous roles, including her recent portrayal as the powerful DCP Shakti Shetty in Singham Again, has left audiences impressed and eager for more. However, Deepika has yet to confirm any upcoming film officially.

In the meantime, she has been sharing brief yet impactful glimpses of her life as a new mother on social media, much to the delight of her fans. These moments reflect her joy and adjustment to motherhood, showcasing a new dimension of her life. While she continues to balance her personal and professional commitments, her followers wait patiently for news about her next steps in the film industry.

This Instagram reel, though simple in format, carried a profound emotional weight. It highlighted the delicate dance between holding onto one’s past while embracing the future. For Deepika Padukone, both Bengaluru and Mumbai are not just places on a map—they are emotional landscapes that have molded her identity.

Her honesty in expressing love for both cities without trying to pick a favorite resonated with many who face similar crossroads in life. The contrast between the calming nostalgia of Bengaluru and the electrifying hustle of Mumbai echoed with fans who saw their own life stories reflected in hers.

By openly sharing her inner dialogue, Deepika reminded her audience that success often comes with difficult choices, but it’s possible to honor both where we come from and where we’re headed. The video wasn’t just about two cities—it was about the journey of becoming, and the importance of never forgetting your roots, no matter how far you go.

With this touching tribute, Deepika not only reconnected with her fans after a personal milestone but also reasserted her unique ability to communicate powerful emotions through subtle, sincere storytelling. Whether through her films or her Instagram reels, she continues to inspire, reminding everyone that home isn’t always a single place—it can be two, or even more, each holding a piece of your soul.

Young Indian American Shines at Prestigious NYC Urban Debate League Championship

April 10, 2025April 10, 2025 Staff ReporterYouth 0

In an inspiring display of intellect, eloquence, and critical thinking, young Indian American student Rayansh Prasad Bhargava and his debate teammates Habib Azar and Anav Dey triumphed at the esteemed NYC Urban Debate League Novice Championship — a premier academic competition that draws the brightest young minds from across New York City.

The championship, open only to top-ranked students who advanced through five rigorous qualifying rounds, featured elite debaters from both public and private schools citywide. Entering the elimination stage as the top seed in the novice division, the team maintained their momentum with a thrilling series of victories — winning the quarterfinals (2–1), the semifinals (by unanimous decision), and ultimately clinching the championship title in the final round.

In addition to the team’s outstanding performance, Rayansh Prasad Bhargava earned individual recognition as the 4th Best Speaker overall, a testament to his dedication, skill, and countless hours of preparation.

Throughout the competition, participants tackled pressing contemporary issues — ranging from cash bail reform and civil disobedience to tourism taxes — crafting arguments for both sides with only 20 minutes of preparation time per round. The event, held behind closed doors with no audience or recordings permitted, ran from 9 AM to 6 PM, testing not only knowledge but endurance and adaptability.

This achievement is a proud moment for the Indian American community and highlights the power of hard work, mentorship, and family support in fostering academic excellence.

“We are incredibly proud of Rayansh and the entire team for representing their schools and community with such brilliance,” said a family member.

Ambassador Sreenivasan Inaugurates Registration For Global Malayalee Festival

April 10, 2025April 10, 2025 Staff ReporterCommunity, Culture 0

Ambassador T. P. Sreenivasan, a veteran diplomat and a former Ambassador and Permanent Representative of India to the United Nations, Vienna, and Governor for India at the International Atomic Energy Agency, Vienna, officially inaugurated the early registration for the first ever Malayalee Festival, during a virtual ceremony attended by leaders and representatives from over 52 countries on April 5^th, 2025.

The Global Malayalee Festival is planned to be held at the Crown Plaza Hotel, Kochi, on August 15 and 16, 2025. Describing the Festival as the largest ever Malayalees Sangamam, where Malayalees from all over the world are expected to be part of and celebrate the culture, traditions, and accomplishments of the Malayalee community, the organizers have urged people of Malayalee origin “to join in this great festival of global Malayalees in our beautiful homeland, God’s Own Country.”

Ambassador T. P. Sreenivasan, Chief Patron of Global Malayalee Festival, while extending his whole-hearted support and urging all Malayalees to be part of the event, said, “This Festival is not in the name of any organization; anyone could participate in it independently without any affiliation.”

Global Malayalee Festival has the support of the Kerala Government. Chief Minister Mr. Pinarayi Vijayan and Minister of Public Works and Tourism P.A. Mohammed Riyas, along with Central Ministers Suresh Gopi and George Kurien are expected to attend. Other dignitaries expected to attend are representatives of the Royal family in the Gulf, Senior political leaders, and industry executives.

Global Malayalee Festival is being organized by Malayalee Festival Federation, a registered not-for-profit company in India with an NGO status. The objective of the Festival is to offer a platform to network for the global Malayalees and stay connected for generations to come as members of the Global Malayalee Community.

The Festival is a way of connecting the growing diaspora of Malayalees living outside Kerala with their cultural heritage by organizing events such as the Global Malayalee Trade, Technology and Investment Meet, Miss Global Malayalee Beauty Pageant, and Global Malayalee Ratna Awards. Additionally, we work to support charitable activities in Kerala, with a focus on assisting underprivileged individuals and providing them with the necessary support.

The major events of the festival include, First Ever Global Malayalee Trade and Technology Meet, the First Ever Miss Global Malayalee Pageant, and the recognition of Malayalees all over the World with the Global Malayalee Ratna Awards, during a concluding ceremony, on the last night, which will be attended by several special guests.

“Malayalees from all over the World are invited to attend this great event, especially the new generation, born and raised outside Kerala. The Festival will be a perfect opportunity for the young generation to seek and explore their roots and heritage,” the organizers stated.

Global Malayalee Trade, Technology and Investment Meet is a major focus of the Festival, which will bring global leaders, visionaries, and innovations under the dynamic themes of Innovation, Sustainability, and Digital Transformation.

Referring to the other two major events that are part of the Festival, Miss Global Malayalee Pageant and Global Malayalee Ratna Awards, Andrew Pappachen, Chief Executive Officer of the Festival said, “Global Malayalee Festival is for every Malayalee around the World, especially the new generation born and brought up in a foreign country giving them an opportunity to explore their heritage and link with the Malayalee culture. The Miss Global Malayalee pageant gives opportunities for young girls to participate in events and display their talents. The Global Malayalee Ratna Award will recognize the most accomplished new Generation Malayalees around the World. Global Malayalee Festival is an opportunity to link with Malayalees in other parts of the world, and therefore, your attendance will benefit you and the future generations.”

According to Abdullah Manjeri, Managing Director of the Festival, The meet will revolve around four competing themes: 1. Innovating for a sustainable future, 2. Global Trade in the Digital Age, 3. Bridging Markets East Meets West, and, 4.The future of Trade, Trends and Predictions.

Manjeri said, “The Meet will feature keynote addresses from thought leaders, interactive workshops, and panel discussions enriched by expert insights and actionable strategies. Networking opportunities will enable participants to connect with industry pioneers, fostering collaborations that transcend borders.” Abdullah urged all Global Malayalee Businesspersons to join the Trade, Technology, and Investment Meet to take place on August 16 to participate in the meaningful discussions and groundbreaking ideas driving global innovation and sustainable progress. For more information, please contact Abdullah Manjeri at: cmd@globalmalayaleefestival.com

Early registration is open until May 15th with a 20% discount, which includes two two-night stays and all the meals, which is Rs.20,000 for a single, Rs.26,400 for double, and Rs.6,400 for each child. Malayalees, particularly businesspeople and youth worldwide, are encouraged to register for the Global Festival of Malayalees. To register online, you may visit the web: www.globalmalayaleefestival.com or write to registration@globalmalayaeefestival.com

US-China Trade War Escalates, Raising Fears of Global Economic Fallout

April 9, 2025April 13, 2025 Staff ReporterWorld 0

The prospect of a full-scale trade war between the United States and China has intensified after President Donald Trump imposed tariffs exceeding 100% on imports from China. In response, China has vowed to retaliate rather than yield to what it perceives as U.S. intimidation. It has announced a significant increase in tariffs on American products, raising them from 34% to 84%.

Beijing’s firm stance was reflected in its declaration that it would “fight to the end,” dismissing any notion of surrender in the face of pressure from Washington.

The key question now looming over global markets and policymakers is: what does this deepening trade conflict between the world’s two largest economies mean for the broader international economy?

In 2024, the trade volume in goods between the U.S. and China reached an estimated $585 billion. However, the trade was heavily skewed in China’s favor, with the U.S. importing approximately $440 billion worth of goods from China, while China imported only $145 billion from the U.S. This disparity resulted in a U.S. trade deficit with China of $295 billion—roughly 1% of the American economy. While this is substantial, it is far less than the $1 trillion deficit figure that Trump has repeatedly cited in public appearances.

Tariffs on Chinese goods are not new. During his first term, Trump imposed sweeping tariffs on China, which were largely maintained and even expanded under President Joe Biden. These trade measures contributed to a sharp drop in the proportion of Chinese imports into the U.S.—from 21% of total American imports in 2016 to just 13% in 2023. This data suggests a reduced dependency on Chinese imports, but experts argue that the shift might be more superficial than structural.

Analysts have observed that many Chinese exports have merely been redirected through other Asian nations to avoid U.S. tariffs. A notable example comes from the solar energy industry. In 2018, Trump imposed a 30% tariff on Chinese-made solar panels. However, by 2023, the U.S. Commerce Department discovered that Chinese manufacturers were circumventing these tariffs by assembling solar panels in countries like Malaysia, Vietnam, Thailand, and Cambodia, before shipping them to the U.S. as if they were locally produced.

The Trump administration’s new round of “reciprocal” tariffs now targets goods originating from these countries, meaning that many items ultimately manufactured in China will become even more expensive for U.S. consumers.

The trade relationship involves a wide range of products. On the American side, top exports to China in 2024 included soybeans, a vital food source for China’s estimated 440 million pigs. The U.S. also exported pharmaceuticals and petroleum to China.

Conversely, Chinese exports to the U.S. predominantly included electronics, toys, computers, and a significant number of batteries essential to electric vehicles. Smartphones represented the largest category, accounting for 9% of total U.S. imports from China. Many of these devices are manufactured in China for U.S.-based firms such as Apple.

The heavy U.S. tariffs on China have contributed to a sharp drop in Apple’s market valuation. Over the past month alone, the company’s stock price has declined by 20%. This is attributed to the growing cost burden of producing and importing Chinese-manufactured electronics, including Apple’s flagship iPhones.

Previously, the Trump administration had already imposed a 20% tariff on a broad range of Chinese imports. But with the latest hike to 104%, the financial impact on U.S. consumers and businesses could be as much as five times higher. Likewise, China’s counter-tariffs on American imports will lead to price hikes for Chinese consumers, potentially hurting domestic purchasing power.

However, tariffs are just one tool in this escalating economic rivalry. Both nations possess other means to undermine each other’s strategic industries. China, for instance, plays a dominant role in refining essential industrial metals like copper, lithium, and rare earth elements. It could hinder U.S. access to these materials, which are critical for sectors ranging from electronics to defense.

Beijing has already begun implementing such measures. It has restricted exports of germanium and gallium, two rare materials used in thermal imaging and radar systems—a move widely interpreted as a response to U.S. pressure.

Meanwhile, the U.S. may look to escalate its ongoing technological embargo on China. Initiated during Biden’s presidency, this policy restricts Chinese access to cutting-edge microchips used in artificial intelligence and other advanced applications. China still lacks the ability to manufacture these chips domestically, making it vulnerable to such export restrictions.

Adding to the potential conflict, Trump’s trade advisor, Peter Navarro, recently suggested that the U.S. could pressure other countries like Mexico, Vietnam, and Cambodia to limit their trade with China if they wish to retain access to the American market.

These developments have major implications for the rest of the world. The U.S. and China together account for an estimated 43% of global economic output in 2024, according to the International Monetary Fund. A severe trade war that dampens growth in either country—or plunges them into recession—could significantly slow the pace of global economic development.

International investment may also take a hit as uncertainty grows over supply chains and market access. But the consequences extend even further.

China’s domestic consumption remains far below its industrial output. With an annual goods surplus nearing $1 trillion, China is exporting far more than it imports. Much of this surplus is supported by state subsidies and financial assistance to favored firms, allowing them to produce goods—like steel—at below-market costs.

Should Chinese products be blocked from entering the U.S. due to high tariffs, Chinese companies may try to dump excess inventory into other markets, undercutting local producers. While this could benefit consumers in some countries through lower prices, it would pose a significant threat to domestic manufacturing industries and employment in other regions.

In the UK, the lobby group UK Steel has voiced concerns over this possibility. They fear that excess Chinese steel could flood the British market, potentially harming local industries and threatening thousands of jobs.

In the broader picture, most economists believe that a comprehensive U.S.-China trade war would deliver a severe blow to the global economy. The combination of higher prices, disrupted supply chains, and falling investment could push several economies toward slower growth—or worse.

As the world watches the unfolding trade standoff between Washington and Beijing, the hope is that cooler heads will prevail. But for now, both sides appear entrenched, and the rest of the world may end up paying the price.

Legal Cases Spotlight Constitutional Rights of Green Card Holders

April 9, 2025April 13, 2025 Staff ReporterImmigration 0

Two recent legal battles involving the potential deportation of legal permanent residents, commonly known as green card holders, have reignited discussions around their constitutional protections.

On March 26, a federal judge temporarily halted the arrest and deportation of Yunseo Chung, a 21-year-old student at Columbia University. The Department of Homeland Security was moving to deport Chung for her involvement in a protest connected to the university’s disciplinary actions against students participating in pro-Palestinian demonstrations.

U.S. District Judge Naomi Reice Buchwald issued a temporary restraining order that prevented federal authorities from detaining Chung while her immigration proceedings continued. Just two days earlier, Chung had filed a lawsuit against President Donald Trump and several administration officials. Her legal complaint contended that, as a green card holder, her constitutional rights—especially those under the First Amendment—had been infringed upon.

According to Chung’s lawsuit, she had taken part in a campus protest on March 5 and was subsequently cited by New York City police for obstructing governmental administration. On March 8, her legal team was informed by a federal law enforcement officer that her permanent resident status was being rescinded.

Chung’s lawyers highlighted a similar case involving Mahmoud Khalil, another Columbia University student with legal permanent residency, who was removed from campus housing and sent to a detention facility in Louisiana. Federal agents allegedly informed Khalil that his green card had been revoked by the State Department.

In legal documents, the government argued that Secretary of State Marco Rubio had the authority to revoke Khalil’s permanent residency based on concerns that his “presence or activities in the United States would have potentially serious adverse foreign policy consequences for the United States,” citing a section of the Immigration and Naturalization Act of 1952.

Khalil’s legal status is now under review in a federal court in New Jersey. The government maintains that Khalil failed todisclose critical information in his green card application, which could justify the revocation of his permanent resident status.

Green card holders, according to U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services, possess a set of fundamental rights and obligations. These include the right to live indefinitely in the U.S., as long as they do not engage in conduct that renders them deportable under immigration law. They are also entitled to seek employment in their field and receive protection under federal, state, and local laws.

However, green card holders must also meet specific responsibilities. They are required to obey all U.S. laws, file income tax returns with both federal and state tax authorities, and, for males between 18 and 25, register with the Selective Service. They are also expected to support democratic governance, though this does not grant them voting rights in federal, state, or local elections.

The U.S. Supreme Court has consistently ruled that legal permanent residents enjoy most constitutional protections granted to U.S. citizens. In the 1945 case Bridges v. Wixon, the Court determined that Harry Bridges, an Australian who had resided in the United States since 1920, could not be deported solely for his political affiliations with the Communist Party.

Justice Frank Murphy, in his concurring opinion, emphasized that “once an alien lawfully enters and resides in this country, he becomes invested with the rights guaranteed by the Constitution to all people within our borders.” He further elaborated, “Such rights include those protected by the First and Fifth Amendments and by the due process clause of the Fourteenth Amendment. None of these provisions acknowledges any distinctions between citizens and resident aliens. They extend their inalienable privileges to all ‘persons’ and guard against any encroachment of those rights by federal or state authority.”

A subsequent ruling in Kwong Hai Chew v. Colding (1953) involved a merchant sailor and legal permanent resident who was denied reentry into the U.S. after a four-month trip abroad on the grounds that his return posed a risk to public interest. The government detained Chew and did not disclose the allegations against him. Justice Harold Burton stated, “It is well established that, if an alien is a lawful permanent resident of the United States and remains physically present there, he is a person within the protection of the Fifth Amendment. He may not be deprived of his life, liberty or property without due process of law.”

In the 1976 case Mathews v. Diaz, Justice John Paul Stevens further clarified that constitutional protections apply broadly: “There are literally millions of aliens within the jurisdiction of the United States. The Fifth Amendment, as well as the Fourteenth Amendment, protects every one of these persons from deprivation of life, liberty, or property without due process of law.”

Among the most vital constitutional rights afforded to green card holders is the right to apply for U.S. citizenship through naturalization, typically after five years of continuous residence. To qualify, applicants must show “good moral character,” demonstrate a commitment to the Constitution, read and write basic English, and possess a general understanding of U.S. history and government. They must also take an Oath of Allegiance to the country.

Naturalized citizens are largely shielded from legal vulnerabilities that could result in deportation for green card holders—unless it is later discovered that they used false information during the naturalization process.

Nonetheless, the general rule remains that green card holders must adhere to all laws at the federal, state, and local levels. If found to have broken the law, they may face deportation through the immigration court system, managed by the Executive Office for Immigration Review under the U.S. Department of Justice. The government is required to provide compelling evidence to strip a person of their permanent residency.

Should an immigration judge order removal, the green card holder has the right to appeal to the Board of Immigration Appeals and, if necessary, escalate the case to a Federal Court of Appeals.

The legal battles involving Chung and Khalil are emblematic of the broader tension between national security, free speech, and immigrant rights. As these cases unfold in the courts, they may help to clarify the extent to which constitutional protections apply to green card holders, especially in the politically sensitive context of protests and foreign policy concerns.

US Bill Threatens to Eliminate OPT, Raising Alarm Among International Students

April 9, 2025 Staff ReporterEducation 0

A newly proposed bill in the US Congress is creating widespread anxiety among global student communities, as it seeks to eliminate the Optional Practical Training (OPT) program. The OPT provision allows international students in STEM (Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics) fields to stay in the US for up to three years post-graduation while gaining work experience.

If enacted, this legislation could abruptly cut off a critical link between academic achievement and professional development, severely impacting the higher education system and tech sector in the United States.

Understanding OPT and Its Importance

The OPT program offers temporary employment authorization to international students holding F-1 visas, enabling them to work in the US for one year following graduation. For students in STEM disciplines, there is an additional 24-month extension available, allowing a total of three years of practical training in the US.

This timeframe plays a pivotal role in helping international students:

Gain essential work experience in the US job market

Manage and begin repayment of education loans

Pursue long-term employment through H-1B visa sponsorship

Once their OPT period concludes, students who haven’t secured another visa status such as the H-1B are required to exit the US. The OPT period thus serves as both a professional stepping stone and a legal cushion for recent graduates.

Implications Beyond Indian Students

Although Indian nationals make up the largest segment of the international student population in the US—over 300,000 during the 2023–24 academic year, according to Open Doors 2024—the consequences of this bill would extend to all international students with F-1 and M-1 visas.

Students from China, South Korea, Brazil, Nigeria, and other countries, particularly those pursuing STEM degrees, depend on the OPT period to launch their careers in the US and repay their often substantial student loans. A sudden end to the program could disrupt countless academic and career trajectories.

The Growing Alarm Over the Bill

While this isn’t the first attempt to reduce or eliminate OPT, the timing and political context have heightened anxieties. The bill appears in the midst of a rising anti-immigration sentiment in the US, especially with the upcoming elections driving a more hardline approach.

Recent developments exacerbating these concerns include:

Increased deportations and more intense scrutiny of student visas

F-1 visa holders rushing to find employment that offers H-1B sponsorship

Students postponing or cancelling international travel due to fears of re-entry issues

Even elite institutions such as Yale, Columbia, and Cornell have reportedly advised students to avoid traveling abroad during the summer, fearing complications upon return.

Effects on Mental Wellbeing, Career Paths, and Loan Repayment

This uncertainty is dramatically changing conversations on university campuses. Where students once discussed topics like coding boot camps and summer internships, they are now flocking to immigration information sessions and legal Q&A forums.

The most immediate and profound impact is the potential loss of access to the US job market during a crucial early-career period. Many international students rely on the OPT years to:

Gain professional exposure

Strengthen their resumes

Earn income that helps offset tuition costs, which can exceed $60,000 annually

Losing OPT would force many students to leave the US right after graduation, throwing their career plans into disarray and making student loan repayment far more difficult.

Could This Redirect Students to Other Countries?

The United States has long held a reputation as the preferred destination for international students, but that dominance could face serious challenges if the OPT program is removed.

There’s already evidence of shifting interest, with a 20 percent increase in applications to other destinations such as Canada, the UK, and countries across Europe. Many parents are now actively asking educational counselors about alternatives that offer more reliable post-graduation work rights.

Countries like Canada, which offers a generous Post-Graduation Work Permit (PGWP), and Germany, known for its Blue Card pathway, are becoming increasingly appealing for students who want both world-class education and viable career options afterward.

Support From Universities and Employers

Recognizing the threat posed by the potential elimination of OPT, US universities are taking proactive steps to support their international student communities. These include:

Organizing campus sessions with immigration attorneys

Establishing networks of support and guidance

Helping students accelerate their applications for the H-1B visa

On the employer side, many tech companies are openly voicing support for OPT. These firms not only benefit from the reduced costs of hiring international students on temporary work authorization but also value the global talent and expertise they bring.

Advice for Students in the Face of Uncertainty

Given the situation, international students—both current and prospective—are being advised to plan carefully. Those currently on OPT or close to graduation should:

Start the process of obtaining H-1B sponsorship early and participate in the visa lottery

Consult immigration attorneys or legal advisors for tailored advice

Explore alternative destinations offering stable and accessible work visa policies

For those planning to pursue education in the US, it is now essential to factor in the risk that the OPT program may be revoked and to have contingency plans in place.

Final Reflections

Should this bill pass, the implications for international students in the US would be profound. The proposed law could dismantle a key pathway from education to employment, jeopardizing the futures of thousands of students and possibly deterring many more from ever applying to study in the US.

While supporters of the bill may argue it aligns with efforts to tighten immigration policies, the reality could be far more damaging. It threatens to trigger a substantial brain drain and significantly alter global patterns in higher education and workforce development.

As the debate unfolds, students, families, educators, and employers alike are watching closely. One thing is clear—removing OPT would not just change lives, but reshape the role of the United States in the global education and tech talent ecosystem.

Jamie Dimon Warns Trump’s Tariffs Could Trigger Inflation and Recession in US

April 9, 2025 Staff ReporterIndia 0

JPMorgan Chase & Co’s chief executive officer Jamie Dimon has expressed concern that the recent tariff decisions made by US President Donald Trump may push the country toward inflation and possibly a recession. Dimon, in his annual communication to shareholders, emphasized the risks posed by the tariffs, particularly in the context of the current economic environment.

Dimon highlighted that instead of pressuring countries to side with the US, Washington should work on fostering stronger trade relationships with key nations like India. In his letter, he remarked, “The recent tariffs will likely increase inflation and are causing many to consider a greater probability of a recession.” He went on to note that market valuations still appear relatively elevated. “These significant and somewhat unprecedented forces cause us to remain very cautious,” he added on Monday.

He further clarified that even in the absence of an outright recession, the tariffs are likely to dampen economic momentum. “The economy is facing considerable turbulence (including geopolitics), with the potential positives of tax reform and deregulation and the potential negatives of tariffs and ‘trade wars,’ ongoing sticky inflation, high fiscal deficits, and still rather high asset prices and volatility,” Dimon explained.

Dimon warned that the tariffs are expected to generate immediate consequences, especially regarding rising costs. He observed that inflationary pressures would not be confined to imported items but could affect domestic prices as well. “As for the short-term, we are likely to see inflationary outcomes, not only on imported goods but on domestic prices, as input costs rise and demand increases on domestic product,” he cautioned.

Additionally, Dimon criticized the lack of comprehensive trade agreements between the United States and some of its most reliable allies. He proposed that the US could draw closer to countries like India and Brazil without asking them to explicitly take sides. According to him, outreach based on trade and investment could serve both economic and geopolitical interests. “Deepening high-standard trade with key trading partners is good economics and great geopolitics. We don’t need to ask many nonaligned nations, like India and Brazil, to align with us – but we can bring them closer to us by simply extending a friendly hand with trade and investment,” Dimon said.

Despite these suggestions, recent developments show the US heading in the opposite direction. It has increased tariffs on Indian imports up to 26% and levied 10% tariffs on various goods coming from Brazil, signaling a more aggressive trade stance.

Dimon’s concerns were echoed by billionaire investor Bill Ackman, who serves as the CEO of Pershing Square. He warned that America’s status as a reliable economic partner is at risk. “We are in the process of destroying confidence in our country as a trading partner, as a place to do business, and as a market to invest capital,” said Ackman.

There was also criticism from within President Trump’s own political camp. Republican Senator Ted Cruz, known for his loyalty to the president, voiced a strong warning that such protectionist measures could have severe political consequences if they lead to economic downturns. “If we go into a recession, particularly a bad recession, 2026, in all likelihood politically, would be a bloodbath,” Cruz said during his Verdict podcast.

These critical remarks surfaced on a day when financial markets around the globe were already reacting negatively to Trump’s aggressive trade policies. The global selloff, spurred by his announcement of new and reciprocal tariffs, added to already substantial financial losses running into the trillions. Trump’s administration defended the approach, with the president himself doubling down on the need for these measures. He described the tariffs as a necessary step to fix the American economy. Speaking on Monday, Trump said the tariffs were like a “medicine” that the country needed to heal its financial problems.

However, that same day, the Trump administration took another bold step by announcing a 50% increase in tariffs on Chinese imports, which added further fuel to the ongoing trade dispute with Beijing. China responded swiftly, imposing 34% retaliatory duties on American goods. With these developments, the total US tariff burden on Chinese products surged to 84%, marking a sharp escalation in the economic standoff between the two countries.

These moves have triggered alarm among financial experts and political leaders alike. Critics argue that they could isolate the US on the global stage and undermine its credibility as a consistent and stable economic partner. Many believe that instead of strengthening the domestic economy, the measures could backfire by escalating costs and straining international relationships.

Even as the White House maintains that the tariffs are intended to protect American industries and jobs, many business leaders see them as a step backward. Dimon’s comments reflect broader fears that rather than delivering the promised boost to the economy, the administration’s actions may increase costs for both businesses and consumers. In addition to discouraging international cooperation, such policies may damage long-term investor confidence.

The underlying concern, as articulated by Dimon and others, is not just about immediate economic repercussions but also about the strategic path the US is taking. Instead of leveraging its economic clout to build alliances and promote free trade, the country appears to be retreating into protectionism. The message from leading voices in finance and politics is that the consequences of such a strategy could be far-reaching and damaging.

While President Trump has presented tariffs as a tool to rebalance trade and promote domestic manufacturing, financial analysts argue that they could act as a drag on growth and push the economy toward contraction. With inflation already posing a challenge and asset prices fluctuating, the addition of steep import duties could strain an already volatile environment.

The warning signs are mounting, and the debate is intensifying. Whether these economic policies ultimately succeed in reshaping America’s trade relationships or end up triggering the very recession critics fear remains to be seen. But for now, voices like Jamie Dimon, Bill Ackman, and Ted Cruz are urging caution, calling attention to the potential costs of a strategy that many view as risky and untested.

Modi’s Truce with RSS and the Hindutva Path Ahead: A Critical Turning Point for India

April 9, 2025 Staff ReporterIndia 0

Late last month, Prime Minister Narendra Modi paid a long-awaited visit to the Rashtriya Swayamsevak Sangh’s Smruti Mandir in Nagpur, where he paid tribute to RSS founder K.B. Hedgewar and its second chief, M.S. Golwalkar. Shortly after, the Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) successfully passed the controversial Waqf Amendment Bill in Parliament, with complete backing from all its allies, including the ostensibly “secular” Janata Dal (United) and the Telugu Desam Party. While these two developments may appear disconnected, they are, in fact, deeply intertwined—and together, they point toward a worrying shift in India’s political landscape.

Modi’s visit to Nagpur is being interpreted as a thaw in the chilly relations between him and the RSS. At the same time, the unhesitating support extended by JD(U) and TDP to the Waqf Bill demonstrates that the BJP, despite lacking a parliamentary majority on its own, is operating with unbridled freedom to pursue its Hindutva ideology. Those who expected Modi’s dependence on allies to moderate this agenda have been proven wrong. Similarly, analysts who anticipated that the rift between Modi and the RSS might weaken the Sangh ecosystem have been disappointed. The RSS has once again demonstrated its capacity to adapt, recover, and move forward with its long-term objectives intact.

This presents a grave possibility: a permanent transformation of India’s socio-political fabric in favor of Hindutva, regardless of which party leads the government in the future.

Since the BJP came to power in 2014, there has been a sustained effort to shift India’s polity away from liberal secularism toward a religion-centric majoritarian framework. Under Modi and Home Minister Amit Shah, the government has aggressively advanced the RSS’s central aims with the vision of establishing a Hindu Rashtra—a nation by and for Hindus.

This transformation has primarily taken place through constitutional means—through legislative and judicial actions. Landmark decisions and laws include the abrogation of Article 370 that removed Jammu and Kashmir’s special status, the criminalization of triple talaq, the construction of the Ram temple in Ayodhya, the Citizenship Amendment Act (CAA), the Waqf Amendment Bill, and moves toward a Uniform Civil Code.

Alongside these measures, the government has allowed non-state entities like the Bajrang Dal, Vishwa Hindu Parishad, and various fringe groups to embed a majoritarian ethos across the country. The results are evident: lynchings over cow protection, the forced shutdown of Muslim-run businesses, and assaults on secular and liberal voices, both online and offline. Hate speech has become routine, and a revisionist version of history—rooted in Hindu victimhood and Muslim vilification—is gaining traction.

In several BJP-ruled states, the authorities have defied Supreme Court guidelines by using bulldozers to demolish Muslim homes, while peaceful protestors are often branded anti-national. The offensive against minorities is now often led by BJP office-bearers, including chief ministers, ministers, MPs, and MLAs.

Further legal modifications are reportedly in the pipeline, targeting laws such as the Income Tax Act, the Personal Data Protection Act, and the Foreigners Act.

Since Modi took charge in 2014, India’s march down this sectarian road has reached a critical juncture. The direction now points clearly toward the RSS’s dream of a Hindu Rashtra—a place where the dominance of Hindu identity overshadows all else. The likelihood of returning to the inclusive values championed during the Independence movement and enshrined in the Constitution is narrowing rapidly.

If defenders of secular and democratic values fail to act swiftly, the idea of a pluralistic India could be overtaken permanently by a monocultural Hindu Rashtra. What’s more alarming is that the RSS’s vision is no longer tied solely to the BJP. The Sangh has pursued its mission independently for a century, biding its time to wield actual influence over the nation’s power structures. Even before 2014, it was quietly undermining India’s secular foundations, gradually poisoning public opinion with communal ideologies.

The political establishment, particularly the Congress Party after Independence, failed to counter this quiet infiltration. This inaction allowed the RSS to build enough strength to execute a two-phase final strategy. The first phase began with Anna Hazare’s anti-corruption movement, supported by figures like Arvind Kejriwal, and backed silently by the RSS. This culminated in the portrayal of Narendra Modi as a transformational Hindu leader, capable of reshaping India’s destiny. The electorate bought into this image and effectively handed over the reins of the country to the RSS.

Once the BJP secured power, the RSS rapidly advanced its Hindu Rashtra vision. In a country where a Union minister once resigned over trivial controversies during national crises, we now see Parliamentarians who idolize Nathuram Godse, Mahatma Gandhi’s assassin. Even Prime Minister Modi has been accused of making veiled jabs at the Muslim community.

Calls for violence against Muslims are increasingly tolerated, while voices defending democracy face suppression. Perhaps the starkest example was the treatment of top female wrestlers who accused a BJP MP of sexual harassment—they were publicly dragged by the police. This starkly contrasts with the nationwide protests following the brutal 2012 gang rape and murder of Nirbhaya in Delhi.

How did such a drastic transformation occur in under a decade?

The answer lies in the RSS’s long-standing effort to reinterpret India’s civilizational roots. It had cultivated a silent base of sympathizers—ordinary people who today freely endorse its hateful ideology. This hidden support system was activated with propaganda, financial clout, and coercion to dismantle democratic norms and constitutional values. Meanwhile, even the Opposition grew cautious, reluctant to take on the BJP’s Hindutva project head-on for fear of political backlash or imprisonment.

This fear is not limited to the BJP’s coalition partners. Much of the Opposition now hesitates to openly defend Muslims, fearing a loss of Hindu support. This apprehension is misplaced—the BJP’s vote share has never exceeded 38 percent. Most Hindus are not voting for the BJP, yet the Opposition seems paralyzed, unable to assert its secular position. As a result, it continues to play defense, afraid to confront the BJP’s communal rhetoric, lest it “miscue the shot and get caught out.” This strategy might help avoid defeat, but it cannot secure victory—and that suits the RSS perfectly.

Even if the Opposition were to come to power, it would likely only pause the Hindutva momentum, not reverse it. The RSS is built to endure, and if necessary, the BJP’s rivals might even compete to occupy the same ideological space. For the Sangh, “the more the merrier.”

Their rallying cry remains: “Jo Hindu hit ki baat karegaa, wo Bharat par raaj karegaa (Only they who safeguard Hindu interests will rule India).”

The urgency is now absolute. If the Opposition is serious about this ideological battle, it must act immediately. Time is not on its side. As Rahul Gandhi speaks of a 50-year struggle, he must recognize that more than five decades were already squandered before 2014 by ignoring the RSS threat. Unless democratic forces decisively confront the Sangh during its centenary, they may be left powerless as it celebrates its 150th year, having fully realized its Hindu Rashtra vision.

Trailer Out Now: Babil Khan’s ‘Logout’ is a Wake-Up Call on the Hidden Dangers of Phone Addiction

April 9, 2025 Staff ReporterEntertainment, Social Media 0

~ Directed by Amit Golani, ‘Logout’ stars Babil Khan in the lead as a social media influencer; the direct-to-digital film will premiere on ZEE5 Global on 18^th April ~

Global, 8^th April 2025: ZEE5 Global, the world’s largest streaming platform for South Asian content, is all set to unveil its latest thrilling mystery, Logout—a suspenseful tale that will have viewers questioning the security of their digital lives. Directed by Amit Golani and written by Biswapati Sarkar, this gripping film promises a dynamic mix of tension and drama, featuring Babil Khan, Rasika Dugal, Nimisha Nair, and Gandharv Dewan in pivotal roles. Produced by Digital 18 Media Private Limited (erstwhile Viacom 18 Studios) and Posham Pa Pictures, Logout has already made waves on the international festival circuit, being showcased at renowned events such as the 21st Indian Film Festival Stuttgart 2024, Mal Del Plata 2024, Indian Film Festival Melbourne 2024, and the River to River Florence Indian Film Festival 2024, where it has garnered rave reviews. Now, anticipation builds as the film gears up for its ZEE5 Global release on April 18th.

Trailer Link – https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GOKaA2H2PgA

The story follows Pratyush (Babil Khan), a 26-year-old social media influencer on the verge of reaching 10 million followers, when his life takes a dark turn. A fan’s obsessive fixation drags him into a chilling game of cat and mouse, shattering his carefully curated world. Logout taps into the modern-day problem of digital dependence, resonating deeply with today’s audience and exploring the dangers of being entrapped in a virtual world. With its timely and relatable theme, the film promises to captivate and provoke thought about the ever-growing influence of digital dependence and the security of our digital lives.

Director Amit Golani shared, “Directing Logout has been an immensely rewarding experience. At its heart, the film delves into the complex and often unsettling relationship between individuals and their growing dependence on the digital world — especially our increasing reliance on smartphones. It explores how overdependence on our phones has crept into every aspect of life, and how helpless we can feel without them. I aimed to capture that tension in a way that feels both intense and profoundly relatable. Babil has truly embodied his character, bringing it to life in a way that feels raw and authentic. I couldn’t be prouder of what we’ve accomplished. With ZEE5 Global as a global platform, Logout is poised to reach a wide audience, and I couldn’t have asked for a better opportunity to share this timely, real, and deeply relevant story with the world”.

Writer Biswapati Sarkar shared, “Writing Logout has been an exciting journey, especially since the scenarios and situations in the film feel so relevant to our daily lives. The idea of being trapped in a digital world with no escape mirrors the very real anxieties we all face today. I’m deeply grateful for the collaboration with Amit, Babil, and the entire cast and crew, whose contributions have brought this script to life. I hope viewers connect with the film, as it holds up a mirror to the behaviors and realities many of us experience every day”.

Actor Babil Khan said, “I’m really looking forward to audiences experiencing Logout. The film has already been showcased at several international film festivals, earning great reviews, and now, I can’t wait for its release on ZEE5 Global, where a wider audience will get to see it. This role truly pushed me out of my comfort zone, immersing me in the digital world — a space that’s both fascinating and dangerously unpredictable. Playing a modern-day influencer and navigating the complexities of virtual success was a unique challenge, especially since my character is so different from who I am in real life. I’m incredibly proud to be part of a story that feels so relevant today, shedding light on the darker side of our online lives. Logout is an intense, fast-paced thriller, and I can’t wait for viewers to join my character, Pratyush, on this gripping journey”.

‘Logout’ premieres on 18^th April on ZEE5 Global!

Users can download the ZEE5 Global app from Google Play Store / iOS App Store. It is available on Roku devices, Apple TVs, Android TVs, Amazon Fire TV and Samsung Smart TVs. Users can also access ZEE5 Global on www.ZEE5.com

About ZEE5 Global

ZEE5 Global is the digital entertainment destination launched by Zee Entertainment Enterprises Limited (ZEEL), a global Media and Entertainment powerhouse. The platform launched across 190+ countries in October 2018 and has content across 18 languages: Hindi, English, Bengali, Malayalam, Tamil, Telugu, Kannada, Marathi, Oriya, Bhojpuri, Gujarati, Punjabi, including six international languages Malay, Thai, Bahasa, Urdu, Bangla and Arabic. ZEE5 Global is home to 200,000+ hours of on-demand content. The platform brings together the best of Originals, Movies and TV Shows, Music, Health and Lifestyle content in one destination. In addition, ZEE5 Global offers features like 15 navigational languages, content download options, seamless video playback and Voice Search.

ZEE5 Global Twitter: https://twitter.com/ZEE5GlobalCorp

ZEE5 Global LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/company/ZEE5 Global/

Media Contacts

Jayti Singh

@Jayti.Singh@rfthunder.in

Darshana Joshi

@darshana.joshi@rfthunder.in

Warm Regards,

Darshana Joshi

Senior Account Executive

Mobile: 7208336620

Request you to please take note of my new email address for all future communications: darshana.joshi@ruderfinn.com

India to Launch New Naval Base for Nuclear Submarines in Andhra Pradesh by 2026

April 8, 2025April 10, 2025 Staff ReporterIndia 0

India is set to commission a strategically vital new naval base on the eastern coast of Andhra Pradesh next year, aimed at countering China’s growing naval presence in the Indian Ocean Region (IOR). This new facility will be used to house nuclear submarines and other warships, adding a critical layer to India’s maritime defense strategy.

The base is being constructed near Rambilli, a small coastal village approximately 50 kilometers south of the Eastern Naval Command’s headquarters in Visakhapatnam. Known internally as Project Varsha, this base includes underground pens and an intricate tunnel network to discreetly accommodate nuclear submarines. These tunnels will allow submarines to deploy quietly into the Bay of Bengal, staying out of sight from surveillance satellites, and proceed rapidly towards strategic areas such as the Malacca Strait and beyond to conduct deterrent patrols.

According to a defense source, “The first phase of the Rambilli base under Project Varsha is almost complete. After commissioning in 2026, it can be expanded and upgraded in phases, much like what is under way at the Karwar base under Project Seabird.”

The construction of this nuclear submarine base has been a complex process, taking over a decade to reach its current state. Developers had to navigate a variety of technological and environmental hurdles, in addition to other logistical challenges, to move forward with the project. Despite these difficulties, the base is nearing readiness and will become a pivotal asset in India’s naval capabilities.

Simultaneously, India continues to upgrade its western coastal defense infrastructure through Project Seabird at the Karwar base in Karnataka. This development complements the strategic expansion in the east, collectively strengthening India’s maritime reach and preparedness on both fronts. Karwar, which already houses over a dozen frontline warships, is undergoing significant enhancements that will soon enable it to berth 32 major warships and submarines, along with 23 yard-craft.

“The inner harbour is ready. Work on the outer harbour, with the requisite breakwaters and jetties, is in progress,” the same source confirmed regarding Karwar’s development.

India is not only building infrastructure but is also adding firepower to its underwater nuclear arsenal. This year, the country will commission its third nuclear-powered submarine equipped with nuclear-tipped ballistic missiles, known in naval terms as an SSBN. The submarine, named INS Aridhaman, is larger than its predecessors, INS Arihant and INS Arighaat, with a displacement of 7,000 tonnes. The increased size allows it to carry more K-4 missiles, which have a strike range of 3,500 kilometers.

This development significantly boosts India’s nuclear triad, which comprises land-based missiles, airborne weapons, and submarine-launched ballistic missiles. These submarines serve as the most survivable leg of the triad, capable of providing second-strike capability even in the event of a surprise nuclear attack.

In addition to INS Aridhaman, a fourth submarine is currently under construction under the classified Advanced Technology Vessel (ATV) project. This project, valued at over ₹90,000 crore, is India’s most secretive and ambitious initiative in nuclear submarine development. The plan eventually includes constructing larger 13,500-tonne SSBNs powered by more advanced 190 MW pressurized light-water reactors, in contrast to the 83 MW reactors used in the existing submarines. These improvements will significantly increase range, endurance, and operational capacity of India’s nuclear submarines.

In October last year, the Prime Minister-led Cabinet Committee on Security gave the green light for constructing two 9,800-tonne nuclear-powered attack submarines, or SSNs, at a cost of ₹40,000 crore. Unlike SSBNs, SSNs are designed for conventional warfare and are equipped with non-nuclear missiles and other tactical weaponry. Eventually, India plans to build a fleet of six SSNs, enhancing its ability to project power and safeguard its maritime interests.

As India strengthens its naval posture in the east, it is simultaneously reinforcing its western defenses. On Saturday, Defense Minister Rajnath Singh inaugurated new operational, repair, and logistical facilities valued at over ₹2,000 crore at the Karwar naval base. These upgrades are part of Project Seabird’s ongoing Phase-IIA and are designed to provide the Navy with enhanced strategic depth and flexibility, especially in relation to potential threats from Pakistan.

The expanded Karwar base will also feature a dual-use naval air station, a full-service naval dockyard, four covered dry berths, and logistics infrastructure to support both ships and aircraft. This expansion will play a crucial role in easing the burden on the heavily congested Mumbai harbour, one of the country’s primary maritime hubs.

The eventual Phase-IIB of Project Seabird, currently in the planning phase, will extend the base’s capacity even further. Once completed, Karwar will be capable of hosting 50 warships and submarines, as well as 40 auxiliary craft. Spread across a 25-kilometer stretch, this facility will stand as one of the largest and most advanced naval installations in the region.

These developments underscore India’s long-term vision of transforming into a blue-water navy capable of operating across vast oceanic distances. The focus on nuclear-powered submarines and expansive bases reflects the country’s strategic priorities in an increasingly contested Indo-Pacific landscape.

India’s naval modernization efforts are taking place against the backdrop of China’s expanding maritime influence. The Chinese Navy has been steadily increasing its presence in the Indian Ocean Region, often conducting patrols, setting up bases, and deploying submarines under the guise of anti-piracy missions. In response, India is making calculated moves to ensure it remains prepared and competitive in the strategic theatre that spans from the Strait of Hormuz to the South China Sea.

By focusing on stealthy submarine deployments, bolstering infrastructure on both coasts, and investing in next-generation nuclear-powered vessels, India is sending a clear message about its commitment to maritime security and regional stability. The commissioning of the Rambilli base in 2026 will mark a significant milestone in this strategic journey. As Project Varsha and Project Seabird advance in parallel, India is positioning itself as a formidable maritime power prepared to meet the evolving security challenges of the 21st century.

Indian Americans Reflect on U.S.-India Relations Amid Major Elections in 2024

April 8, 2025April 11, 2025 Staff ReporterCommunity 0

The year 2024 earned the distinction of being dubbed the “year of elections,” as over 1.5 billion people around the world participated in choosing new governments across seventy-three nations. Among these, two particularly significant elections took place in India and the United States, both of which could have far-reaching global implications.

In India, the June 2024 general election saw Prime Minister Narendra Modi secure a third term in office. While his Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) failed to achieve an outright majority in parliament, Modi’s personal popularity and political influence remained intact. Despite the initial perception of a political setback, the BJP quickly regained momentum by clinching major victories in a series of state elections held in the aftermath. Meanwhile, in the United States, the November election resulted in the re-election of Republican President Donald Trump. This outcome denied then Vice President Kamala Harris the chance to succeed Democratic President Joe Biden.

These landmark elections unfolded amid a growing U.S.-India strategic partnership—one that has shown both promise and tension. Several issues emerged ahead of the U.S. election that strained bilateral ties. Among them were policy differences concerning the Bangladesh government under Sheikh Hasina, a U.S. federal indictment involving Indian tycoon Gautam Adani on corruption charges, and the high-profile allegation that an Indian official had orchestrated a “murder-for-hire” plot aimed at assassinating a pro-Khalistan separatist, a U.S. citizen, on American soil.

These developments naturally prompted questions about the Indian American community’s outlook on foreign policy. With over 5 million people of Indian descent now living in the United States, their perspectives carry increasing weight. Key questions included: How did Indian Americans view the Biden administration’s handling of ties with India? Did they believe Trump would strengthen relations with India? And how did they assess India’s own political direction, especially following the 2024 election?

To answer these questions, the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, in collaboration with research firm YouGov, conducted a nationally representative online poll of 1,206 Indian American adults between September 18 and October 15, 2024. The Indian American Attitudes Survey (IAAS) carries a margin of error of plus or minus 3 percent.

The survey found that Indian Americans largely approved of the Biden administration’s performance in managing U.S.-India relations over the past four years. At the same time, their expectations for the renewed Trump administration were more reserved and mixed. Regarding India, Indian Americans expressed increased confidence in the country’s direction compared to the 2020 period. A significant number voiced approval for Modi’s leadership, though some expressed unease about rising Hindu majoritarianism within India.

This survey constitutes the second installment in a three-part series exploring Indian Americans’ attitudes on social, political, and foreign policy matters, based on the 2024 IAAS. Below is a summary of the major findings from the study.

First, Indian Americans evaluated the Biden administration’s approach to India in a generally positive light. About 50 percent of those surveyed expressed approval of how the Biden White House handled relations with India. Around four in ten participants felt that the Biden administration offered an appropriately balanced level of support to India. Nonetheless, opinions varied when it came to how effectively the administration balanced American values with strategic interests.

On the other hand, the return of Donald Trump to the presidency was met with some concern among Indian Americans. Respondents rated Biden’s record on India somewhat more favorably than Trump’s first term. Additionally, many believed that the U.S.-India relationship would have fared better under a Kamala Harris administration than under a second Trump term.

Another issue explored in the survey was the “murder-for-hire” controversy, which had the potential to strain diplomatic ties. The data revealed that only about half of the respondents were even aware of the allegations involving India’s role in the attempted assassination of a U.S. citizen. A narrow majority felt that such actions could not be justified by any country, and they indicated they would feel similarly if the roles were reversed, with the U.S. targeting someone on Indian soil.

The survey also shed light on Indian Americans’ divided opinions about the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. Rather than reflecting a unified view, respondents displayed a broad range of opinions shaped significantly by political affiliations. Democrats were generally more sympathetic to the Palestinian cause, while Republicans showed greater support for Israel. Interestingly, 40 percent of all respondents believed the Biden administration had shown excessive favoritism toward Israel during the ongoing crisis.

When compared to the 2020 survey, Indian Americans in 2024 demonstrated a more optimistic perspective regarding India’s trajectory. Forty-seven percent said they believe India is heading in the right direction, which is a 10-point jump from four years earlier. The same proportion of respondents—47 percent—also voiced approval of Prime Minister Modi’s performance. In addition, four in ten respondents believed that the 2024 election had made India more democratic.

Despite Modi’s reduced parliamentary majority, the diaspora’s outlook on India’s internal affairs appears more confident than in the past. Still, concerns about religious nationalism continue to persist, suggesting that Indian Americans are watching closely as Modi enters his third term.

As for foreign relations, the community’s views reflect both satisfaction with past diplomatic management and skepticism about the road ahead. The Biden administration earned credit for its steadiness and for prioritizing India as a key global partner. However, the return of Trump brought more hesitation than enthusiasm among survey participants. Indian Americans seemed to favor continuity, with some having preferred a Harris presidency to carry forward Biden’s approach.

The 2024 elections have underscored not only the changing political landscape in two of the world’s largest democracies but also the growing significance of the Indian American community in shaping perspectives on global diplomacy. With roots in India and deep connections in the U.S., this community continues to serve as a vital bridge in navigating one of the most important bilateral relationships of the 21st century.

As this series of surveys continues, more insights are expected to emerge on the evolving political identity and influence of Indian Americans, both in domestic American politics and in matters that touch upon their ancestral homeland.

Zoho’s Sridhar Vembu Warns of Looming Global Financial Collapse Rooted in US Debt

April 8, 2025April 10, 2025 Staff ReporterBusiness 0

Zoho Corporation’s chief scientist Sridhar Vembu has raised alarm bells over the current state of the global financial system, likening it to a fragile “house of cards” sustained by America’s growing debt. In a lengthy post on Sunday, Vembu explained that the financial system underpinning international trade for the past five decades is fundamentally flawed and now approaching a potential collapse.

“To understand the present crisis, it is useful to understand how the global system has ‘worked’ for the last 50 years,” Vembu wrote on social media platform X. According to him, the core mechanism involved the United States consistently importing more than it exported, issuing dollars to finance those imports. These dollars, in turn, were amplified in the international banking framework, which allowed them to serve as the backbone for nearly all global trade and investment between countries.

Vembu highlighted the inherent flaw in such a system: it required the US to perpetually go into debt in order to fund global trade. This dynamic, he warned, came at a significant cost to the American industrial sector. “That is what happens when you have to keep importing more than you export for a long time,” he wrote, implying that the erosion of domestic manufacturing strength was a long-term consequence of this trade model.

Looking back to the 1980s, Vembu referenced the 1985 Plaza Accord as a critical moment when the US attempted to correct its trade imbalances. At the time, Japan and Germany played roles similar to what China plays today—nations with large trade surpluses against the US. “Even as of 1985 (Japan/Germany then playing the role of China now) the system suffered from huge friction due to US manufacturers being outcompeted by lower priced imports…Japan also agreed to ‘voluntarily’ curb its exports to the US,” Vembu recalled. That episode, he suggested, revealed cracks in the system even decades ago.

Vembu was unequivocal in his assessment of the system’s foundations. He stated bluntly, “The system was never sound,” and added that, in his view, “the system has now reached its breaking point.” His comments come at a time of heightened economic strain and escalating geopolitical tensions, particularly between the United States and China.

As these tensions rise—fueled by tit-for-tat tariffs, curbs on rare earth exports, and sanctions on companies tied to defense sectors—Vembu emphasized the urgent need to rethink the basis of global trade. “What we need is a better foundation for the global trading system,” he argued. In his view, returning to precious metals as a global standard could offer more stability. “I believe Gold/Silver have to make a comeback as the settlement currency among nations (pay for imports with gold),” he suggested.

Vembu contended that such a shift would naturally limit the potential for long-term trade imbalances. “This will massively reduce imbalances, because the prospect of running out of gold is a real limit on imports,” he explained. Unlike the current system, where digital claims can be endlessly layered upon debt, a gold-based trade framework would introduce a tangible restraint, according to him.

Nonetheless, Vembu acknowledged that transitioning away from the status quo would not be easy. “The system has massive paper (digital) claims piled up on top of claims, finally rooted in claims on US debt. That house of cards is the global financial system. We may be facing a structural collapse,” he warned. His stark assessment suggests that the world’s financial infrastructure may be far more vulnerable than most realize.

His statements came in response to a comment by Zeitcore founder Kelly Smith, who expressed skepticism about a return to gold or silver-based trade. Vembu posed a rhetorical question in reply: “What would be the ‘something else’? Bitcoin as the global settlement currency? Commodity backed crypto?” While acknowledging the possibility of alternative systems, he expressed doubt about their practicality and emphasized the unique value of gold. “We clearly need a system that does not depend on the US running bigger and bigger deficits. Gold has one virtue that even non-cooperating nations can trade at arms length!” he asserted.

Vembu’s warnings come at a volatile moment in global markets. The recent imposition of sweeping tariffs by US President Donald Trump has stoked fears of an impending recession. These new tariffs, aimed at imports from a range of countries, have already had a dramatic impact on investor sentiment. The US stock market has responded with its worst week since the COVID-19 crisis. The Dow Jones Industrial Average dropped by 7.5%, the S&P 500 fell 9.1%, and the Nasdaq tumbled by a steep 10%.

The market turmoil reflects growing concerns over the direction of global trade and the durability of existing economic structures. Economists, including those from JPMorgan, have increased the probability of a US recession to 60%, directly attributing the shift to the economic consequences of the tariffs. Meanwhile, China has responded in kind, announcing an additional 34% tariff on all US goods. The retaliatory move has only intensified fears of a full-scale trade war and contributed further to financial instability.

Vembu’s concerns go beyond just tariffs and trade battles. At the heart of his critique is a deeper structural issue: the reliance on debt-financed consumption by the world’s largest economy to support global trade. He suggests that this model is now dangerously overstretched and that the time has come for a fundamental rethinking of how countries conduct economic exchange.

While some may consider his proposals idealistic or outdated, his broader message is a call for realism in global finance. The decades-long reliance on the US dollar as the de facto international currency, he argues, has allowed for unchecked deficits and unsustainable debt accumulation. His belief that gold or another tangible asset should serve as a universal medium of exchange is rooted in the idea that it would force nations to live within their means, thereby fostering a more balanced and less volatile global system.

Whether or not his prediction of a structural collapse materializes, Vembu’s message taps into a growing unease about the fragility of the existing financial architecture. As trade tensions mount and economic indicators flash warning signs, his call for a reset in how the world handles trade and finance is likely to resonate with those seeking alternatives to the current order.

India, US Push for Swift Bilateral Trade Agreement Amid Tariff Tensions

April 8, 2025April 10, 2025 Staff ReporterIndia 0

India’s External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar and US Secretary of State Marco Rubio have emphasized the urgent need to finalize an India-US Bilateral Trade Agreement (BTA) during a phone conversation on April 7. The discussion comes amid escalating tensions following recent US tariff hikes on Indian goods, which have added pressure on both sides to expedite the deal.

The conversation between Jaishankar and Rubio marks a critical moment in the evolving trade relationship between the two nations. It reflects a shared understanding that the BTA must be concluded without further delay to safeguard mutual economic interests and address growing trade challenges.

In a social media post following the call, Jaishankar shared, “Good to speak with @SecRubio today. Exchanged perspectives on the Indo-Pacific, the Indian Sub-continent, Europe, Middle East/West Asia and the Caribbean. Agreed on the importance of the early conclusion of the Bilateral Trade Agreement. Look forward to remaining in touch.” The quote highlights the wide-ranging scope of the discussion, while underscoring the central focus on trade cooperation.

This high-level exchange followed the recent visit of Brendan Lynch, the US Assistant Trade Representative for South and Central Asia, who led a delegation to India from March 25 to 29 for bilateral trade talks. Lynch’s visit was aimed at pushing forward the long-pending BTA, with the two sides discussing ways to enhance market access and reduce both tariff and non-tariff barriers. These hurdles have been long-standing points of contention in India-US trade negotiations.

A key motivation behind the renewed push for the agreement is the US government’s recent move to increase tariffs on Indian exports. On April 2, President Donald Trump announced a 27 percent reciprocal tariff on Indian goods. This tariff hike is part of a broader protectionist measure that also targets imports from China and the European Union. The sharp increase in duties has caused concern within Indian policy circles and among exporters, who now face reduced competitiveness in the American market.

While Washington has described these tariff measures as reciprocal and justified by trade imbalances, New Delhi views them as a signal to accelerate dialogue rather than retreat into trade confrontation. The Modi government is keen to avoid a repeat of the 2018-2019 trade friction, when the US removed India from its Generalized System of Preferences (GSP) list, triggering retaliatory tariffs from India and straining diplomatic ties.

Despite the new trade pressure, Indian officials have publicly projected a calm and confident outlook on the country’s economic trajectory. The Indian government continues to estimate GDP growth between 6.3 and 6.8 percent for the fiscal year 2025–26, assuming international oil prices remain stable. The economic optimism reflects India’s growing resilience and its attempt to maintain investor confidence amid external shocks.

However, some private sector economists have expressed a more cautious view. The imposition of steep tariffs by the US has prompted several research firms and financial analysts to revise their growth forecasts downward. Their concern centers around potential disruptions in India’s export sector, particularly in key industries such as textiles, pharmaceuticals, and machinery, which are highly dependent on access to the American market.

The proposed Bilateral Trade Agreement is expected to be a comprehensive deal covering not only goods but also services, intellectual property rights, digital trade, and investment. Negotiators from both sides have long grappled with sensitive areas such as agricultural market access, e-commerce regulations, and data localization policies. Yet, there is increasing recognition in both Washington and New Delhi that failure to strike a deal could harm strategic ties at a time when both countries are seeking to counterbalance China’s growing economic influence.

The India-US trade relationship has expanded significantly in recent years, with bilateral goods and services trade crossing $190 billion in 2023. However, issues like divergent regulatory standards, visa restrictions, and protectionist tendencies have prevented a more balanced and seamless flow of commerce. Indian officials have been calling for greater US openness toward Indian services and technology exports, while American negotiators have pressed India to open up its agricultural and retail sectors.

During Brendan Lynch’s visit, officials from both countries reiterated their commitment to resolving these issues through sustained engagement. The Indian Ministry of Commerce and Industry stated that talks were “constructive and forward-looking,” and that both sides had agreed to continue working toward a framework that encourages mutual growth and investment.

While the imposition of the new tariffs has introduced an element of urgency, it has also provided an opportunity for both governments to prioritize trade reform. The economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and shifting global supply chains have further emphasized the need for trusted partnerships. For India, aligning more closely with the US economically could bring new investment, technology transfer, and improved access to critical markets.

For the United States, strengthening trade with India offers a chance to diversify supply chains away from China, access a vast consumer base, and deepen ties with a democratic partner in the Indo-Pacific region. Secretary of State Marco Rubio, who recently assumed office, has echoed this strategic view in his public statements, emphasizing the value of expanding economic cooperation with India as part of a broader regional strategy.

The April 7 call between Jaishankar and Rubio signals a new phase in these efforts. The ministers’ shared commitment to an early conclusion of the BTA indicates that high-level political will exists to overcome longstanding differences. Whether this will translate into an actual agreement in the coming months remains to be seen, but momentum appears to be building.

The coming weeks are likely to see intensified negotiations, including more technical-level discussions and possible ministerial meetings. Trade experts believe that progress will depend on how flexibly both sides approach sticking points, and whether political leadership can translate goodwill into binding commitments.

For now, the agreement between Jaishankar and Rubio on the need for swift action has set a constructive tone. As Jaishankar noted, “Agreed on the importance of the early conclusion of the Bilateral Trade Agreement. Look forward to remaining in touch.” With the clock ticking and economic stakes rising, both sides may be entering one of the most decisive phases in India-US trade relations.

At 100, Ralph Young Reflects on a Life of Hard Work, Resilience, and Love

April 8, 2025 Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

Ralph Young, now a centenarian, has lived through war, personal loss, and major world changes — and still offers wisdom about leading a long and fulfilling life, especially when faced with hardships or surprises.

Born and raised in Kentucky, Young was the youngest of 11 siblings. His childhood home lacked basic utilities like electricity and running water. However, the family had a garden and preserved their own food, which they sold in their small community of Greasy Ridge. Life was tough, but it was a foundation that built resilience in him from a young age.

At just 10 years old, Young found himself taking on major responsibilities. His mother suffered a stroke that left her with limited mobility, and his father handed him the task of handling the household laundry and meals. He describes this as his first job, which required carrying heavy loads of laundry and washing clothes by hand in a nearby spring.

Despite the demands, Young remembers those times fondly because they brought him closer to his mother. “With all that time together, my mother and I got close,” he recalled.

In 1943, when Young was 18, he made a pivotal decision to enlist in the U.S. Navy, choosing to sign up before receiving a draft notice. His service took him into the heart of World War II. Saying goodbye to his family was a moment he still remembers vividly. “I remember my mom sitting on the front porch, tears streaming down her cheeks,” he told Dayton Daily News. “She told me, ‘Everything is going to be alright, Ralph.’ I knew she was going to watch over me.”

Sadly, while Young was overseas serving his country, his mother passed away. It was a deeply emotional loss for someone who had shared such a close bond with her.

After the war ended, Young was discharged from the Navy in 1946. The following year, he returned home and married Charlotte, his first wife. Together, they had three children and built a life that took them on journeys far from the humble beginnings of Greasy Ridge.

By the mid-1950s, global electrification efforts were ramping up, and the engineering company Young worked for needed someone to lead a critical international project. The assignment was to help develop a power system in Thailand, and Young saw it as a great adventure. He wasn’t the only one enthusiastic about the move. “Charlotte was as eager to go as I was,” he said.

The family spent several years living in Asia, including time in Indonesia due to another job posting. Even after returning to the United States, Young’s career kept him on the move, taking him to countries like Saudi Arabia and Iran. He remained active in his profession until he officially retired at the age of 70.

In 2000, Charlotte began showing signs of serious illness. She was diagnosed with Alzheimer’s disease, and Young stayed by her side until she passed away in 2006, six years after her diagnosis. Her death was a heavy blow, and Young was 81 at the time.

The loss led him into a period of reflection and deep sorrow. He questioned whether life held anything more for him. But rather than giving in to grief, he found strength through faith and purpose. “Always have something to do. That’s what has helped me,” he shared. “My faith in God and my willingness to conquer anything I started.”

His life took an unexpected but joyful turn when he reconnected with a woman named Janice. They had known each other four decades earlier. After hearing about Charlotte’s passing, Janice reached out to offer comfort. “I understand,” she wrote — she had lost her husband just five months before Charlotte’s death.

That simple message reopened a meaningful connection. Janice eventually invited Young to join her for Christmas. From there, the two started spending more time together and having frequent conversations. Their bond deepened, and it wasn’t long before they chose to marry and start a new chapter of life together.

Reflecting on his extraordinary journey, Young said, “You can do a lot of things you don’t think you can do.”

From a childhood spent cooking and washing laundry in rural Kentucky to traveling the world as an engineer, from losing his mother while at war to losing his wife to Alzheimer’s, Ralph Young’s century of life is a testament to endurance, optimism, and the human ability to rebuild. Through every twist and turn, he’s lived by the principle of staying active, nurturing faith, and embracing every new opportunity.

India Responds to US Tariffs with Caution, Vows to Pursue Trade Deal

April 8, 2025 Staff ReporterIndia 0

India announced on Thursday that it is closely analyzing the consequences of a newly imposed 27% tariff by the United States on its imports, while affirming its intention to pursue a trade agreement with Washington this year. The move marks a measured response from New Delhi despite its failure to secure relief from President Donald Trump’s aggressive trade strategy.

India’s reaction came shortly after President Trump revealed the steep tariff hikes, which added further pressure on an already weakened global economy, triggering significant declines in international stock markets and oil prices.

While Trump publicly mentioned a 26% tariff on Indian goods, the actual figure in the White House executive order was 27%, a number also confirmed by India’s trade ministry, which cited the official order for its calculations.

The tariff strategy involves a preliminary 10% baseline duty starting Saturday, followed by the full 27% rate kicking in from April 9. In a statement, India’s trade ministry said it is “carefully examining the implications” of the new tariffs and is also consulting with domestic industries and exporters to understand how the new measures might impact them.

In the same statement, the ministry noted that “The department is also studying the opportunities that may arise due to this new development in U.S. trade policy,” referring to how the changes could open doors in other sectors or markets. It also pointed out the ongoing dialogue between Prime Minister Narendra Modi and President Trump. “The ongoing talks are focused on enabling both nations to grow trade, investments and technology transfers,” the ministry stated. “We remain in touch with the Trump administration on these issues and expect to take them forward in the coming days.”

This development is part of a broader move by the Trump administration to ramp up duties on a number of countries. For instance, China has been hit with a 34% tariff in addition to a previously announced 20% tax, while Vietnam faces a 46% duty.

Compared to these, the comparatively lighter tariff on Indian goods appeared to ease investor concerns, resulting in smaller losses on Indian stock markets than in the rest of Asia. India’s two key stock indices, the Nifty 50 and the BSE Sensex, each dropped just 0.3% at market open. In contrast, other major Asian markets experienced sharper losses ranging from 1.5% to 3%. The Indian rupee initially weakened by 0.3% to 85.75 per US dollar but later rebounded to 85.45.

The Global Trade Research Institute noted that India could gain a natural edge in several important sectors thanks to the lower tariff relative to other nations. However, nearly $14 billion worth of electronics and more than $9 billion in gems and jewelry exports from India are expected to feel the sting of the new US import duty.

In a positive development for India, pharmaceutical exports were spared from the tariff hike, which was welcomed by the country’s drug industry. The United States accounts for nearly one-third of India’s pharmaceutical exports, valued at around $9 billion last fiscal year, mostly consisting of generic versions of widely-used medications.

This exemption had an immediate impact on the stock market. Shares of Indian pharmaceutical companies surged nearly 5% during early trading on Thursday, diverging from the overall decline in the broader market.

India’s main industry groups, including the Associated Chambers of Commerce and Industry (Assocham) and the Federation of Indian Export Organisations (FIEO), indicated that the country’s export competitiveness would be less affected than that of major rivals due to its positioning within the middle range of the new US tariff regime.

The Trump administration justified the 27% tariff on Indian goods by citing both tariff and non-tariff barriers, including currency manipulation. According to a White House statement, the tariffs will remain in place until the administration determines that “the threat posed by the trade deficit and underlying non-reciprocal treatment is satisfied, resolved, or mitigated.”

At present, the United States has a $46 billion trade deficit with India. The newly announced tariffs increase pressure on Prime Minister Modi, who has previously positioned himself as a close ally of Trump, to find a diplomatic solution to ease or remove the new trade restrictions.

Just a week before the tariffs were unveiled, Reuters had reported that New Delhi was open to reducing tariffs on $23 billion worth of American imports. This move would be aimed at reducing the damage to India’s own exports in sectors like pharmaceuticals, auto parts, and gems and jewelry.

In an effort to win favor with the Trump administration, India has already taken several steps. These include lowering duties on luxury motorcycles and bourbon whiskey and eliminating a digital services tax that had affected major American tech firms.

Prior to the reciprocal tariff announcement, the United States’ average tariff rate was just 3.3%, in contrast to India’s significantly higher average rate of 17%, according to the White House.

Ajay Sahai, Director General of the Federation of Indian Export Organisations, pointed out that India’s new tariff burden was still lower than those faced by competitors such as Vietnam and Bangladesh. “This could help Indian apparel and footwear sectors,” he noted, suggesting that Indian exporters in those areas might benefit from a shift in global demand as buyers look to avoid higher tariffs on other nations.

Despite the challenges posed by the new tariff, India’s strategic and measured response highlights its intent to maintain stable trade relations with the United States. The ongoing negotiations and India’s willingness to make tariff concessions indicate a broader effort to secure a comprehensive trade agreement with Washington.

While tensions in global trade continue to mount due to Washington’s increasingly protectionist stance, India appears to be positioning itself as a stable and willing partner open to negotiation. The diplomatic tone adopted by New Delhi suggests that, even amid setbacks, it sees the long-term benefit of a trade partnership with the U.S.

As the April 9 deadline for full implementation of the 27% tariff approaches, the outcome of ongoing discussions between the two nations will be closely watched by global markets and industry leaders. India’s blend of strategic cooperation and domestic preparation reflects its broader goal of safeguarding its exports while pursuing new opportunities amid shifting global trade dynamics.

Harmeet Dhillon Confirmed by Senate to Lead Justice Department’s Civil Rights Division

April 8, 2025 Staff ReporterWomen 0

The U.S. Senate, led by Republicans, confirmed conservative attorney Harmeet Dhillon on Thursday as the head of the Justice Department’s Civil Rights Division. The final tally was 52-45, with most Republicans backing the decision and just one Republican senator, Lisa Murkowski from Alaska, joining Democrats in opposition.

In her new position, Dhillon will be responsible for overseeing a wide range of civil and criminal matters, including prosecutions related to hate crimes, litigation on voting rights, and the evaluation of law enforcement departments for patterns of discriminatory practices.

The confirmation is part of a broader reorientation of the Civil Rights Division under the leadership of President Donald Trump’s administration. Trump’s team has already significantly altered the division’s personnel structure and redirected its focus. Several senior officials from the division were reassigned to a newly established office focused primarily on immigration issues, particularly investigations into so-called “sanctuary cities.”

One of the major shifts under Trump’s Justice Department has been the halting of efforts to secure legally binding settlements with police departments in Minneapolis and Louisville. These settlements were intended to address civil rights violations following the high-profile police killings of George Floyd and Breonna Taylor. Both incidents had spurred nationwide protests and civil unrest. However, rather than pursuing federal reforms through the courts, the department decided to step back from these negotiations.

In a more recent move that surprised many legal experts, the department launched a civil rights probe into the Los Angeles Sheriff’s Department. The investigation is aimed at determining whether the agency has been infringing on people’s Second Amendment rights, which protect the right to bear arms. This development marked an unprecedented instance of the Civil Rights Division invoking constitutional gun rights as the basis for a federal civil rights inquiry.

Harmeet Dhillon has been a vocal advocate for conservative causes and a prominent supporter of President Trump. She is the founder of the Center for American Liberty, an organization described as far-right by critics. The nonprofit has positioned itself as a counterbalance to traditional civil rights organizations and has taken legal action in high-profile cases involving free speech, religious liberty, and opposition to diversity initiatives.

At her Senate confirmation hearing, Dhillon voiced strong support for the Trump administration’s stance against diversity, equity, and inclusion initiatives, commonly referred to as DEI. She asserted that such policies, whether implemented by government bodies or private sector companies, are not only problematic but unlawful. “Illegal and unconstitutional,” Dhillon said, characterizing DEI programs as contrary to the American legal tradition.

The Center for American Liberty, under Dhillon’s leadership, describes itself as a defender of individuals who have been ignored by mainstream civil rights advocacy. According to the organization, it aims to represent Americans who have been, in their view, “left behind” by established groups such as the NAACP Legal Defense Fund and the Leadership Conference on Civil and Human Rights.

In announcing her nomination, President Trump praised Dhillon for her consistent efforts to safeguard constitutional freedoms. “Throughout her career, Harmeet has stood up consistently to protect our cherished Civil Liberties, including taking on Big Tech for censoring our Free Speech, representing Christians who were prevented from praying together during COVID, and suing corporations who use woke policies to discriminate against their workers,” Trump wrote on his Truth Social platform.

However, Dhillon’s appointment did not go unchallenged. The Leadership Conference on Civil and Human Rights submitted a letter to the Senate Judiciary Committee opposing her nomination. The letter highlighted concerns about her previous legal and political work, particularly her involvement in efforts to challenge the outcome of the 2020 presidential election.

“Her work supporting President Trump’s efforts to overturn the results of the 2020 election, her vitriolic crusade against the transgender community, her staunch opposition to reproductive freedom, and her work protecting men accused of sexual harassment paint a disturbing picture of the kind of work we can expect from the Civil Rights Division if Ms. Dhillon is confirmed,” the letter read.

Critics argue that Dhillon’s appointment could signal a shift away from traditional civil rights enforcement and toward a more ideologically driven agenda. Her record includes representing clients in cases challenging corporate DEI policies and defending religious groups who felt they were unfairly restricted during pandemic lockdowns.

Earlier the same day, the Senate also confirmed another Trump ally, Dean John Sauer, to a top legal position in the Justice Department. Sauer was confirmed in a 52-45 vote strictly along party lines to become the Solicitor General. In this role, he will serve as the Justice Department’s chief advocate before the Supreme Court, responsible for defending the federal government’s legal positions in major constitutional and federal law cases.

Sauer, like Dhillon, has a strong background in conservative legal circles and was involved in high-profile cases during Trump’s presidency. His confirmation adds to the list of loyal Trump affiliates placed in influential legal roles, a trend that has drawn both criticism and praise depending on partisan perspectives.

While supporters of the two appointments argue that Dhillon and Sauer represent a long-overdue rebalancing of civil liberties, opponents warn that the Justice Department could lose its focus on protecting vulnerable communities and upholding longstanding civil rights precedents.

The Senate’s confirmation of Dhillon marks a pivotal moment for the Justice Department’s Civil Rights Division, as it continues to navigate politically charged issues ranging from police accountability and racial discrimination to gun rights and freedom of speech.

Both appointments underscore the lasting influence of Trump’s judicial and legal strategy, which has aimed to reshape the federal government’s approach to constitutional rights, particularly in areas where traditional interpretations have favored progressive social policies. With Dhillon and Sauer now confirmed, those priorities are likely to remain prominent in the department’s operations for the foreseeable future.

Threat to OPT Visa Sparks Panic Among Indian STEM Students in the US

April 8, 2025 Staff ReporterEducation, Immigration 0

A new bill introduced in the US Congress is stirring anxiety among Indian and international students pursuing degrees in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM). The proposed legislation aims to eliminate the Optional Practical Training (OPT) program, which currently enables graduates on student visas to stay in the United States and gain work experience for up to three years after completing their studies.

OPT has served as a crucial bridge between academia and employment, especially for students holding F-1 and M-1 visas. However, with this new legislative threat, many students now face the grim possibility of having to leave the country immediately after graduation if they fail to secure another type of visa. The bill comes at a time when the US administration, under President Donald Trump’s continued influence, is pursuing a series of strict immigration measures, including mass deportations. These policies align with Trump’s earlier campaign promises to tighten immigration, a move that began during his first term and appears to be intensifying again.

Legal experts and advisors have observed rising panic among current international students, particularly those from India. Many are scrambling to secure jobs that would allow them to shift from OPT to H-1B work visas, which are typically sponsored by large American and Indian tech firms. The urgency stems from the potential abrupt termination of OPT without viable alternatives.

According to the latest Open Doors 2024 report, over 300,000 Indian students were enrolled in US universities during the 2023-24 academic year. Of these, nearly one-third qualify for OPT, highlighting the widespread impact the bill could have on the Indian student community.

“OPT allows students to find jobs in the US for one year after they graduate and may be extended for another two years provided you are a STEM graduate and are working with a qualified US employer,” explained Poorvi Chothani of LawQuest, an immigration law firm based in Florida. “If the bill goes through, OPT could end abruptly without an option to transition to another work visa. Students may have to leave the US immediately.”

At present, students who are not in STEM fields are allowed to remain in the US for only a year following graduation. The elimination of OPT would affect STEM students more severely since they currently enjoy an extended work authorization of up to three years.

Chothani emphasized that OPT visa holders must now move quickly to transition to H-1B status as soon as possible if they are selected in the annual lottery. Otherwise, they will need to seek job opportunities in other countries. She also warned that incoming students may need to prepare for a scenario resembling the United Kingdom’s policies, where graduates are expected to leave the country upon completing their education.

“The biggest fallout, though, will be missing out on work opportunities and the ability to earn a US salary for a couple of years or so to pay back hefty student loans,” said Chothani.

The potential dismantling of OPT is taking a psychological toll on Indian students currently in the US. “They are all now clouded with doubt,” said Adarsh Khandelwal, cofounder of Collegify, a platform that supports students planning to study abroad.

This uncertainty is already disrupting student routines and decisions. “Conversations once dominated by case competitions and coding bootcamps are now replaced with legal webinars and immigration forums,” said Khandelwal. The Economic Times previously reported that Indian students are rethinking their travel plans during summer breaks, with many canceling their trips home for fear that they might face challenges re-entering the US. Top-tier institutions like Cornell, Columbia, and Yale have unofficially recommended that international students avoid leaving the country during this period of uncertainty.

Despite these complications, the US remains the top choice for Indian students studying overseas. However, the growing restrictions under the Trump administration have prompted some to look elsewhere. Advisors and consultants are observing a notable shift in interest toward alternative destinations such as Canada and various European countries. According to experts, Indian applications to non-US countries have increased by 20% for the 2025 and 2026 academic cycles.

With these changing trends, families are becoming more cautious and focused on long-term security after graduation. “Families are seeking post-study certainty. Studying in the US is not cheap as it requires a yearly investment of $60,000,” Khandelwal pointed out.

In terms of economic contribution, international students continue to play a significant role in the US. Data from NAFSA: Association of International Educators revealed that during the 2023-2024 academic year, foreign students contributed a record $43.8 billion to the US economy and supported nearly 378,175 jobs. These numbers underscore the financial and workforce impact of international students, especially those utilizing programs like OPT.

Legal experts argue that the removal of OPT could hurt the US economy by driving talent elsewhere. “Additionally, numerous companies employ OPT candidates primarily due to their skills and abilities, rather than solely relying on purported cost-saving loopholes,” noted Keshav Singhania, head of private clients at Singhania & Co, a legal firm.

Singhania warned that eliminating the OPT program would lead to a displacement of skilled talent to other nations that offer more favorable immigration policies for international graduates. Countries like Canada, Australia, and Germany already present attractive post-study work options, and without OPT, the US could find itself losing its competitive edge in attracting global talent.

In response to growing student concerns, US universities are ramping up support systems. Nikhil Jain, founder of ForeignAdmits, a platform that assists students in navigating international education, said colleges are stepping in to provide legal guidance. “US colleges are hosting immigration attorneys, providing guidance and creating support networks to help anxious students,” he said.

The uncertainty surrounding OPT has not only rattled current students but also created hesitation among prospective applicants. Many are now questioning the long-term benefits of investing heavily in a US education when post-study work opportunities may be curtailed.

As the situation develops, much hinges on whether the bill will gain legislative traction. Past attempts to eliminate or restrict OPT have failed, but the current climate of heightened immigration enforcement raises the stakes. Until more clarity emerges, Indian students and their families are left navigating a complex and unstable path, trying to make the best possible decisions in an increasingly unpredictable environment.

Travel Worries Rise for Green Card and Visa Holders Amid Reports of Increased Detentions

April 8, 2025 Staff ReporterTravel 0

As the summer travel season approaches, a growing number of U.S. Green Card and visa holders are feeling anxious about leaving the country, following reports of more individuals being detained or refused re-entry at airports and border checkpoints.

While the Trump administration maintains that law-abiding individuals have no reason to fear international travel, immigration experts have expressed concerns that this reassurance might not hold true in practice.

César Cuauhtémoc García Hernández, who holds the Gregory Williams Chair in Civil Rights & Civil Liberties at Ohio State University College of Law, told Newsweek, “The Trump administration has given permanent residents and visa holders plenty of reason to worry about running into problems trying to get back into the United States from a trip abroad.” He warned that “anyone who isn’t a U.S. citizen should think hard about the need to leave the United States, especially if they have made statements on social media that are critical of political positions that the Trump administration supports or have had even minimal contact with police.”

Recent incidents have highlighted that individuals holding legal documentation — either Green Cards or valid visas — have faced additional scrutiny or even denial of entry for various reasons. U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) reported that in just February and March, more than 320 people were denied entry at New York’s JFK Airport alone.

Is international travel safe for Green Card holders?

According to Shannon Shepherd, chair of the media committee for the American Immigration Lawyers Association (AILA), “Overall there’s no guarantee that you’re going to be admitted to the United States, that’s always been the case.” However, she noted, “what we’re seeing lately is more negative exercise of discretion, I guess is the way to put it, where people are being denied entry that we wouldn’t necessarily have been denied before or people being detained instead of just allowed to withdraw their request for entry.”

Shepherd, who also practices with Immigration Attorneys LLP in Chicago, added that AILA fears increased enforcement against Green Card holders as international travel increases. While the government insists that lawful permanent residents and visa holders may leave and return to the U.S. if they have not violated any laws or committed fraud, there is still significant uncertainty.

Hilton Beckham, Assistant Commissioner at CBP, explained the agency’s stance in a statement to Newsweek: “The Trump Administration is enforcing immigration laws—something the previous administration failed to do. Those who violate these laws will be processed, detained, and removed as required. Green card holders who have not broken any U.S. laws, committed application fraud, or failed to apply for a re-entry permit after a long period of travel have nothing to fear about entering and exiting the country.”

Legal experts emphasize the importance of having the proper documentation. Green Card holders must carry a valid passport and their Green Card. If the Green Card is expired, then a USCIS receipt showing that a renewal is pending must accompany the expired card, which temporarily extends its validity. The same rule applies to those with conditional two-year Green Cards obtained through marriage to a U.S. citizen.

Shepherd also warned that even minor past criminal offenses could now be considered grounds for denial of entry, especially when combined with CBP officers’ discretion over social media content and text messages. She recounted the case of a client who had waited years for his Green Card and postponed visiting his parents abroad out of fear he might not be allowed to return to the U.S.

“What we’ve been telling our clients, and it’s hard to say and it’s hard to hear, but it’s [to] really exercise caution and only travel if it’s necessary,” said Shepherd. “What I’ve been saying is check back with me in a month, let’s see if things have calmed down or if it’s been made clearer what is and is not going to be flagged.”

Is international travel safe for visa holders?

For those without Green Cards, the situation can be even more uncertain. Individuals in the process of adjusting their status to lawful permanent residents — through a process called Adjustment of Status (AoS) — typically cannot leave the U.S. without obtaining Advance Parole, a travel document granted by USCIS in advance.

According to CBP, certain categories such as H-1B or L-1 visa holders, as well as V- and K-3/4 nonimmigrant visa holders undergoing AoS, may travel without Advance Parole. However, attorneys strongly recommend consulting with immigration counsel before making any travel plans.

It’s also important to understand that a visa only allows an individual to approach a U.S. port of entry; it doesn’t guarantee admission. CBP agents have full authority to deny entry, even if someone has previously entered the country without issue.

García Hernández pointed out, “The Trump team has adopted an expansive view of the power immigration law gives it to detain, deport, and strip people of legal permission that the government has previously given them to live here.” He emphasized that “even if courts constrain them to some extent, the ordeal of detention and exclusion isn’t something anyone should take lightly. It’s a lot easier to fight off deportation from inside the United States than fight to get back into the United States once outside.”

Scrutiny of digital devices and social media

CBP agents have long had the ability to inspect electronic devices without a warrant at the border. In recent months, however, there have been increased accounts of such searches, even of U.S. citizens.

Tom McBrien, Counsel at the Electronic Privacy Information Center (EPIC), told Newsweek, “There is a quite small chance of a quite invasive thing happening to you at the border, and there are very few protections for those unlucky people who are subjected to this.”

Though the CBP says only about 0.01 percent of travelers were searched in Fiscal Year 2024, refusing to comply with a search request can result in denial of entry for non-citizens. Officers may start by reviewing camera rolls or messages but can also conduct forensic searches using external tools, which in some regions requires a warrant, though not universally.

McBrien advised travelers to take precautions, such as using a secondary device with minimal data, encrypting sensitive information in cloud storage, and powering off devices before reaching border checkpoints. “If they ask you to provide that pin or passcode if you’re an American citizen, they cannot deny you entry if you refuse to do that. If you are a visa holder, they can deny you,” he said. “But either way, especially if you’re a U.S. citizen, you have to be aware that they can’t deny you entry, but they can seize your phone.”

What to do if detained

If a Green Card or visa holder is pulled aside by CBP upon return, Shepherd advises honesty. “This doesn’t happen so much with green card holders, but with people who have non-immigrant visas or a visitor visa, and they’re coming here to visit their boyfriend or girlfriend, but they say ‘I’m just here to see the Statue of Liberty’ or something and then they find all these text messages to their boyfriend, it’s things like that where if they had just disclosed it in the first place, that might not have been a problem.”

Permanent residents should also keep documentation of their departure and re-entry. Prolonged absences — typically over six months — require additional documentation such as a re-entry permit.

The National Immigration Law Center advises those detained to answer questions and seek legal representation for inquiries not related to immigration status. According to the ACLU, while Green Card holders are not obligated to answer additional questions, declining to do so may delay their entry. Travelers are also encouraged to keep an attorney’s phone number easily accessible.

While some of the advice may seem extreme, Shepherd said it’s a necessary response to heightened enforcement: “There’s a lot of showmanship going on from the government. Hopefully that settles down once they’ve shown the public they’re taking immigration seriously.”

Lok Sabha Passes Waqf Amendment Bill Amid Fierce Opposition, Concerns Over Minority Rights

April 7, 2025April 8, 2025 Staff ReporterIndia 0

India’s lower house of Parliament has passed a contentious piece of legislation that aims to overhaul the governance of waqf properties—assets worth billions of dollars donated over centuries by Indian Muslims for charitable and religious purposes. The Waqf (Amendment) Bill, 2024, introduces a series of changes to the existing law and was cleared by the Lok Sabha late Wednesday night following a marathon 12-hour debate marked by intense exchanges.

According to the government, the bill is designed to bring greater transparency to the administration of waqf properties. However, opposition parties and various Muslim organizations view the bill as a calculated attempt to erode the constitutional protections granted to India’s Muslim community, the country’s largest religious minority.

The bill passed in the Lok Sabha with 288 Members of Parliament supporting it and 232 opposing it, barely crossing the halfway threshold of 272 required for approval. The legislation now moves to the Rajya Sabha, the upper house, for further discussion and potential passage. Should it clear that chamber, it will then be forwarded to President Droupadi Murmu for her signature to officially become law.

Initially introduced in Parliament in August last year, the bill was sent to a Joint Parliamentary Committee (JPC) amid strong protests from opposition lawmakers. The version that was eventually passed includes several revisions recommended by the committee. However, opposition members claim that the JPC, dominated by the ruling Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) and its allies, only approved amendments that aligned with the government’s interests and ignored all proposals put forward by non-BJP members.

Mallikarjun Kharge, the Congress leader in the Rajya Sabha and leader of the opposition, criticized the bill harshly, stating, “The opposition is united and will work to defeat the unconstitutional and divisive agenda of the Modi government on the Waqf Amendment Bill.” Despite this vow, the numbers in the upper house may not favor the opposition, making the bill’s ultimate defeat uncertain.

Muslim advocacy groups have voiced strong opposition to the bill, suggesting that it undermines established waqf laws and could lead to the systematic seizure and potential destruction of properties currently protected under the waqf system. In their view, the legislation represents a significant threat to religious and charitable institutions within the Muslim community.

Congress MP Gaurav Gogoi echoed these concerns during the Lok Sabha debate. “This bill will dilute the Constitution, defame minority communities, divide Indian society, and disenfranchise minorities,” he warned. Gogoi’s remarks highlighted the broader apprehension that the bill is not just a technical or administrative update but part of a political strategy that marginalizes minorities.

Defending the bill, Federal Home Minister Amit Shah argued that the opposition was misleading the public. “The opposition is scaring minorities by creating an illusion that this bill would interfere in the religious activities of Muslim brothers and in their donated property,” Shah said. He emphasized that the goal was not to infringe upon religious freedoms but to introduce order and transparency into the waqf system, which has long been criticized for mismanagement and encroachment.

Waqf properties include an array of assets such as mosques, madrassas (Islamic schools), orphanages, and large tracts of land that have been donated by Muslims for community use. Some properties remain unused or vacant, while others have been illegally occupied or disputed. By Islamic custom, waqf refers to a charitable or religious endowment whose purpose is to serve the public good. These assets are considered the property of God and are not to be sold or diverted for other uses.

The Indian government notes that waqf boards are among the largest landowners in the country. Official records indicate there are at least 872,351 registered waqf properties throughout India, collectively covering more than 940,000 acres. The estimated value of these assets stands at approximately 1.2 trillion rupees, equivalent to $14.22 billion or £11.26 billion.

One of the most controversial aspects of the bill is its provision granting the government more control over the regulation and classification of waqf assets. Critics argue this represents an overreach of state power and threatens the independence of waqf boards, which are supposed to function autonomously to manage these religious and charitable properties.

Additionally, the bill includes a clause calling for the appointment of two non-Muslim members to waqf boards. This move has sparked further outrage among critics, who note that similar inclusivity is not mandated for the governance of religious institutions belonging to other faiths. Most non-Muslim religious bodies in India do not permit individuals of different religions to participate in their internal administration.

Opposition parties argue that this requirement is discriminatory and inconsistent, especially given that waqf institutions are religious in nature and have traditionally been managed by members of the Muslim community. They contend that such a provision could interfere with the faith-based administration of these endowments and erode the community’s ability to manage its own charitable resources.

For now, the bill’s fate rests with the Rajya Sabha, where the ruling party may face a more difficult path due to a less favorable distribution of seats. However, even if opposition parties mount a strong resistance in the upper house, the BJP-led government has often relied on support from regional allies to push legislation through.

The broader implications of the bill continue to stir concern across political and religious lines. For many, the legislation symbolizes more than just administrative reform—it is seen as a test of India’s commitment to pluralism, minority rights, and constitutional values.

As the debate shifts to the Rajya Sabha, both supporters and opponents of the bill are likely to intensify their efforts. The final outcome will not only determine the future of the waqf properties but may also shape the trajectory of minority rights discourse in India for years to come.

Protesters Rally Nationwide Against Trump’s Policies and Influence

April 7, 2025April 8, 2025 Staff ReporterUSA 0

Across the United States, demonstrators gathered on Saturday to denounce what progressive groups described as Donald Trump’s “authoritarian overreach and billionaire-backed agenda.” The protests, organized by a coalition of left-leaning organizations, were held in various states including Washington DC and Florida, with organizers estimating participation by over half a million people.

In Washington DC, thousands from across the country converged on the National Mall, standing beneath the towering Washington Monument to express their opposition to Trump’s leadership. Protesters, some having traveled from distant states like New Hampshire and Pennsylvania, carried placards voicing discontent with the administration’s policies. Some also carried Ukrainian flags, signaling their objection to the administration’s friendly posture toward Russia, even as the country continues its invasion of Ukraine.

This large gathering marked the first significant protest in the capital since Trump assumed office. Demonstrators hoped it would set a precedent and encourage more Americans to voice their dissent. Diane Kolifrath, a 63-year-old from New Hampshire, attended with around 100 members from New Hampshire Forward, a civic group. “The aim is, get people to rise up,” she said. She added, “Many people are scared to protest against Trump because he has reacted aggressively and violently to those who have stood up. The goal of this protest is to let the rest of Americans who aren’t participating see that we are standing up and hopefully when they see our strength, that will give them the courage to also stand up.”

The coordinated day of demonstrations, called “Hands Off,” was spearheaded by MoveOn and supported by more than a thousand protests held across the country, including many outside state capitols. Numerous progressive groups—ranging from labor unions to environmental and civil rights organizations—joined forces to mobilize support.

Leah Greenberg, executive director of Indivisible, emphasized the protests’ broader message. “We want to send a signal to all people and institutions that have been showing anticipatory obedience to Trump and showing they are willing to bend the knee that there is, in fact, a mass public movement that’s willing to rise up and stop this,” she said. “If our political leaders stand up, we will have their backs. We want them to stand up and protect the norms of democracy and want them to see that there are people out there who are willing to do that. The goal of this is building a message.”

The largest of the day’s protests took place in Washington, DC, where tens of thousands assembled. Several Democratic lawmakers, including Jamie Raskin from Maryland, Maxwell Frost from Florida, and Ilhan Omar from Minnesota, addressed the crowd. Raskin, a senior Democrat on the House Judiciary Committee, warned against threats to the democratic process. “They believe democracy is doomed and they believe regime change is upon us if only they can seize our payments system,” he said. He added, “If they think they are going to overthrow the foundations of democracy, they don’t know who they are dealing with.”

Kelley Robinson, president of the Human Rights Campaign, spoke about the administration’s attacks on the LGBTQ+ community. At the National Mall rally, she told the crowd, “The attacks that we’re seeing, they’re not just political. They are personal, y’all. They’re trying to ban our books, they’re slashing HIV-prevention funding, they’re criminalizing our doctors, our teachers, our families and our lives.” She concluded with a call for a more inclusive future: “We don’t want this America, y’all. We want the America we deserve, where dignity, safety and freedom belong not to some of us, but to all of us.”

In Hollywood, Florida, about an hour from Trump’s Mar-a-Lago residence, protesters made their views known through chants and creative signs. Many criticized billionaire advisor Elon Musk and his influence on government decisions. A crowd of mostly white demonstrators chanted, “Hey, hey, ho, ho, Trump and Musk have got to go.” They voiced their disapproval to passing drivers in Tesla Cybertrucks, products of Musk’s electric vehicle company.

Protest signs in Florida reflected widespread anger. One read, “Prosecute and jail the Turd Reich.” Another sign targeted Musk directly, stating, “I did not elect Elon Musk.” Others focused on defending democratic norms, such as “Hands off democracy” and “Stop being Putin’s puppet,” the latter referencing the Russian leader.

Many passing motorists expressed support, honking and giving thumbs-up gestures. The demonstration occurred in Broward County, one of just six counties in Florida that supported Kamala Harris during the November election, where she beat Trump by a 16-point margin. Broward also hosts one of the nation’s most active LGBTQ+ communities.

Jennifer Heit, a 64-year-old editor from Plantation, was among the protesters. Holding a sign that read “USA: No to King or Oligarchy,” she voiced her concern over the current political climate. “This is an assault on our democracy, on our economy, on our civil rights,” she said. “Everything is looking so bad that I feel we have to do all we can while we can, and just having all this noise is unsettling to everyone.”

Heit, who had previously protested outside a Tesla dealership in Fort Lauderdale, said she was alarmed by Trump’s disregard for the legal system and due process, particularly concerning immigrants. “We’re supposed to be a nation of laws and due process,” she said.

Another protester, Donna Greene, a 62-year-old public health researcher, came dressed as Marie Antoinette, the beheaded French queen. She carried a sign that read: “Musk and Trump Say Let Them Eat Cake.” Greene, whose father Sam Ragland flew 65 missions during World War II, reflected on the nation’s transformation. “Everything my father fought for and everything we hold dear as a country is being dismantled,” she said. “I am beyond incredulous at how quickly our country’s institutions have been dismantled with no pushback from the Republicans who are currently in charge.”

In Ventura, California, Sandy Friedman joined the protest with her eight-year-old granddaughter, Harlow Rose Rega. Concerned about her financial future, Friedman said, “I worked my whole life and so did my husband. Now I’m afraid Trump will take it away.” Harlow held up a handmade sign that read: “Save my future.”

These demonstrations followed a week of economic turmoil, with the stock market plunging after Trump’s announcement on April 1 of new tariffs. Despite the economic shockwaves, Trump remained firm, saying on Friday, “My policies will never change.”

Public dissatisfaction with his leadership appeared to be growing. According to a Reuters poll released this week, Trump’s approval rating dropped to 43 percent—its lowest point since he took office.

As the crowds dispersed after a day of protest, organizers and participants alike emphasized the same goal: to stand up against what they view as a dangerous shift in American governance and to inspire others to act before it’s too late.

Pope Francis Makes First Public Appearance After Hospitalization, Appears in Better Health

April 7, 2025April 8, 2025 Staff ReporterReligion 0

Pope Francis surprised the public with an unexpected appearance on Sunday, marking his first time being seen in public since his discharge from the hospital two weeks ago. The leader of the Catholic Church appeared in Vatican City, greeting worshippers and showing signs of improvement after a serious illness that had kept him hospitalized for over a month.

The pope, now 88 years old, was seen in a wheelchair and appeared to be using a nasal cannula to assist with his breathing. Despite this, he looked cheerful and engaged warmly with the crowd that had gathered at the Vatican.

Francis had spent five weeks at Gemelli Hospital in Rome due to a bout of pneumonia that developed following a severe respiratory infection. His condition had become so serious that his medical team said his life was at risk at one point during the illness. “There were two very critical episodes in which the Holy Father’s life was in danger,” his doctors told reporters during a press conference.

The pontiff’s most recent public sighting before Sunday took place two weeks earlier, shortly before his release from the hospital. At that time, he was noticeably frail—he struggled to speak and had difficulty raising his arms. However, even then, he managed to offer a wave and gave a thumbs-up to the people from a balcony.

In contrast, during Sunday’s brief appearance, Francis appeared to be in better form. While his voice remained weak, it was noticeably stronger than before, and he moved his arms with greater ease than during his previous appearance.

The event was unannounced, taking many by surprise. Worshippers had gathered at St. Peter’s Square in the Vatican for a mass focused on the sick, unaware that the pope would be making an appearance afterward. When the smiling pope was wheeled into view, the crowd erupted into cheers, showing their excitement and affection.

According to the Vatican, the pope had earlier gone to confession inside St. Peter’s Basilica on Sunday morning before stepping outside to greet pilgrims and faithful gathered in the square. His visit to the mass and his time with the people afterward demonstrated his commitment to his role despite recent health challenges.

The pope’s health ordeal began on February 14 when he was first admitted to Gemelli Hospital. He was initially diagnosed with a severe respiratory infection, but his condition later worsened. Doctors identified it as a polymicrobial infection, which eventually turned into pneumonia in both of his lungs.

After being discharged on March 23, Pope Francis returned to his residence at Casa Santa Marta within the Vatican. At the time, his doctors stressed that he would need a lengthy recovery period. “He would need to recuperate for at least two months to allow his body time to fully heal,” they said.

The 38-day hospital stay has been described as the most serious health crisis Francis has faced since assuming the papacy in 2013. Though he has dealt with other health concerns in the past, this recent episode highlighted the vulnerability of the aging pope and raised concerns about his future ability to perform his duties.

Nevertheless, his surprise appearance on Sunday has been interpreted by many as a hopeful sign. Although still clearly in recovery, the pope’s public engagement suggested that he is on the path to regaining strength and may be gradually returning to his regular responsibilities.

During the appearance, he did not deliver a full speech or sermon, but his presence alone was enough to energize and uplift the gathered crowd. His ability to offer simple gestures, such as smiling, waving, and making eye contact, provided a sense of continuity and reassurance to those present.

Francis’s resilience has long been a defining trait of his papacy. Throughout his tenure, he has faced a number of challenges—both within the Church and in terms of his personal health. Despite these hurdles, he has maintained a consistent presence in the lives of millions of Catholics worldwide, and his willingness to appear publicly even during recovery reflects his dedication.

The Vatican has not offered a detailed schedule for the pope’s return to full duties, and it remains unclear when he will resume leading masses or traveling. For now, his team appears to be taking a cautious approach, ensuring that he does not exert himself too much during this crucial recovery phase.

Though brief, Sunday’s appearance served as an emotional moment for many Catholics who had been closely following news of the pope’s health struggles. It was also a reminder of the importance of spiritual leadership, especially during difficult times.

One Vatican official, speaking anonymously, said the visit had been arranged at the last minute. “He wanted to be there. It was important to him,” the official said. The decision, while unexpected, was greeted with joy by the faithful and demonstrated the pope’s enduring commitment to his flock.

In the coming weeks, observers will likely be watching closely for further signs of the pope’s recovery. Whether or not he returns to a full public schedule, his recent health ordeal has already added a new chapter to his papacy—one marked by vulnerability, courage, and a deeply personal connection with those who look to him for guidance.

Pope Francis has often spoken about suffering and the importance of caring for the sick, and his actions on Sunday reinforced those values. By making an appearance shortly after a mass dedicated to the ill, he subtly underscored his solidarity with those facing health challenges.

While questions remain about his long-term health, one thing was clear from the scene in St. Peter’s Square: the pope’s presence, even in a weakened state, continues to inspire deep emotion and unwavering devotion among his followers.

His journey through illness and recovery is far from over, but Sunday’s moment was one of connection and hope—a quiet reminder that even amid frailty, the spirit of leadership and compassion can shine through.

Trump Administration’s Closure of CIS Ombudsman Sparks Concerns Among Immigrants and Advocates

April 7, 2025 Staff ReporterImmigration 0

In a significant move, the Trump administration has shut down the Office of the Citizenship and Immigration Services (CIS) Ombudsman, an independent oversight agency that had played a crucial role in assisting thousands of immigrants with navigating complicated visa-related processes. The decision has sparked criticism from immigration attorneys and advocates, who warn that the closure will especially affect H-1B visa holders, F-1 international students, and green card applicants, including many from the Indian diaspora.

The CIS Ombudsman was known for providing assistance in cases involving delays, administrative errors, and disputes with the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS). Last year alone, the office responded to nearly 30,000 individual requests, according to the American Immigration Lawyers Association (AILA).

Sharvari Dalal-Dheini, senior director for government relations at AILA, highlighted the range of issues the Ombudsman addressed. “Individuals or businesses sought assistance from the CIS Ombudsman for a variety of issues, ranging from erroneous rejections of filings and denials to typographical errors on secure documents (such as Green Cards and Employment Authorization Documents) and even mailing issues. Last year, the Ombudsman’s office assisted approximately 30,000 applicants,” she said in a statement to journalist Lubna Kably.

The closure of this office has raised serious concerns about decreased transparency and accountability in the USCIS, which oversees the adjudication of various immigration and visa matters. Without the Ombudsman’s independent role, immigration attorneys say there is now a significant void in oversight and recourse for applicants facing issues within the system.

Rajiv S. Khanna, an immigration lawyer based in Arlington, emphasized the importance of the Ombudsman in situations where delays and administrative errors jeopardized legal immigration status. “F-1 and H-1B visa holders turned to the CIS Ombudsman when they hit bureaucratic roadblocks within US Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) that threatened their legal status and livelihoods,” he said.

Khanna recalled a notable case involving an engineer from Bangalore who had been waiting 11 months for a decision on an H-1B extension. Despite repeated efforts, the USCIS had not resolved the case. The situation was finally resolved only after the Ombudsman intervened. “After the Ombudsman’s intervention, approval came within two weeks,” Khanna explained.

Students also benefited from the office’s help when facing problems with their Optional Practical Training (OPT) applications. Khanna described a case where a student’s OPT request was mistakenly denied due to misinterpreted documents. The CIS Ombudsman stepped in, and the case was reopened, preserving the student’s right to work and legal standing. In another case highlighted by Dalal-Dheini, a STEM OPT application was rejected two months after submission due to a bank processing issue. Because the application window had closed, the student couldn’t reapply. However, with the Ombudsman’s help, the case was brought to the attention of USCIS and the student was reapproved. “The CIS Ombudsman negotiated with the USCIS and was able to get the student reapproved,” she noted.

Adam Cohen, a partner at the immigration law firm Siskind Susser, also pointed to the Ombudsman’s role in helping applicants receive critical documentation that was either delayed or lost in the system. “The CIS Ombudsman helped in acquiring receipt or approval notices, which were not received and USCIS insisted on filing Form I-824 which entailed a prolonged process to get another one (i.e.: a duplicate),” Cohen explained.

The Ombudsman’s work extended beyond just case intervention—it also collaborated with USCIS to release official guidance and host informational sessions about common problems surrounding student and employment visas. Dalal-Dheini emphasized that even employers found the Ombudsman helpful when addressing delays or missing documents for their foreign workers.

Khanna added that what made the office particularly important was its independence from USCIS. “What made the Ombudsman uniquely valuable was its independence from USCIS – they could objectively evaluate whether the agency was following its own procedures and policies,” he said. He went on to describe a case involving a researcher whose green card application had been stalled for more than three years due to an improperly logged background check. The Ombudsman’s intervention led to a resolution that otherwise might never have occurred.

The office’s ability to objectively scrutinize USCIS decisions and help resolve lingering issues provided a safety net for many immigrants who found themselves entangled in bureaucratic delays. Now, with that safety net removed, attorneys warn that legal immigrants will have fewer avenues to challenge procedural failures or advocate for timely case resolutions.

As for concerns about whether the Ombudsman could have supported students facing threats of self-deportation due to campus activism, Cohen clarified that this fell outside the office’s scope. “It involves other agencies, viz – Department of State (DOS) and Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) – the Ombudsman’s office never had a review of DOS and ICE as part of its mission,” he explained.

The termination of the CIS Ombudsman, along with two other immigration oversight bodies, has intensified concerns that immigrants will be left with limited options to address problems within the immigration system. With USCIS already grappling with significant delays, backlogs, and inconsistencies, the elimination of a neutral intermediary agency only worsens the challenges for applicants seeking timely and fair adjudication.

Immigration advocates fear that without an independent channel to raise grievances, thousands of immigrants may find themselves caught in limbo, with no means to resolve errors, address delays, or secure their legal status in the United States.

The closure also underscores a broader pattern of immigration policy decisions under the Trump administration, which critics argue have systematically reduced avenues for legal recourse and created greater uncertainty for immigrants. As immigration attorneys and advocates try to fill the gap left behind by the Ombudsman’s closure, many remain concerned that the lack of oversight and accountability will ultimately harm the most vulnerable members of the immigrant community.

Indian Students Abroad Face Harsh Realities Amid Shrinking Opportunities and Soaring Risks

April 7, 2025 Staff ReporterEducation 0

Indian students seeking higher education abroad are now encountering a far more complex reality than what glossy brochures and Instagram highlights portray. As global job markets contract and immigration rules become stricter, the once-linear path from an international degree to a high-paying job has become uncertain and fraught with risk. Increasingly, Indian graduates are finding themselves dealing with limited job prospects, overwhelming student debt, and subtle discrimination that can hinder both career progression and social acceptance. The dream of studying overseas, long seen as a surefire route to upward mobility, is now turning into a high-stakes gamble—one that requires deep introspection about personal goals, motivations, and the risks involved.

A revealing Reddit post by an Indian student recently sparked widespread debate on the topic. The student questioned the widespread desire to pursue higher education abroad, especially during a time of global economic instability. “Why is everyone so keen on going abroad for higher studies?” the student asked, voicing skepticism toward what they see as a trend driven more by aspiration than realism.

Their critique pulled no punches. “USA has instability with Trump’s rule, Canada is a dead end (believe me I lived in Canada for 5 years and now back in India). Australia has HCOL and impossible PR. Europe has language barriers. These are the major issues,” they wrote. They went on to say, “I see people posting in this sub about taking huge loans and going abroad for masters/phd/post grad. Mostly see education as an escape to another country and pathway to PR… My concern is literally every country is going through job market crisis so why does everyone wanna go when economy is down everywhere?”

In sharing their own journey, the student highlighted the disconnect between expectations and reality. “I have bachelors in CS and masters in Information security from Canada. I came back to India cause Canada has a dead market be it any field. I am struggling to find a job in India. On the other hand, my friends who graduated from CSE have high paying jobs and great career… This is an eye opening post for everyone, don’t blindly follow the trend of going abroad. Invest in your career.”

This viral post drew a range of responses, some agreeing with the sentiment, others providing alternative perspectives. One user commented, “Living conditions in India are far from ideal… Higher education is plagued by reservations… job security is uncertain… Bollywood movies and YouTube influencers glorify life in foreign countries.” They criticized how these romanticized images of the West drive demand for overseas education—often funded by Indian parents. But they also warned of the repercussions: “In the past five years, a significant number of below-average Indian students have enrolled in European universities… ending up in low-paying jobs… Some submit fake documents to secure university admissions… damaging the reputation of genuine Indian students.”

A member of a university committee added a more institutional perspective, citing troubling trends in student behavior. “We are bringing in fraudulent and misogynistic behavior into other cultures… Indians get compared to others now. Some blame Indians for making a lobby and slogging more hours at cheap rates just to appease higher management.”

Other voices in the thread offered more balanced viewpoints. One user explained their motivation wasn’t tied to job prospects, but rather academic ambition. “I’m not someone who’s going abroad for job opportunities, I just want to do better quality research,” they wrote. They acknowledged the deficiencies in India’s research funding environment but warned peers against assuming that foreign institutions would reward average performance. “Don’t dream of surviving in another country by maintaining your mediocrity from India,” they added.

Criticism of the Canadian education system also surfaced. One commenter pointed out the rise of “diploma mills”—institutions offering low-quality degrees that still attract large numbers of Indian students. “Even a vast majority of those who pursue legitimate degrees have been attending these diploma mills… shocking to see how many take on loans to attend [them] and push themselves into debt,” the user noted.

Despite the many warnings and frustrations aired in the thread, not all users were disillusioned. Some still saw the pursuit of education abroad as a transformative life experience. One student offered a more optimistic take: “I want to experience this life… explore what their culture offers… it would help me mature.” For them, the motivation was rooted in personal development, not merely financial success.

Returning to the conversation, the original poster clarified their position, emphasizing that they weren’t against the idea of studying abroad in itself. “There’s nothing wrong with moving abroad… Everyone deserves a better lifestyle and better pay. The main concern… is to give a reality check. Every country has limited jobs and limited immigration seats. Not everyone is gonna get what they want. I hope everyone achieve their dreams!”

Their message resonated because it highlighted the growing disconnect between the global education dream and the economic and social realities that now define it. For decades, studying abroad has been perceived as a golden ticket to success, with countries like the United States, Canada, Australia, and parts of Europe seen as ideal destinations for upward mobility. However, that perception is beginning to shift. As these countries grapple with political changes, tighter immigration controls, and economic instability, Indian students are finding that the opportunities they hoped for aren’t always guaranteed.

The impact is not just financial, though the burden of student loans—often taken with the assumption of a future high salary—has become an increasing source of anxiety. There’s also a psychological toll. The cultural alienation, the stress of legal uncertainties around visa status, and the pressure to succeed in unfamiliar environments add to the burden students must carry. Subtle discrimination in both academic and professional settings can further complicate the journey. In some cases, Indian students feel they are being judged not just on their individual merits, but as representatives of a larger group—a group that is now under more scrutiny due to cases of document fraud or exploitative labor practices.

All of this raises important questions about the future of international education as a model for Indian students. Should students still pursue degrees abroad in an increasingly volatile and competitive world? The answer may depend not just on academic ambition or career prospects, but on a realistic understanding of what lies ahead.

In an era where global opportunities are no longer as plentiful or predictable, the decision to study abroad demands more than aspiration—it requires strategy, self-awareness, and an honest assessment of what success truly looks like.

India to Begin 2025 Home Cricket Season with West Indies Tests and Full South Africa Tour

April 7, 2025 Staff ReporterSports 0

India is set to begin its 2025 home cricket season with a two-match Test series against the West Indies in October, followed by a comprehensive tour by South Africa covering all three formats of the game, the country’s cricket board announced on Wednesday.

The home season will open with a clash against the Caribbean side, with the first Test scheduled to take place in Ahmedabad. The match will commence on October 2 at the Narendra Modi Stadium, one of the largest cricket venues in the world and a frequent host for major international fixtures. The second Test match will be played in Kolkata, starting from October 10, as confirmed by the Board of Control for Cricket in India (BCCI) in their official release.

“Ahemdabad will host the first test against the Caribbean side starting October 2, while Kolkata will be the venue for the second match from October 10,” the Board of Control for Cricket in India said in a statement.

This two-match series against the West Indies marks India’s return to home red-ball cricket after their overseas fixtures earlier in the year. The selection of Ahmedabad and Kolkata ensures strong crowd support and historical significance, with both stadiums having hosted memorable games in the past.

Once the West Indies tour concludes, India will then shift its focus to South Africa, who are scheduled to visit for a multi-format tour spanning Tests, One-Day Internationals (ODIs), and Twenty20 Internationals (T20Is). The series against South Africa is scheduled to begin in mid-November and continue through December, making it a packed and exciting period for Indian cricket fans.

The Test series against South Africa will be held in two northern venues. New Delhi will host the first Test match, starting from November 14, followed by the second match in Guwahati. These two matches are expected to be part of the World Test Championship cycle, adding significant importance to the outcomes.

“New Delhi and Guwahati will be the stage for two tests against South Africa starting from November 14,” the statement said, indicating that the BCCI has chosen a mix of traditional and emerging venues for the prestigious format.

Following the red-ball contests, attention will turn to the 50-over format. India and South Africa will square off in three One-Day Internationals, which will take place in Ranchi, Raipur, and Visakhapatnam. All three venues have become regular stops on India’s cricketing calendar and are known for their enthusiastic local support.

“The teams will also face off in one-day internationals in Ranchi, Raipur and Visakhapatnam,” the BCCI confirmed. These games will be closely watched, especially as teams continue their preparations and assessments for future international tournaments, including the next edition of the ICC Champions Trophy.

To conclude the South Africa tour, India will host a five-match Twenty20 International series. The T20 format, being the shortest and one of the most popular among fans, will be spread across five cities, giving audiences across different regions a chance to witness top-level cricket.

The T20I series will begin with the first match in Cuttack, followed by games in New Chandigarh, Dharamsala, and Lucknow. The final and fifth match of the series is scheduled to take place in Ahmedabad at the Narendra Modi Stadium, bringing the season full circle with another marquee game at the massive venue.

“The fifth and final game in the shortest format will be in the Narendra Modi Stadium in Ahmedabad in December, after games in Cuttack, New Chandigarh, Dharamsala and Lucknow,” the statement added.

With the announcement of this calendar, the BCCI has ensured a well-distributed and extensive home season. By choosing a combination of traditional and emerging venues, the board aims to maximize fan engagement and give cricket lovers across the country a chance to watch international matches live. Cities like Guwahati and New Chandigarh, which are relatively newer entrants on the international cricket stage, benefit significantly from this exposure.

The upcoming home season also reflects India’s commitment to hosting full-format tours, providing players across disciplines with ample opportunities to perform. For the Indian team, the packed schedule offers a valuable chance to fine-tune strategies and maintain momentum across formats, especially ahead of global events that are on the horizon.

On the other side, both the West Indies and South Africa will be eager to make a mark on Indian soil. The West Indies will be looking to test their red-ball depth, while South Africa’s extended tour gives them a chance to compete at the highest level in varied conditions—something crucial in an increasingly competitive international landscape.

This series lineup also holds commercial and developmental importance. Hosting games across different zones—from the northeast to central India—demonstrates the BCCI’s intent to make cricket more accessible and inclusive. It also aids in infrastructure development and strengthens local cricketing ecosystems.

In particular, the inclusion of Raipur and Dharamsala highlights the expansion of India’s cricketing map. Both venues have previously received positive feedback from players and officials for their facilities and crowd support. Similarly, Ranchi and Visakhapatnam remain favorites for their atmosphere and strong performances by the Indian team in past encounters.

As the countdown begins for the October start, fans and analysts will keep a close eye on squad announcements, ticketing plans, and broadcast details. The Indian team’s performance will be under the spotlight, with selectors likely to use these fixtures to identify emerging talent and evaluate experienced players under different match conditions.

In conclusion, India’s 2025 home cricket season promises to be a thrilling journey for fans and players alike, beginning with the historic rivalry against the West Indies and culminating in a high-octane series against South Africa. The BCCI’s meticulous planning ensures that the calendar not only serves competitive purposes but also strengthens the connection between the sport and its widespread fanbase.

With Tests, ODIs, and T20Is all on the menu, Indian cricket followers can look forward to a season of non-stop action, varied venues, and exciting matchups that highlight the depth and global appeal of the game.

Mohanlal Breaks His Own Record Again with Empuraan, Setting a New Benchmark for Mollywood

April 6, 2025April 8, 2025 Staff ReporterEntertainment 0

Mohanlal has once again proven why he remains a dominant force in Malayalam cinema. After a nine-year wait, the veteran actor, who earlier set the benchmark for industry hits in Mollywood, has broken his own record with the release of Empuraan. This political action-thriller, directed by Prithviraj Sukumaran and serving as the sequel to Lucifer, is now officially the highest-grossing Malayalam film ever, surpassing the lifetime collection of the previously reigning box office hit, Manjummel Boys.

Despite facing controversies and a mixed critical reception, Empuraan has managed to pull off a remarkable feat at the box office. The film’s script was penned by Murali Gopy, and it was released worldwide on March 27 to record-breaking numbers. The success of this film marks a significant moment for Mohanlal’s fans, who had been awaiting such a breakthrough. After several years without a monumental box office win, they are now celebrating what they consider a triumphant return for their beloved star.

Even though Empuraan received mixed reviews and struggled in dubbed versions across other languages, the original Malayalam version has been dominating the box office. Within just ten days of its release, the film collected a staggering Rs 250 crore. This box office performance has made it the biggest Mollywood grosser ever.

Sharing his excitement with fans, Mohanlal took to social media to express his gratitude. “#L2E #Empuraan now reigns as the highest-grossing film in Malayalam cinema history,” he wrote.

This new accomplishment adds to Mohanlal’s already impressive list of industry hits. Since the year 2000, five out of the ten top-grossing Mollywood films have featured Mohanlal. These include Narasimham (2000), Twenty20 (2008), which also starred Mammootty and Suresh Gopi, Drishyam (2013), Pulimurugan (2016), and now Empuraan. Each of these films set new records during their respective releases and reaffirmed Mohanlal’s status as a box office heavyweight.

Mohanlal’s track record of delivering massive hits dates back even further, with eleven projects from 1980 onwards achieving massive success. Among these early hits are Irupatham Nootandu (1987), Chithram (1988), Kilukkam (1991), Manichithrathazhu (1993), and Aaram Thampuran (1997). His ability to consistently attract audiences to theaters has helped shape the trajectory of Malayalam cinema over the past several decades.

A significant reason behind Empuraan‘s phenomenal success is its grand scale and production value. The movie was made on a massive budget of Rs 180 crore, positioning it among the most expensive productions in Malayalam cinema history. Impressively, it recovered more than its entire budget and reached Rs 250 crore in earnings even before completing two full weekends in Indian theaters.

The film’s success isn’t limited to India alone. The Malayalam version has been performing well in Gulf countries and several other international markets. The global appeal and reach of the movie have contributed significantly to its overall box office figures.

The production journey of Empuraan itself was ambitious. It was conceived during the COVID-19 pandemic and filmed in numerous locations across the globe. The crew shot scenes in Indian cities such as Kerala, Chennai, Mumbai, Hyderabad, Faridabad, Haryana, Shimla, and Ladakh, as well as international locations including New York, New Mexico, Louisiana, Atlanta, the United Kingdom, and the United Arab Emirates. With such an expansive shooting schedule, Empuraan holds the distinction of being the first Malayalam film to be shot across so many different places on multiple continents.

Remarkably, the film’s shooting was wrapped up in just 145 days—28 days ahead of the originally scheduled timeline. Adding to the uniqueness of this production, both director Prithviraj Sukumaran and lead actor Mohanlal did not take any remuneration for their work. Instead, they opted for a profit-sharing model, ensuring that every rupee spent went into making the film itself.

Empuraan picks up five years after the events of Lucifer, exploring the aftermath of the Khureshi-Ab’Raam nexus. The world is once again plunged into a socio-political crisis that promises to be transformational. This gripping premise sets the stage for yet another high-stakes confrontation, blending action and political intrigue.

The film features a star-studded cast led by Mohanlal. Prithviraj Sukumaran reprises his role as Zayed Masood, while Tovino Thomas plays Jathin Ramdas. Other prominent actors in the film include Manju Warrier as Priyadarshini Ramdas, Abhimanyu Singh as Balraj, Indrajith Sukumaran as Govardhan, and international stars like Jerome Flynn as Boris Oliver and Eriq Ebouaney as Kabuga.

The ensemble also includes Kishore as Karthik, Andrea Tivadar as Michele Menuhin, Suraj Venjaramoodu as Sajanachandran, Saikumar as Mahesha Varma, Baiju Santhosh as Murugan, Fazil as Father Nedumpally, Sachin Khedekar as PK Ramdas, and Saniya Iyappan as Jhanvi. The film also features Nyla Usha, Giju John, Nandhu, Shivaji Guruvayoor, Manikuttan, Aneesh G. Menon, Sshivada, Alexx O’Nell, Satyajit Sharma, Shubhangi Latkar, Nikhat Khan, and Jaise Jose in various key roles.

Behind the scenes, the film boasts an equally talented crew. The cinematography was handled by Sujith Vaassudev, whose visuals bring the large-scale vision to life. Editing was done by Akhilesh Mohan, ensuring the complex narrative was tightly woven. The music and background score, which play a crucial role in intensifying the film’s atmosphere, were composed by Deepak Dev. As with the previous installment, Murali Gopy provided both the story and screenplay.

With its compelling storyline, remarkable cast, and visionary production, Empuraan has not only lived up to expectations but exceeded them. The film’s critical and commercial success further cements Mohanlal’s legacy as a central figure in Malayalam cinema. It also establishes Empuraan as a cultural phenomenon, resonating with audiences far beyond Kerala.

As the film continues to rake in impressive numbers, fans and industry watchers alike are waiting to see how far it will go. For now, it’s safe to say that Empuraan has achieved legendary status, adding another glorious chapter to the legacy of Mohanlal.

Feel-Good Malayalam Films That Leave a Lasting Warmth in Your Heart

April 6, 2025 Staff ReporterCinema 0

Malayalam cinema has long been known for its ability to convey deep emotions through simple yet powerful storytelling. Some films go beyond mere entertainment, leaving viewers with a lingering sense of warmth, joy, and nostalgia. These movies are rich with themes of love, friendship, hope, and perseverance. With visually captivating scenes, gentle music, and heartfelt narratives, they create a soothing escape, offering comfort and optimism. Here’s a look at some Malayalam films that promise to lift your spirits and touch your soul.

Madhuram

Set within the confines of a government hospital, Madhuram tells the story of a group of strangers brought together by their shared experiences while caring for their ailing loved ones. Despite their personal struggles, these characters form deep connections as they navigate through moments of sorrow, uncertainty, and hope. The hospital becomes a space not just for healing the sick but also for nurturing friendships and emotional recovery. Through its heartfelt storytelling, Madhuram delves into themes of love, loss, and the profound human need for connection. The film emphasizes that even in the darkest times, kindness and companionship can create lasting warmth.

Jacobinte Swargarajyam

Inspired by a real-life story, Jacobinte Swargarajyam centers around a family suddenly thrown into financial turmoil. Faced with immense adversity, the family’s strong sense of unity and determination drives the narrative forward. Their unwavering bond becomes the foundation of their strength, showcasing how familial love and support can triumph over even the most trying challenges. The story’s optimistic tone is consistently uplifting, and the characters’ resilience resonates with viewers. As the family battles their crisis, the film becomes an inspiring reminder that “with faith, strength, and togetherness, anything is possible.”

Aanandam

Aanaandam is a refreshing tale that follows a group of college students on their first road trip, capturing the vibrant energy of youth and the evolving nature of friendships. The journey becomes a transformative experience, filled with laughter, self-discovery, and emotional growth. Each character faces personal fears and insecurities, but it is through their bond with one another that they find confidence and joy. The film encapsulates the carefree yet meaningful days of college life. With its light-hearted tone and memorable moments, Aanandam leaves viewers with a “nostalgic smile and a heart full of fond memories.”

Charlie

A unique and visually enchanting film, Charlie follows the life of a young woman who embarks on an adventurous search for a mysterious man named Charlie. His eccentric and free-spirited lifestyle leaves behind clues that slowly unravel his story. As she pieces together his past, the film takes the audience through a series of colorful characters and heartfelt encounters. The narrative moves beyond romance, reflecting on the importance of living life on your own terms. With vibrant cinematography and soulful music, Charlie offers “a magical ride full of surprises, warmth, and wonder,” making it an unforgettable experience.

Philips and the Monkey Pen

This charming film revolves around Ryan, a mischievous yet intelligent fifth-grade student who struggles with mathematics. His life takes a turn when he finds a magical monkey-shaped pen that helps him tackle his academic problems. However, the story delves deeper than just a fantasy adventure. It highlights the emotional struggles children face and the importance of understanding and encouragement from parents and teachers. Through Ryan’s journey, the film explores how empathy, support, and love can help a child thrive. As one scene subtly conveys, “Every child needs not just lessons, but also belief and care.”

Bangalore Days

A beloved classic in modern Malayalam cinema, Bangalore Days tells the story of three cousins who move to Bangalore and begin new chapters in their lives. The city becomes the backdrop for their individual and collective journeys as they navigate through love, careers, and personal challenges. The film beautifully weaves the emotions of nostalgia, youthful energy, and deep-rooted family ties. It captures the bittersweet nature of growing up and the comfort of having loved ones nearby. “No matter where life takes us,” the film suggests, “our roots and relationships shape who we become.”

Ustad Hotel

This soul-stirring film follows Faizi, a young man who dreams of becoming a professional chef. His plans take an unexpected turn when he returns to Kozhikode and reconnects with his grandfather, the owner of a modest seaside hotel. Initially reluctant, Faizi gradually comes to understand the significance of the simple meals served at Ustad Hotel and the values behind them. His grandfather, with quiet wisdom, teaches him not just about food but about life itself. The bond between the two forms the emotional core of the film. As the story unfolds, it becomes clear that “cooking is not just about taste—it’s about love, care, and compassion.”

In conclusion, these Malayalam films go beyond the screen to touch something deep within us. They are not merely tales of love, loss, and laughter, but reflections of our own journeys, relationships, and dreams. Each film, in its own way, celebrates the human spirit—its ability to love, to endure, to connect, and to hope. From the youthful joy of Aanandam to the soulful reflections in Ustad Hotel, these stories stay with you long after the credits roll. They remind us that life, despite its challenges, is filled with beauty, kindness, and magic.

Income Tax Department Issues Notice to Prithviraj Sukumaran Over 2022 Film Earnings

April 6, 2025 Staff ReporterCinema 0

Actor and director Prithviraj Sukumaran has received a notice from the Income Tax Department following recent Enforcement Directorate (ED) raids on the office of Gokulam Gopalan, the producer of the upcoming film L2: Empuraan. According to a report by The New Indian Express (TNIE), the notice seeks clarification regarding the actor’s earnings from three films released in 2022, in which he played key roles and also held the position of co-producer.

The IT Department confirmed that the notice was system-generated and dispatched to Prithviraj via email on March 29. These notices are typically triggered when routine income tax assessments reveal discrepancies or raise queries that require further explanation. The actor has been instructed to respond and provide clarification by April 29.

Officials said the inquiry specifically pertains to Prithviraj’s financial disclosures for the three films—Jana Gana Mana, Gold, and Kadavu. In all three projects, Prithviraj not only starred as the lead but also took on co-production responsibilities. Notably, reports suggest that he did not take any acting remuneration for his roles in these films and instead received compensation solely in his capacity as a co-producer. The IT Department is now scrutinizing this income arrangement as part of its standard verification procedures to ensure that the declarations are in compliance with income tax norms.

A senior tax official noted that this is part of a broader process to reconcile income declarations with actual earnings, particularly when the nature of payments and roles—such as co-producing and acting—may overlap or raise questions about valuation and reporting. “The notice is automatically triggered when discrepancies or queries are identified during routine income tax assessments,” officials explained.

This is not the first time Prithviraj has come under the radar of tax authorities. Back in 2022, his residence and office premises were searched by the IT Department due to inconsistencies discovered in his income declarations. That operation also included a probe into his production company as well as other businesses and individuals linked to him. Producers like Antony Perumbavoor, Listin Stephen, and Anto Joseph were also investigated as part of that wave of scrutiny into the Malayalam film industry’s financial activities.

According to The Hindu, the current notice has been issued as a follow-up to those earlier investigations. It is not directly related to the controversy surrounding L2: Empuraan, despite the timing aligning with recent ED activity around Gokulam Gopalan, the film’s producer. A source familiar with the matter confirmed, “It is reported that it has nothing to do with the L2 Empuraan controversy.”

The timing of the notice coincides with Prithviraj being in the public eye due to his involvement in L2: Empuraan, the highly anticipated sequel to Lucifer, which was a major success in Malayalam cinema. The new film features a star-studded cast including Mohanlal, Manju Warrier, Tovino Thomas, and Abhimanyu Singh. Prithviraj not only directs the film but also plays a central character, Zayed Masood.

However, L2: Empuraan has recently been the subject of controversy due to its depiction of events related to the 2002 Gujarat riots. Certain scenes in the film that reference the communal violence have sparked criticism from some quarters. These sequences are presented within the context of the backstory of Prithviraj’s character, which includes depictions of real-life historical events.

In response to the backlash, the filmmakers opted to make voluntary modifications. These changes included editing out specific references, changing a character’s name, and tweaking several dialogues to tone down the controversial aspects. The team made it clear that these alterations were made in order to avoid hurting sentiments and to keep the focus on the narrative rather than generate unwanted political debate or censorship hurdles.

Prithviraj has not yet issued a public statement regarding the IT notice or the specific queries about his earnings from the 2022 films. However, individuals close to the actor suggest that the matter is procedural and is being addressed through the appropriate legal and financial channels. The expectation is that he will comply with the deadline of April 29 and provide all necessary documentation and clarification.

The actor’s involvement in multiple aspects of filmmaking—acting, directing, and producing—has made him one of the most dynamic figures in Malayalam cinema today. However, this multifaceted role also places him in a complex financial position that attracts detailed scrutiny from regulatory authorities. As the IT Department continues to focus on income structures in the film industry, more such system-generated notices could be expected across the sector.

The IT Department’s increasing interest in the entertainment industry follows a pattern seen in recent years, where authorities have turned their attention to high-profile actors, producers, and production houses. The aim is to ensure full compliance with tax laws in an industry that often operates on flexible payment terms, profit-sharing models, and complex financing arrangements.

This case involving Prithviraj underscores the growing focus on transparency and accountability in the Indian film industry. As digital transactions become more prevalent and systems more automated, income declarations that deviate from expected norms or raise questions about structure or volume are more likely to trigger such system-generated notices.

For now, the spotlight remains firmly on Prithviraj, not just for his creative contributions to Malayalam cinema, but also for his financial dealings, which are under regulatory review once again. As the April 29 deadline approaches, how the actor responds could determine whether the case escalates or is resolved swiftly as a procedural matter.

Harvard-Trained Expert Laurie Santos Shares Three Daily Habits Proven to Boost Happiness

April 6, 2025 Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

Many people misjudge what will truly bring them happiness, according to Laurie Santos, a happiness expert who trained at Harvard University. While it’s common to believe that a promotion or a higher salary will lead to joy and a sense of fulfillment, Santos argues that these assumptions can be misleading. In some cases, such as when someone is struggling to cover basic expenses like rent, financial gains may indeed offer relief. However, once basic needs are met, happiness is more likely to be sustained through consistent, small daily habits that promote health and connection, she explained during a live taping of the interview series “Last Meal with Tom Nash” at SXSW on March 12.

Santos, who is also a psychology professor at Yale University, emphasized that sacrificing sleep, exercise, or time with loved ones in pursuit of professional or financial goals can end up compromising one’s happiness. In contrast, maintaining a focus on health, rest, and relationships offers a more effective and lasting return on emotional well-being. “Material possessions, fame, professional accolades at work … We think those are going to be the stuff that moves the needle,” Santos said. “[But] we’re often pursuing that stuff at opportunity cost of the stuff that really matters.”

Her perspective aligns with findings from a 2022 meta-analysis published in the Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, which concluded that goals centered on one’s social, emotional, and physical health tend to contribute more positively to well-being than those based on external validation or the approval of others.

Santos outlined three straightforward and science-backed habits that can help people feel happier on a daily basis:

Keeping a Gratitude Journal

One of the most effective ways to enhance happiness is through practicing gratitude. Writing down things you’re thankful for—whether it’s a stable home, a strong relationship, or a hobby that brings you joy—has been shown to elevate both emotional and physical well-being. According to Santos, the benefits of this habit increase over time. In her free online course “The Science of Well-Being for Teens,” which launched in 2023, she said, “The longer you keep a gratitude journal, the more of a difference you’ll notice.”

Supporting this idea, a 2020 study by psychologists from the University of Twente and Eastern Washington University found that practicing gratitude for just 15 minutes a day, five days a week over six weeks can significantly improve mental wellness. Additional research shows that gratitude practices can lower stress levels, sharpen mental clarity, and enhance the quality of relationships, sleep, and overall mental health.

While journaling is one option, it’s not the only way to experience the benefits of gratitude. Santos and other experts note that alternative methods—such as writing thank you notes, acknowledging small acts of kindness from strangers, or reflecting on when someone has treated you kindly—can offer similar advantages. People can choose the approach that best suits their preferences and lifestyle.

Improving Sleep—Even Slightly

Getting more sleep is another critical component of happiness and mental health, and even small increases can make a big difference. “I actually think we could solve most of the mental health in college age students and high school students if we just forced [them] to get more sleep,” Santos said in her online course.

Research has consistently demonstrated that sleeping at least seven hours per night can boost cognitive function, enhance mood, and reduce the risk of chronic conditions like heart disease and dementia. To help people improve the quality of their rest, Santos recommends using a traditional alarm clock and leaving phones in another room while sleeping. “I know there’s stuff to do … but if you can just get the right amount of shut eye, you really will improve your mental health much more than you expect,” she said.

The importance of adequate rest is echoed by longevity specialist Poonam Desai, who also spoke to CNBC Make It. “It’s something we do every single day. It’s free. You have an opportunity to optimize it every single day,” Desai said, emphasizing that sleep is the number one most effective way to maintain long-term physical health.

Connecting in Real Time with Others

Santos also stresses the importance of real-time social interaction. While digital communication through social media and texting allows for easy contact with people near and far, it doesn’t provide the same mental uplift as engaging with others in person or in real-time conversations. Speaking on the “Huberman Lab” podcast in December 2024, Santos explained that real-life social experiences have a more meaningful impact on happiness.

“The two things that predict whether or not you’re happy … is how much time you spend with friends and family members, and how much time you’re just physically around other people,” Santos said.

This includes brief and seemingly minor interactions. Even talking with your local barista during a coffee run can elevate your mood, regardless of whether you consider yourself introverted or extroverted. Santos explained that these small connections can significantly influence our emotional state. “It gives you a sense that your life is going better,” she said. “You feel less lonely. [Being social] has all these positive outcomes that we don’t expect.”

Taken together, Santos’ guidance encourages a shift in how people think about the pursuit of happiness. Instead of chasing larger, often external achievements—like promotions or financial success—people can benefit more from smaller, consistent efforts that enhance physical, mental, and social well-being. These daily habits may not be glamorous or headline-making, but they are deeply effective at fostering a lasting sense of happiness.

Santos’ insights serve as a reminder that happiness often lies in what we overlook. While ambition and hard work can be valuable, they shouldn’t come at the cost of one’s health, rest, or relationships. By practicing gratitude, prioritizing quality sleep, and fostering real-life connections, people can build a foundation for sustained happiness—without waiting for a major life event to bring it.

What High-Achieving Students’ Parents Do Differently: Key Habits That Foster Independence and Success

April 6, 2025 Staff ReporterEducation 0

For nearly ten years, I’ve worked closely with hundreds of students and their families as an extracurricular coach at Spike Lab. During this time, I’ve seen these students accomplish extraordinary feats — winning prestigious awards, securing venture capital, launching businesses, and initiating impressive projects. These achievements have set them apart in the ultra-competitive college admissions landscape, where standing out both inside and outside the classroom is essential. Many of these students have earned spots at top-tier institutions like Stanford, Harvard, and Princeton.

As I collaborated with them, I gained insights not just into the students’ strengths but also into their family dynamics. Across the board, I noticed a pattern among the parents of these high-achievers. They all tended to do a few key things — early and consistently — that helped lay the foundation for their child’s success. Here are four of the most important habits I’ve observed.

First, these parents avoid “snowplow” parenting. This approach involves removing all obstacles from a child’s path in an attempt to make life easier for them. It can be as minor as a parent coordinating emails on their child’s behalf (sometimes even pretending to be the child), or as major as writing the student’s college essay for them. Although these actions may be driven by love and the desire to help, they ultimately backfire.

This kind of parenting teaches children that they don’t have to take responsibility for their own actions — that someone else will always step in to solve their problems. In contrast, the most successful students I’ve worked with are those who learn to take charge, especially when things get tough. Instead of shielding them from challenges, the parents of these students serve as supportive advisors who only step in when truly necessary.

Letting children experience the natural outcomes of their inaction — like missing a deadline or falling short on a project — can teach them powerful lessons. They’re less likely to repeat the same mistakes when they face real consequences. As a result, they grow into more resilient and self-sufficient individuals.

Second, these parents show genuine respect for their children’s interests. I’ve worked with students who have pursued highly specific and unconventional passions, and I’ve seen them achieve remarkable results. For example, one student developed an elementary school math curriculum based on baseball statistics. Another started a knitting circle specifically for athletes. These projects weren’t chosen because they were “impressive” on paper, but because the students cared deeply about them.

While it’s natural for some parents to want to guide their children toward more “serious” or traditionally successful pursuits, it’s more beneficial to let kids follow their passions. “You never know what kind of success can come from supporting those passions and helping them flourish,” I’ve observed. Encouraging children to dig deeper into their own curiosities often leads to greater engagement, creativity, and fulfillment.

However, that doesn’t mean every hobby needs to evolve into a lifelong commitment. Not all interests will become passions, and that’s okay. It’s also critical that parents avoid nudging their children into activities solely because they believe it will strengthen a college application. Authenticity matters far more, both for personal growth and for standing out in admissions.

Third, successful parents nurture independence from an early age. Today, it’s not unusual to see elementary schoolers with schedules as busy as high school seniors — soccer practice, art classes, music lessons, tutoring sessions. While structured activities can be valuable, they often leave little room for free, unstructured time — and that’s a problem.

Research supports the idea that children who spend more time in unstructured environments develop stronger independence. I’ve seen firsthand how beneficial this can be. One of my most emotionally mature students, for instance, had been walking to school by themselves from a young age. This simple habit gave them a sense of autonomy and confidence that carried over into many areas of their life.

Even seemingly small, everyday decisions — like choosing what to wear or what to eat — can help kids build decision-making skills. Encouraging this kind of autonomy early on fosters not just independence, but also creativity and self-assurance.

Fourth, the parents of thriving students consistently model positive behavior. This is arguably one of the most powerful yet overlooked parenting strategies. Children are constantly observing the adults around them, and they tend to adopt the behaviors they see modeled at home.

If you want your kids to develop healthy screen habits, don’t constantly be on your phone when you’re around them. If you want them to value physical fitness, make sure they regularly see you exercising. “Think about the person you want your child to become,” I always suggest. “Ask yourself: Am I demonstrating those traits in front of them?”

It’s not just about what you say, but what you do. Children pick up on inconsistencies between your actions and your words. If you stress the importance of responsibility, purpose, and hard work, but your own habits suggest otherwise, your message won’t resonate. But if you live those values out loud, they’re more likely to stick.

Ultimately, these four strategies — avoiding over-involvement, honoring children’s interests, encouraging independence, and setting a strong example — create an environment where kids can truly thrive. It’s not about micromanaging their every move or molding them into a specific idea of success. It’s about giving them the tools, confidence, and support to carve their own path.

I’ve seen this formula work again and again. The students who succeed not just in college admissions but in life are those who were trusted early on to take responsibility, explore their interests, and learn from their mistakes. Their parents aren’t perfect, but they understand the long-term value of raising independent, motivated, and self-aware young adults.

As a coach, it’s been a privilege to witness their journeys — and it all starts at home, with the quiet yet powerful influence of a parent who leads with intention and trust.

Boomers Set to Pass Down $84 Trillion in Historic Wealth Transfer

April 6, 2025 Staff ReporterYouth 0

Beyond sentimental family stories and cherished heirlooms, older generations in the United States are preparing to pass along an extraordinary amount of financial wealth in what experts are calling the largest intergenerational transfer of wealth in history.

Americans born before 1964—specifically baby boomers and the silent generation that preceded them—currently control a vast portion of the nation’s total wealth. According to data from the Federal Reserve, these generations together hold 64% of the country’s $190 trillion in wealth. Over the next 20 years, they are projected to pass on $84 trillion to their heirs, as estimated by financial research firm Cerulli Associates.

A significant share of this wealth is tied up in financial markets. Boomers have benefited from decades of substantial growth in the stock and bond markets. The Dow Jones Industrial Average, for example, has surged nearly thirtyfold since 1985. As a result, many boomers have built substantial retirement portfolios. Fidelity reports that the average baby boomer has approximately $242,200 saved in a 401(k) retirement account.

In addition to their investments, boomers have accumulated considerable wealth through real estate. They bought homes decades ago when prices were far lower, in some cases spending what today might only buy a high-end television. Over time, those homes have appreciated significantly in value.

Today, baby boomers own 37% of all residential properties in the United States, despite representing just over 20% of the population, according to the U.S. Census Bureau. Their dominance in the real estate market extends beyond primary residences. The National Association of Realtors reports that boomers possess 57% of all vacation homes and 58% of rental properties that generate income.

For many younger Americans, especially millennials, inheriting a home may be their best shot at owning one. Among people born between 1981 and 1996, about 45% do not own their own home. This generation faces steep housing prices, high interest rates, and tight inventory, making it increasingly difficult to enter the housing market without a financial boost—often in the form of inheritance.

The assets boomers are expected to pass on go well beyond homes and investment portfolios. They also include small businesses and private companies. Collectively, boomers own businesses worth nearly $8 trillion. These include 41% of small businesses in the United States, according to government figures. But unlike the storyline of the HBO series Succession, many retiring business owners are not handing over control of their companies to their children. Instead, they are selling these operations—often to ambitious millennials looking to strike out on their own.

“We’re seeing more and more of these entrepreneurs deciding to sell their mom-and-pop shops rather than keep them in the family,” one analyst observed, highlighting the shifting dynamics in small business ownership and succession planning.

Importantly, the massive wealth handoff isn’t waiting for funerals to take place. Many members of the older generations are already distributing portions of their wealth while they’re still alive. These living transfers are helping children and grandchildren navigate major life expenses—everything from home down payments and private school tuition to student loan debt.

For those giving while living, there are financial advantages beyond simply helping loved ones. The federal tax code allows individuals to gift up to $18,000 per year, or $36,000 per couple, without triggering any gift taxes. This strategy allows wealth to be passed along gradually and tax-efficiently.

“Some generous members of the older generations are already using their nest eggs to help their kids and grandkids handle house down payments, private school tuition, and student loans,” the article notes. In doing so, they not only provide timely financial relief but also potentially reduce the size of their taxable estate.

This immense transfer of wealth is poised to reshape the American financial landscape, as younger generations inherit and manage assets accumulated over decades of economic growth. Whether they use the funds to purchase homes, launch businesses, or invest for the future, millennials and Generation X stand to gain significantly from the boomers’ financial legacy.

Yet questions remain about how prepared younger generations are to manage these windfalls responsibly. Financial planners warn that inheritance does not automatically translate into long-term financial security. Poor financial planning or mismanagement can quickly deplete even the most generous inheritance.

Moreover, with longer life expectancies and rising healthcare costs, some experts suggest the actual wealth transferred could be smaller than projected if more of it is spent during retirement. Still, the general consensus is that a seismic shift in financial ownership is underway.

The $84 trillion figure underscores the magnitude of what’s coming. This is not just a private family matter—it has wide implications for the economy, housing market, business landscape, and even social mobility.

While baby boomers have long been seen as the generation that benefited most from post-war economic expansion, their children and grandchildren may now inherit not just wealth but also the responsibility of sustaining and building upon it.

The coming decades will see a wave of financial transition unlike anything in modern history. As older Americans pass on their financial legacies, younger generations are set to experience the profound effects—both challenges and opportunities—of this unprecedented wealth transfer.

India Ranks Second Globally in New Unicorns as Tech Startups See Major Revival in 2024

April 5, 2025April 8, 2025 Staff ReporterTechnology 0

India recorded the second highest number of newly minted unicorns globally in 2024, adding six new companies to the elite group, according to a recent report. This brought the cumulative valuation of all Indian unicorns to over $220 billion, highlighting the country’s growing clout in the global startup arena. The report, jointly prepared by Nasscom and consulting firm Zinnov, was released alongside the ‘Startup Mahakumbh’ event.

The study found that unicorns—startups valued at over $1 billion—accounted for 33 percent of the total funding raised by Indian startups in 2024, signifying their strong influence on overall investment trends.

India’s tech startup ecosystem experienced a notable revival in 2024, marked by a 23 percent year-on-year increase in total funding, which rose to $7.4 billion. Deal activity also picked up considerably, with a 27 percent increase in the number of deals compared to 2023. This resurgence was mirrored in the formation of new startups—there was a 2.1 times increase in the number of newly established tech startups during the year, bringing the overall number of Indian tech startups to an estimated 32,000 to 35,000.

Rajesh Nambiar, President of Nasscom, commented on the evolving landscape, stating, “The growth across mature and emerging sectors, specifically in DeepTech and AI, outlines the Indian tech startup ecosystem’s growing maturity, evolving from being just a hub of opportunities to becoming a strategic force driving India’s digital economy.”

He emphasized the importance of DeepTech startups in India’s innovation-driven future, noting, “DeepTech startups play an increasingly crucial role in shaping India’s innovation landscape. Our focus now must be on strengthening the foundational pillars of this growth, from enhancing capital access to building robust innovation infrastructure, ensuring our startups can compete globally while solving uniquely Indian challenges.”

When examining funding trends based on company maturity levels, seed-stage startups witnessed the most significant growth in funding share, increasing by 29 percent over 2023. Early-stage startups followed closely with a 25 percent rise, while late-stage companies recorded a 21 percent growth in funding share. This shift signals a broader investor interest in nurturing newer businesses and untested ideas.

A major chunk of tech startup funding—around 67 percent—was directed towards mature sectors. These are industries with high aggregate funding volumes and a considerable share of overall deals, showing that investor confidence remained strong in sectors that had already demonstrated market potential.

One of the standout developments in the Indian tech space in 2024 was the surge in DeepTech investments. Funding in DeepTech, which includes areas such as artificial intelligence, machine learning, robotics, and advanced analytics, soared by 78 percent to reach $1.6 billion. This leap reflects a growing interest in frontier technologies and their transformative impact across sectors.

Pari Natarajan, CEO of Zinnov, underscored India’s expanding role as an innovation powerhouse. “At the heart of India’s growth, startups are fueling innovation and economic transformation. India is not just a consumer of cutting-edge technology but a creator, a leader and an architect of innovation,” he said.

The positive sentiment among founders and investors looks set to carry into the next year. According to the report, close to 75 percent of Indian tech startups are optimistic about funding prospects in 2025. Furthermore, nearly 98 percent of respondents expect their revenues to grow next year, suggesting that both financial and operational outlooks are on a promising trajectory.

In addition to financial optimism, the report hints at the growing resilience and adaptability of Indian startups. The significant uptick in newly founded startups and investment activity suggests a sector that has rebounded from past funding slumps and is actively seeking long-term growth.

Experts attribute this momentum to several structural shifts. These include a supportive policy environment, improved access to global capital, and a surge in entrepreneurial talent across Tier 1 and Tier 2 cities. The growing emphasis on DeepTech and AI further strengthens India’s position as not just a technology adopter but also a front-runner in developing solutions for global markets.

This evolution also signals a maturing ecosystem where entrepreneurs are no longer focused solely on short-term gains or exit strategies. Instead, they are building companies that address complex, large-scale challenges—from fintech to healthtech, and from climate technology to enterprise software.

However, sustaining this growth will require strategic efforts from all stakeholders. Nambiar stressed the need for a collaborative approach to fortify the ecosystem. He said it would be essential to “enhance capital access” and “build robust innovation infrastructure” to maintain the upward trajectory and ensure startups are globally competitive while addressing local issues effectively.

The rise in funding for seed and early-stage startups is especially promising as it indicates a shift towards fostering innovation at the ground level. Encouraging new entrepreneurs to take the leap, coupled with strong mentorship and financial backing, could be key to producing the next generation of unicorns.

Moreover, with a significant rise in DeepTech funding, India is increasingly poised to play a vital role in emerging technologies. The continued focus on sectors like AI and advanced engineering reflects the long-term commitment to develop intellectual property and cutting-edge solutions in-house, rather than relying solely on imports or collaborations.

Looking forward, both investors and startup founders appear confident that the momentum will sustain. As long as regulatory and infrastructural support keeps pace with innovation, India is likely to continue its upward climb on the global startup leaderboard.

In conclusion, the year 2024 has marked a significant turning point for Indian tech startups. The addition of six new unicorns, a sharp increase in overall funding and deal activity, and a renewed emphasis on DeepTech innovation signal not just a recovery, but a strategic evolution of the ecosystem. As startups continue to drive technological and economic transformation, India is cementing its role as both a global innovation leader and a domestic problem-solver.

Trump Administration Introduces Stricter Green Card Rules for Married Couples

April 5, 2025April 8, 2025 Staff ReporterImmigration 0

The Trump administration has implemented notable changes to the green card application process for married couples, including revised forms, mandatory interviews, and expanded financial disclosures. These updates reflect the administration’s broader approach to tightening immigration enforcement.

President Donald Trump, who had promised sweeping immigration reforms during his campaign, has prioritized tougher policies throughout his presidency. Within the first few months of taking office, his administration deported approximately 100,000 undocumented immigrants. Among those detained and deported were individuals who were legal residents but had no ties to crime or gangs.

The administration has made clear that it is taking a hardline stance on immigration violations, targeting not only those who crossed the U.S.-Mexico border illegally but also others who breach immigration rules in various ways.

Even legal permanent residents have encountered obstacles under the new regime. One such example is Mahmoud Khalil, a Columbia University graduate student and Palestinian activist, who is currently facing removal proceedings despite holding a green card.

The modifications to the marriage-based green card process suggest that immigration policy may continue to shift in coming weeks, potentially affecting multiple aspects of the immigration system.

According to the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS), lawful permanent residents have the right to live permanently in the country as long as they refrain from any actions that could render them deportable under immigration law. Such actions include legal violations and failure to file taxes.

Among the pathways to obtaining a green card is marriage to a U.S. citizen or another green card holder. In such cases, the U.S.-based spouse sponsors the foreign-born partner for permanent residency.

Though some of the recent changes may appear technical, they carry significant implications for applicants. One of the primary revisions is the introduction of a new version of Form I-485, known as the “Application to Register Permanent Residence or Adjust Status,” which became mandatory as of January 20. This updated form must now be used by all individuals seeking lawful permanent residency.

The revised form introduces several updates, including new gender identity options and the return of the word “alien.” These linguistic adjustments mirror similar terminology updates made to other immigration forms.

Immigration attorney Rachel Einbund told Newsweek during a phone conversation that a major addition to the updated form is a “public charge” section. This section requires applicants to “disclose their entire household income, their assets, their debts or liabilities, as well as if they have received any public assistance in the U.S.”

Another significant addition is found in Part 9 of the form, which pertains to general eligibility and inadmissibility. It now includes questions regarding the highest educational degree the applicant has earned, along with any certifications, licenses, or skills.

Einbund criticized these additions, saying they could dissuade lower-income applicants from applying. She described it as “more of a scare tactic to try and scare people who maybe don’t have a lot of income or don’t have continued education into not applying.”

An equally important change is the reimplementation of mandatory interviews for marriage-based green card applicants. Under President Biden’s administration in 2022, many of these interviews were waived if no warning signs were present in the application. According to Einbund, this was an effective method for the USCIS to reduce case backlogs and optimize the use of immigration officers’ time.

Einbund stated she had spoken with a USCIS officer who confirmed that interviews are once again required as part of a new internal policy. While no executive order has been issued, Trump has advocated for “enhanced vetting” in immigration matters, which this initiative likely aligns with.

Her advice to applicants is to “disclose everything,” emphasizing the importance of providing varied and substantial proof of a genuine relationship. “Proving that your marriage is real is the foundation of these cases,” she told Newsweek.

Newsweek also contacted USCIS via email on Thursday to confirm these changes and for additional comments.

In response, a USCIS spokesperson said in an email to Newsweek: “U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services is committed to implementing policies and procedures that strengthen fraud detection, prevent identity theft, and support the enforcement of rigorous screening and vetting measures to the fullest extent possible. These efforts ensure that those seeking immigration benefits to live and work in the United States do not threaten public safety, undermine national security, or promote harmful anti-American ideologies.”

Amol Sinha, executive director of the ACLU of New Jersey, commented outside a courthouse on Friday about Khalil’s legal situation. “As we await the court’s ruling, what I am reminded of is the egregious nature of what the government has done. It is anti-democratic, un-American, illegal and unconstitutional to suppress speech, censor somebody, detain them and attempt to deport them and revoke their green card for speaking their mind.”

Attorney Colleen Kerwick, speaking to Newsweek in March, offered a different view. “A green card is a privilege, not a right. That privilege can be revoked if Mahmoud Khalil perpetrated a crime or wrong,” she said. Kerwick explained that Khalil had been accused of organizing an event that glorified Hamas’ October 7 attack. The United States classifies Hamas as a terrorist organization. She added, “The gravamen [most serious part] of his alleged wrong was social media posts, not yet traced to him.”

As of April 3, applicants must now use the newly revised Form I-485 for green card applications. Khalil, the Palestinian student and green card holder, is scheduled to appear before an immigration judge on April 8 for his removal hearing.

Einbund pointed out that immigration attorneys are bracing for further developments in policy. Many in the legal community anticipate that upcoming immigration forms will likely require applicants to disclose their social media handles, reflecting a growing emphasis on background scrutiny.

These ongoing changes reinforce the Trump administration’s determination to reshape the immigration process, not only through increased enforcement but also via procedural modifications designed to intensify scrutiny and discourage fraudulent or incomplete applications.

Indian Students Shift Abroad Preferences as US, UK, and Canada See 40% Drop in Enrollments

April 5, 2025 Staff ReporterEducation 0

The number of Indian students opting for higher education in the United States, United Kingdom, and Canada has fallen sharply by 40% in 2024, signaling a notable shift in global student mobility trends. As these traditional destinations experience a downturn in interest, alternative countries such as Germany and New Zealand are witnessing substantial growth in Indian student enrollments. These emerging destinations are gaining ground due to more stable immigration policies, lower education costs, and better post-study work opportunities.

According to data cited by the ICEF Monitor, figures from the Indian government indicate a 15% decline in the total number of Indian students studying abroad in 2024 when compared to the previous year. Among the traditionally popular countries, Canada saw the steepest drop, with Indian student numbers plunging by 41%, from 233,500 in 2023 to 137,600 in 2024. The United Kingdom followed with a 28% decrease, while the United States experienced a 13% drop. Australia also saw a 12% reduction. Collectively, these nations accounted for 72% of Indian students abroad in 2024, although their overall share is clearly diminishing.

The decline is attributed to various interconnected factors, most notably the increasing cost of tuition and more restrictive visa conditions. For Indian students, who typically seek not just academic excellence but also work experience and pathways to immigration, these evolving challenges in major destinations have become deterrents. The depreciation of the Indian Rupee against the US Dollar has further exacerbated financial pressures, making higher education in these countries even more burdensome.

As ICEF Monitor notes, Indian students are now being drawn toward destinations that offer affordability and clearer post-study career pathways. Germany and New Zealand, in particular, have emerged as major beneficiaries of this changing landscape.

Germany saw its Indian student population rise dramatically by 68% from 2022 to 2024, increasing from 20,700 to 34,700. This surge is credited to Germany’s reputable educational system, low tuition costs, and favorable policies around post-study employment. New Zealand, meanwhile, recorded an even more dramatic rise. The number of Indian students in the country skyrocketed by 354% in the same period—from just 1,600 students in 2022 to 7,300 in 2024.

As per ICEF Monitor’s report, New Zealand has become the most inviting English-speaking destination for Indian students, due in part to its flexible visa procedures and a secure living environment. The country’s well-regarded education system and the availability of graduate work visas have made it a strong contender for Indian students seeking both quality learning and future employment prospects.

A key contributor to the downturn in the US, UK, and Canada is the ongoing tightening of immigration regulations. As highlighted by ICEF Monitor, policy shifts—especially those under President Donald Trump’s administration in the US—have led to a climate of uncertainty for international students. The challenges in bringing family members, securing post-graduation work rights, and transitioning to permanent residency have collectively made these nations less appealing.

Additionally, the fluctuation of currency exchange rates has impacted affordability. The falling value of the Indian Rupee against the Dollar has led to an increase in effective education costs, even when tuition rates themselves remain unchanged. Eela Dubey, co-founder of EduFund, emphasized this point in her comment to ICEF Monitor: “Rupee depreciation acts as hidden inflation for Indian students aspiring to study abroad, significantly increasing the cost of education, even if universities do not raise tuition fees.”

In contrast, countries like Germany are drawing Indian students with promises of high-quality education at a fraction of the cost, along with a more predictable and student-friendly policy environment. Similarly, New Zealand’s rising popularity is being fueled by its reputation for safety, its supportive visa structure, and long-term prospects for students post-graduation.

Experts argue that the change in student preferences should not be viewed as a total collapse of interest in the Big Four destinations, but rather a rebalancing of priorities. Maria Mathai, founder of MM Advisory Services, told ICEF Monitor that “students are responding pragmatically to shifting costs and changing visa rules,” noting that the trend reflects a “recalibration” rather than an outright “exit” from traditional destinations.

Today’s Indian students are more strategic in evaluating where to study. They are considering not only academic rankings but also work options after graduation and the consistency of immigration rules. As Mathai explained, “Our destination maps now have layered overlays – visa stability indices atop rankings.”

This transformation highlights a broader shift in the mindset of Indian students. The decision-making process now includes questions around economic feasibility, visa reliability, and long-term career opportunities, rather than focusing solely on prestigious university names.

India, with its vast pool of students seeking education abroad, will continue to play a major role in global education dynamics. But the way Indian students approach studying overseas is evolving. The demand remains strong, but students are now seeking countries that offer a more comprehensive package—academic excellence, cost-efficiency, safety, and long-term stability.

As such, countries like Germany and New Zealand, which provide favorable policies and affordability, are expected to keep expanding their market share in the coming years. These destinations are perceived not just as educational centers, but also as platforms for broader career development.

On the other hand, the US, UK, and Canada will need to reconsider their strategies if they aim to sustain their appeal to Indian students. With the global education market becoming increasingly competitive, these traditional powerhouses may find it necessary to adjust visa policies and affordability options to align with the changing preferences of international students.

Ultimately, the shift represents a new chapter in the story of Indian student mobility. It reflects an increasingly discerning student body that is prioritizing not just academic reputation, but also real-world outcomes and security. Countries that align with these needs are likely to emerge as new leaders in international education.

Catholic Priest Fatally Shot at Kansas Rectory; Suspect in Custody

April 5, 2025 Staff ReporterCommunity 0

A Catholic priest was shot and killed on Thursday in Seneca, Kansas, after a man approached him at the parish rectory, according to church officials. The victim, Father Arul Carasala, had been serving as pastor at Saints Peter and Paul Catholic Church since 2011.

Archbishop Joseph Naumann of the Archdiocese of Kansas City in Kansas expressed sorrow over the tragedy in a statement posted on Facebook. “I am heartbroken to share the tragic news of the death of Fr. Arul Carasala, who was fatally shot earlier today,” the archbishop said. “This senseless act of violence has left us grieving the loss of a beloved priest, leader, and friend.”

Father Carasala’s background reveals a long commitment to ministry. He was ordained in 1994 in India, his country of birth. He began his service in Kansas in 2004 and became a naturalized American citizen in 2011, according to his biography on the church’s website.

A post on the Facebook page for Saints Peter and Paul Catholic Church stated that Father Carasala had been shot at the rectory and later died at a nearby hospital. “A suspected shooter is reportedly in custody,” the post mentioned.

The Kansas Bureau of Investigation confirmed that a suspect, identified as 66-year-old Gary L. Hermesch from Tulsa, Oklahoma, was arrested and booked on a charge of first-degree murder related to the priest’s killing. As reported by CBS affiliate WIBW, Hermesch had not yet been formally charged at the time of reporting.

Kris Anderson, director of religious education for the parish, said details surrounding the incident were still unclear. “From what we know, an older man walked up to him and shot him three times,” she told The Associated Press. However, she admitted not knowing the identity or motive of the shooter.

When contacted for comment, officials at the Seneca Police Department and the Nemaha County Sheriff’s Office declined to speak, instead referring questions to County Attorney Brad Lippert. Lippert was reportedly traveling and did not respond to a call or email from The Associated Press seeking further details about the incident.

Archbishop Naumann reassured residents that there was no continued danger to the public, though he acknowledged the emotional toll of the event on the small community. Seneca, a town of roughly 2,100 people, is located about 60 miles north of Topeka and about 90 miles northwest of Kansas City.

“Fr. Carasala was a devoted and zealous pastor who faithfully served our Archdiocese for over twenty years, including as dean of the Nemaha-Marshall region,” the archbishop wrote in his statement. “His love for Christ and His Church was evident in how he ministered to his people with great generosity and care. His parishioners, friends, and brother priests will deeply miss him.”

Carasala’s impact on the parish and community was significant, as he had become a central figure in the town’s religious life. His long tenure at Saints Peter and Paul and his role as a dean in the archdiocese underscored his leadership and dedication to his ministry.

Although the exact circumstances surrounding the shooting remain under investigation, the sudden and violent nature of the incident has shaken parishioners and raised questions about the safety of religious leaders, especially those serving in smaller, close-knit communities.

Law enforcement has not yet provided a motive or further details, and it remains unclear what, if any, prior connection existed between Hermesch and the priest. Investigators have not disclosed whether the shooting was premeditated or the result of a spontaneous altercation.

The broader community is now grappling with both the emotional shock and practical implications of the loss. Parishioners are mourning the death of a man many considered not only a spiritual guide but a personal friend. Church leaders across Kansas and beyond have offered condolences and prayers for Father Carasala’s soul and for healing within the parish.

As the investigation proceeds, authorities are expected to release more information, including any potential motive, charges, and background on the suspect. In the meantime, the parish and town of Seneca are left to process the devastating loss and honor the memory of a man who served them with dedication for over a decade.

Father Carasala’s legacy is marked by his years of service, commitment to the spiritual welfare of his congregation, and his journey from India to Kansas, where he built a life centered on faith and community. His sudden and tragic death is a stark reminder of the vulnerability even spiritual leaders face, and it has left a deep void in the hearts of those who knew and loved him.

Let Them Theory: A Radical Approach to Emotional Freedom and Control

April 5, 2025 Staff ReporterNews 0

In a world that seems increasingly chaotic and beyond our grasp, a groundbreaking psychological concept has struck a powerful chord with millions. Known as the “Let Them” theory, this idea, brought into the spotlight by Mel Robbins in 2024, has gone viral and collected more than 15 million views. At its heart, the theory promotes a bold form of emotional detachment, encouraging individuals to shift their attention from the behavior of others and external chaos to their internal reactions and choices. Though it seems straightforward, the idea of simply “letting them” act as they wish holds deep psychological roots and meaningful applications.

The foundation of the “Let Them” concept can be traced back to psychologist Julian B. Rotter’s work in the 1950s on the locus of control. This theory makes a distinction between external and internal control perceptions—whether individuals feel shaped by their environment or see themselves as agents of change. The “Let Them” philosophy calls for a move toward an internal locus of control, empowering people to own their reactions rather than trying to direct others’ behavior.

The approach also draws inspiration from Buddhist thought, particularly the notion of non-attachment. This principle centers on the idea that peace of mind is achieved by releasing the desire to influence outcomes. The theory likewise intersects with attachment psychology, particularly how those with anxious attachment styles may try to control others to feel emotionally safe. Rather than encouraging control as a route to security, “Let Them” provides an alternative—security through acceptance. It also reflects the teachings of the Toltec tradition, which advises releasing control “with love and without fear,” aiming for emotional and spiritual liberation.

What gives the “Let Them” theory its current appeal is the constant feeling of instability people face today. The COVID-19 pandemic, political unrest, economic swings, and climate-related disasters have left many grasping for control. In this climate, the theory offers a tool for reclaiming inner peace by acknowledging the limits of one’s control. It aligns well with today’s growing attention to mindfulness and mental wellness.

The psychological upsides of embracing “Let Them” are notable. By stepping away from the need to control everything, stress and anxiety can be significantly reduced. In personal relationships, the theory advocates autonomy and respect, shifting the focus to self-growth and conscious choice, which helps develop healthier and more stable dynamics.

So, what changes when someone applies “Let Them” psychologically? For one, it eases inner resistance. Rather than being stuck in a loop of “This shouldn’t be happening,” the person shifts to “This is happening. Now what?” or “How do I respond to this?” That pivot calms the nervous system and is recognized in therapy as a skill called “radical acceptance,” used in distress tolerance. In Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), this acceptance model is known to reduce stress and anxiety effectively.

Moreover, allowing people the space to make their own decisions can greatly improve how relationships function. It reduces tension, promotes trust, and removes the sensation of being manipulated. Letting go of control over others creates room for genuine, self-motivated change. Most people feel more comfortable and open when they’re trusted instead of pressured.

Importantly, this kind of non-interference doesn’t equal approval. Choosing not to pressure someone does not mean agreeing with their actions. Research backs this up, showing that when people feel their autonomy is respected, they actually become more receptive to outside input, not less.

In her 2024 book, Robbins explains that the strength of the “Let Them” concept lies in its focus on what we can control—ourselves. “Let Them” is quickly followed by “Let Me,” which she describes as a crucial turning point. Robbins writes, “Let me decide what I will do next, given the present reality.” In other words, once you’ve let others be who they are, the next step is choosing how you’ll respond.

Still, despite its emotional power, the theory has its limits. Its simplicity can cause confusion, leading some to believe it means total detachment from others or withdrawal from necessary communication. Used carelessly, it might appear as emotional avoidance, passive-aggressiveness, or even enablement of unhealthy behavior. “Let Them” isn’t an all-purpose fix and shouldn’t be used to dodge conflict or sidestep critical discussions. As the article warns, “I caution using this as a mantra to bypass unresolved emotional issues within any significant relationship.”

To make the most of the “Let Them” theory, awareness and balance are key. It’s important to assess when detachment is helpful and when it risks causing distance or neglect. Communication remains vital—clearly expressing feelings and boundaries helps prevent misunderstandings and builds stronger, more connected relationships. The goal isn’t disconnection but interdependence, where both your needs and the other person’s space are respected.

A practical way to apply the theory involves a three-part method:

Let Them (Pause and Accept): When someone’s actions trigger you, pause instead of reacting. Acknowledge what’s happening without rushing to change it. Robbins recommends using breathwork during this step to soothe the nervous system and avoid knee-jerk reactions.
Let Yourself (Assess and Align): Consider your feelings and reflect on what you need or value. Ask yourself why you’re reacting a certain way. This phase helps you separate your self-worth from someone else’s behavior and consider a course of action that’s in line with your principles, not your impulses.
Take Action (Respond Intentionally): Now choose a response that protects your well-being—whether that’s setting a boundary, speaking your mind, or walking away. The emphasis is on intentionality, not reactivity.

Ultimately, the “Let Them” theory isn’t just a catchy phrase or internet trend. It’s a deeper invitation to engage with life on more peaceful and purposeful terms. It reminds us that we can’t always steer what others do—but we can shape how we meet those moments. It teaches us to let go, not in defeat, but with dignity and presence.

Robbins’ viral message has taken off precisely because it taps into a shared desire for relief, clarity, and control—but of the kind that comes from within. By turning our attention inward and letting others be who they are, we gain emotional freedom and a more grounded way of living.

Billionaires Lose $208 Billion Amid Trump’s Tariff Announcement, Zuckerberg Faces Heaviest Blow

April 4, 2025 Staff ReporterMoney 0

In one of the most significant wealth declines in over ten years, the 500 richest individuals across the globe saw a combined drop of $208 billion in their fortunes. This massive hit followed the announcement by U.S. President Donald Trump of a sweeping set of reciprocal tariffs aimed at major international trade partners.

Mark Zuckerberg, the founder of Facebook and its parent company Meta, experienced the most severe personal loss among the global elite. His net worth plummeted by $17.9 billion, amounting to a staggering 9% decrease. This marked the single largest personal loss of the day and symbolized the broader economic tremors felt throughout the billionaire class.

The losses marked the fourth-largest one-day drop in the 13-year history of the Bloomberg Billionaires Index. The only comparable financial hit occurred during the peak of the Covid-19 pandemic. This time, however, it was triggered by a political move rather than a global health crisis. Following the announcement of the tariffs, American billionaires bore the heaviest losses, reflecting the financial community’s reaction to the potential consequences of the escalating trade tensions.

Amazon founder Jeff Bezos, another major casualty, saw his net worth decline by $15.9 billion. This sharp fall came after Amazon’s stock price slid by 9%, making it the steepest daily drop the company had experienced since April 2022. Investors responded swiftly and negatively to the trade war rhetoric, fearing that it could damage global supply chains and consumer confidence.

Tesla CEO Elon Musk, known for his close ties with Trump and his role as a government advisor, was not immune to the fallout. His wealth decreased by $11 billion as Tesla shares slipped by 5.5%. Despite his relationship with the administration, market forces reacted independently, pulling down share prices in anticipation of future economic instability.

Several other prominent American billionaires also suffered significant losses. Michael Dell, the founder of Dell Technologies, saw his fortune decline by $9.53 billion. Oracle co-founder Larry Ellison’s net worth dropped by $8.1 billion. Nvidia CEO Jensen Huang experienced a loss of $7.36 billion, while Google co-founders Larry Page and Sergey Brin lost $4.79 billion and $4.46 billion, respectively. Thomas Peterffy, the founder of Interactive Brokers, also took a hit of $4.06 billion.

Outside of the United States, only a few non-American billionaires were substantially affected. Among them, French luxury tycoon Bernard Arnault stood out. As the head of LVMH, the world’s largest luxury goods company, Arnault’s wealth declined by $6 billion. The drop followed a slide in LVMH’s stock value in Paris trading. With the European Union now facing a newly imposed 20% flat tariff on all exports to the U.S., luxury goods companies like LVMH were particularly vulnerable. The group owns some of the most iconic brands in the world, including Christian Dior, Bulgari, and Loro Piana.

These tariffs could significantly affect European exports, especially in sectors like alcohol and luxury products, where France is a dominant player. Arnault’s losses highlight the broader international consequences of Trump’s protectionist economic policies. With shares of luxury brands falling sharply, markets are clearly bracing for reduced demand and disrupted trade flows between the EU and the U.S.

Trump’s latest round of tariff hikes specifically targeted nations he has frequently accused of exploiting the U.S. through unfair trade practices. The president increased tariffs on imports from several key regions and trading partners. China was hit hardest, with an additional 34% tariff, pushing the total up to a punishing 54%. This move is likely to further strain the already tense trade relationship between the U.S. and China.

The European Union, as noted, now faces a uniform 20% tariff on its exports to the United States. This development comes after years of diplomatic friction over trade imbalances and accusations of protectionism from both sides. Japan was not spared either, receiving a 24% increase in tariffs. These hikes represent a significant escalation in trade tensions, with potentially far-reaching implications for the global economy.

The fallout from these policy decisions was swift and unforgiving, particularly for billionaires heavily invested in companies vulnerable to international trade disruptions. The financial markets responded with a sharp correction, wiping billions off the valuations of some of the world’s biggest corporations in a matter of hours.

Although these wealth losses are largely paper-based and may be reversed if markets stabilize, they reflect growing uncertainty among investors and business leaders alike. The impact on stock prices suggests that the market views the new tariffs not just as a temporary irritant, but as a structural threat to global commerce.

Billionaires who have enjoyed years of booming valuations and tech-driven growth suddenly found themselves in the crosshairs of a volatile geopolitical landscape. With Trump’s aggressive trade strategy in full swing, companies dependent on global supply chains or international consumer bases now face heightened risks.

The economic implications extend beyond personal net worth. These massive financial hits can influence corporate strategies, hiring plans, and long-term investments. As a result, ordinary workers and consumers might also feel the ripple effects in the months ahead.

Though Mark Zuckerberg experienced the largest personal loss of the day, he was far from alone. The domino effect rippled through various industries—from tech and retail to luxury goods and automotive—showing just how interconnected today’s global economy is. “This is the kind of event that sends shockwaves through not just stock portfolios, but the strategic direction of multinational firms,” said one market analyst.

In short, President Trump’s decision to impose reciprocal tariffs has ignited not only a diplomatic firestorm but also a financial one, erasing over $200 billion in wealth among the world’s richest individuals in a single day. Whether this proves to be a temporary market overreaction or the beginning of a more sustained downturn remains to be seen. What’s clear, however, is that billionaire fortunes are not immune to political maneuvers, and the global economy remains deeply sensitive to the winds of trade policy.

Trump’s Approval Hits New Low Amid Economic Concerns and Signal Chat Leak

April 4, 2025 Staff ReporterUSA 0

President Donald Trump’s approval rating has fallen to its lowest level during his second term, according to a new Reuters/Ipsos poll released on Wednesday. The drop appears tied to growing dissatisfaction with his handling of the economy and backlash over a leaked Signal chat involving senior administration officials.

The poll shows that Trump’s overall approval rating is now at 43 percent, marking a decline of two percentage points since the last survey conducted in late March. When he began his second term on January 20, his approval rating stood at 47 percent, indicating a steady erosion of support over recent months.

Public approval of the president’s management of the economy has also taken a hit. Only 37 percent of those surveyed expressed satisfaction with his economic policies, while just 30 percent gave him positive marks for dealing with the rising cost of living. This discontent reflects a growing unease among Americans about their financial prospects under Trump’s leadership.

One of the most controversial economic moves made by the administration recently involves tariffs. On Wednesday, Trump announced a new tariff plan, imposing a baseline 10 percent tax on all imported goods. Some nations are facing significantly steeper rates, including China, which is now subject to a 54 percent tariff. However, the United States’ two largest trading partners — Mexico and Canada — were spared the harshest measures. While both still face a 25 percent duty, goods protected under the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement remain unaffected.

Still, these tariff hikes are not popular with most Americans. The poll found that 52 percent of respondents believe increasing tariffs on automobiles and parts would negatively impact the people close to them. A comparable number also expressed the view that broader tariff increases, like those Trump rolled out this week, would worsen the economic situation rather than improve it. Among Republican and Republican-leaning voters, around a third said they believe such tariff policies would harm the economy.

The administration is also facing sharp criticism following the disclosure of a private Signal chat involving several national security officials. The Atlantic’s editor-in-chief revealed last week that he had been unintentionally added to the encrypted chat group, which featured discussions between high-level officials about U.S. military actions in Yemen. The messages, made public by The Atlantic, included conversations about planned strikes on Houthi rebels — attacks that were later carried out in mid-March.

The leak has sparked outrage across the political spectrum. According to the poll, 74 percent of respondents said the officials involved were “reckless” in the way they discussed sensitive military plans. This sentiment was especially strong among Democrats, 91 percent of whom condemned the behavior, while 55 percent of Republican respondents also agreed that the conduct was inappropriate. In contrast, 22 percent of the total sample downplayed the incident, saying it was harmless.

Foreign policy has also become a weak spot for the president, with only 34 percent of respondents approving of how he is managing international affairs. This figure represents a 3-point decline from the previous month’s survey. Trump did slightly better on immigration, with 48 percent of respondents indicating they were satisfied with his handling of border issues and immigration enforcement.

Another poll, the Harvard CAPS/Harris survey, also shows a decline in Trump’s standing. According to that data, his approval rating fell from 52 to 49 percent — a 3-point drop. Meanwhile, 46 percent of those polled said they disapproved of his performance as president.

The Reuters/Ipsos poll, conducted from March 31 through April 2, included responses from 1,486 U.S. adults. The survey has a margin of error of approximately 3 percentage points.

Despite being in the midst of an election year and regularly touting economic progress and national strength, Trump is now grappling with political fallout from both policy missteps and internal mismanagement. The reaction to the recent tariff hikes suggests that many Americans are skeptical of his economic strategy. The backlash over the Signal chat leak has further eroded public trust in his administration’s ability to maintain operational security at the highest levels of government.

While Trump has continued to defend his policies, the figures paint a challenging picture for the White House as it seeks to bolster support heading into the next phase of the election cycle. Public dissatisfaction over inflation, economic instability, and foreign policy missteps may prove to be critical hurdles for the president’s re-election campaign.

Critics have argued that Trump’s economic decisions are not only failing to address the underlying issues driving inflation and cost-of-living concerns but may also be exacerbating them through protectionist measures like tariffs. The growing unease is evident in the data showing that a significant portion of the public believes tariffs will harm rather than help the economy. Even among those within his own party, skepticism is on the rise.

The Signal chat leak, meanwhile, has raised serious questions about the administration’s internal communications protocols and judgment. The fact that an external journalist could be mistakenly added to a conversation involving military planning has led to widespread concern about the handling of classified or sensitive material. As one of the survey’s key findings showed, “74 percent, including 91 percent of Democrats and 55 percent of GOP voters, stated that the officials were ‘reckless’ for discussing the war plans in this manner.”

Even some of Trump’s supporters appear to be reconsidering their confidence in his leadership. With approval for his foreign policy at just 34 percent and growing doubt about his economic strategies, the president may face increasing resistance from independents and moderate Republicans alike.

As Trump attempts to regain momentum, his administration will need to address both the perception and the reality of its missteps. Without a course correction, public opinion may continue to trend downward, especially if economic conditions worsen or additional controversies emerge.

At the start of his second term, the president enjoyed a 47 percent approval rating. The subsequent decline to 43 percent reflects the mounting challenges and controversies that have marked recent months. Whether Trump can reverse the trend remains uncertain, but as the Reuters/Ipsos and Harvard CAPS/Harris polls suggest, the road ahead will likely be difficult.

In the coming weeks, Trump is expected to continue promoting his economic and national security policies in public appearances and campaign events. However, the current data suggest that simply reiterating past achievements may not be enough to shift public perception.

With less than a year before voters head to the polls, how the administration responds to these mounting challenges may ultimately determine the trajectory of Trump’s second term — and whether it ends in political recovery or further decline.

China Hits Back with 34% Tariffs on US Imports, Escalating Trade War

April 4, 2025 Staff ReporterWorld 0

China has announced that it will enforce reciprocal 34% tariffs on all imports from the United States starting April 10, following through on its vow to retaliate after President Donald Trump intensified the ongoing global trade war.

Earlier this week, Trump imposed a new 34% tariff on all Chinese products entering the US. This decision is expected to drastically shift the dynamics of US-China relations and exacerbate already tense trade disagreements between the world’s two leading economies.

“This practice of the US is not in line with international trade rules, seriously undermines China’s legitimate rights and interests, and is a typical unilateral bullying practice,” the State Council Tariff Commission of China said in a statement announcing its retaliatory move.

Since returning to office in January, Trump has already implemented two rounds of 10% additional tariffs on all goods imported from China. According to the White House, these tariffs were introduced to curb the flow of illicit fentanyl from China to the US. When combined with existing duties, Chinese products are now facing a total tariff burden of more than 54% when arriving at American ports.

In contrast to previous measured responses, China’s latest round of retaliatory tariffs marks a broader and more aggressive reaction. While past responses from Beijing included targeted tariffs on US exports such as agricultural goods and energy, as well as regulatory actions against American businesses, this new round signals a significant escalation.

“This is a significant escalation of China’s response,” wrote Leah Fahy, a China economist at Capital Economics. “Xi Jinping appears to feel that China’s economy is strong enough to withstand whatever Trump throws at it next.”

The newly announced US tariffs are steeper than many experts had predicted and have the potential to fundamentally alter the trade relationship between Washington and Beijing. With nearly $500 billion in trade hanging in the balance, the new measures could disrupt long-standing economic ties that developed over decades of interdependence.

China unveiled its countermeasures on Friday, during a major national holiday known as the Tomb Sweeping Festival. These steps included adding 11 American companies to its “unreliable entity list,” which targets businesses seen as threats to Chinese interests. Some of the affected companies include drone manufacturers. Additionally, 16 US firms will now face export restrictions, barring them from acquiring Chinese-made dual-use items.

China’s Commerce Ministry also announced new anti-dumping investigations targeting CT X-ray tubes imported from the US and India, marking a direct challenge to both countries’ medical equipment exports.

Furthermore, China revealed new export controls on seven types of rare-earth minerals, such as samarium, gadolinium, and terbium, effectively limiting their supply to the US. These elements are critical in high-tech industries and national defense systems.

The market reaction to China’s announcement was swift and severe. US stocks fell sharply on Friday. The Dow Jones Industrial Average plummeted by more than 1,000 points, or 2.7%. The S&P 500 dropped over 3%, while the Nasdaq Composite slid by 3.5%. European and UK markets were similarly affected, with major indices falling more than 3%, marking their worst performance in years.

Investors had been anxious all week. On Thursday, the Dow fell by over 1,600 points, nearly 4%, while the S&P 500 lost close to 5%, and the Nasdaq plunged almost 6%. These declines represent the steepest one-day losses in about five years, comparable to the market turmoil during the COVID-19 pandemic.

US Secretary of State Marco Rubio acknowledged the economic impact. “Markets are crashing,” he said on Friday, addressing reporters at a NATO foreign ministers’ meeting in Brussels. However, he added, “the markets will adjust.”

“Businesses around the world, including in trade and global trade, they just need to know what the rules are. Once they know what the rules are, they will adjust to those rules,” Rubio said.

Global investors are increasingly concerned that this spiraling trade war could push not only the US but also the global economy into a recession.

“By matching Trump’s tariffs, China is no longer nibbling at the edges — it’s mirroring US actions head-on. This is not blind retaliation, but a clear recalibration,” said Craig Singleton, a senior fellow at the Foundation for Defense of Democracies, based in the US.

Singleton pointed out that China is targeting politically sensitive sectors, including agriculture, industrial goods, and rare earth materials, as well as expanding the “unreliable entity list.” Despite these aggressive measures, China appears to be keeping its broader economy relatively open.

Meanwhile, companies that rely on supply chains deeply embedded in China are facing a complex and difficult situation. These businesses must now navigate not only the new US tariffs on Chinese imports but also tariffs affecting other Asian nations due to the broad nature of Trump’s policies.

The timing of these tariffs presents additional challenges for China, which is already grappling with a slowing domestic economy. In recent weeks, Chinese officials have ramped up efforts to stimulate internal consumption in preparation for the anticipated impact of an expanded trade conflict.

Larry Hu, chief China economist at Macquarie Group, noted in a research note that Trump has effectively raised the average tariff on Chinese goods to 69%. When Trump began his current term in January, the average rate was around 15%.

Hu estimates the latest escalation could cut up to 2.5 percentage points from China’s economic growth for 2025. “The impact could manifest itself through multiple channels such as falling US demand for Chinese goods, the potential global economic slowdown and the hit on export re-routing,” Hu wrote.

Export re-routing involves exporting goods to a third country instead of directly to their intended destination, often to avoid tariffs. This strategy was employed during Trump’s first term, with countries in Southeast Asia and Latin America acting as intermediaries for Chinese exports.

To achieve its growth target of approximately 5% in 2025, China will need to adopt strategies to boost internal demand and cushion the blow of these external pressures, according to Hu.

In summary, the US-China trade war has entered a more aggressive phase. With both sides enacting sweeping tariff increases and expanding their retaliatory toolkits, the economic consequences could be far-reaching. The coming months will likely test the resilience of global markets, international supply chains, and the political resolve of both governments.

Dr. BK Kishore Collaborates with Shark Tank’s Kevin Harrington in Book Highlighting Innovation and Medical Research

April 4, 2025 Staff ReporterCulture 0

Dr. BK Kishore, a renowned medical expert, researcher, and Global Unity Ambassador representing the Indian community, has reached a significant milestone by co-authoring a book with Kevin Harrington, one of the original investors from the popular television show Shark Tank. This project brings together 16 prominent thought leaders, innovators, and entrepreneurs, each of whom has contributed a chapter rooted in their individual expertise and passion.

In his chapter titled “The Path to Cures is a Long One,” Dr. Kishore delves into the often difficult and complex road that underlies medical breakthroughs and discoveries. He offers a thoughtful exploration of the scientific discipline, persistence, and dedication that are essential to transform medical ideas into real-world treatments. With his deep-rooted knowledge and experience in the medical field, Dr. Kishore’s writing is aimed at both informing and inspiring professionals working in medical research, healthcare, and innovation.

Dr. Kishore’s inclusion in this book is not only a recognition of his professional achievements but also a testament to his continued commitment to education and global collaboration. His work sheds light on the inner workings of medical advancement and emphasizes the critical role of perseverance in the face of scientific challenges. As a distinguished figure in medical research, Dr. Kishore uses his platform in the book to underline how essential long-term vision and tenacity are in the pursuit of life-saving treatments.

Kevin Harrington, who gained global recognition through his role as an original investor on Shark Tank, has built a reputation for identifying innovative ideas and nurturing entrepreneurial ventures. Through his initiative of co-authoring books with other industry leaders, he has established a platform where professionals from various fields can share their knowledge, tell their stories, and inspire emerging entrepreneurs and change-makers. These books act as a vital link connecting the business world with thought leadership, offering valuable insight and motivation to the next generation of visionaries.

Dr. Kishore shared his reflections on being invited to join the collaborative book project. He expressed his appreciation for the opportunity and for being able to work with an esteemed group of contributors. “It is truly an honor to collaborate with Kevin Harrington and a group of exceptional co-authors. The experience has been both inspiring and enriching. Kevin’s vision of promoting innovative ideas and fostering entrepreneurial spirit is something I deeply admire. I feel fortunate to have been invited to contribute to this book,” Dr. Kishore said.

This opportunity also provided Dr. Kishore with a platform to further his mission of spreading knowledge and encouraging international collaboration, especially highlighting the role of Indian professionals in shaping global innovation. His position as Global Unity Ambassador plays a crucial part in this effort. As part of this role, he actively works to bridge communities, promote educational efforts, and foster growth through shared understanding and cooperation.

The book project serves as a collective voice for accomplished leaders in their respective domains, with each author contributing insights rooted in experience and a drive to positively impact the world. Dr. Kishore’s chapter contributes to this vision by focusing on the importance of resilience in the medical research process. He emphasizes that while the road to finding cures can be long and difficult, it is one paved with discovery, hope, and the potential to change lives.

Dr. Kishore’s involvement also highlights the growing recognition of Indian professionals and their influence on the international stage. His perspective brings added depth to the book by emphasizing the global nature of scientific collaboration and the universal challenges shared by those working to improve human health.

The collaboration between Dr. Kishore and Kevin Harrington exemplifies the value of cross-disciplinary partnerships in today’s fast-evolving world. Harrington’s entrepreneurial insights and Kishore’s medical expertise blend well in this collection of ideas designed to push boundaries and spark innovation. Each chapter is a standalone contribution, yet all of them collectively aim to inspire and educate readers in multiple fields, from healthcare to business.

For Dr. Kishore, this book is another significant achievement in a career already marked by dedication to medical science and community service. The recognition associated with this collaboration not only elevates his personal accomplishments but also shines a spotlight on the importance of inclusive leadership and shared knowledge across professions and borders.

This milestone also aligns with Dr. Kishore’s broader goal of emphasizing the value of community-oriented thinking, where knowledge and resources are not confined to one industry or geography but are instead shared across cultural and professional boundaries. His work continues to reinforce the message that collective progress requires input from a variety of perspectives, including those rooted in science, entrepreneurship, and global unity.

The book is expected to inspire readers from various industries, including entrepreneurs, healthcare professionals, business executives, and aspiring innovators. By combining insights from experts in a wide range of fields, the book serves as a guide for those looking to make meaningful contributions in their professions while also navigating the challenges that come with innovation.

Dr. Kishore’s message is clear: while innovation may be difficult and the journey to effective solutions long and demanding, the process itself holds immense value. His story serves as a reminder that breakthroughs are born not only from intellect and skill but also from persistence, collaboration, and an unwavering belief in the power of ideas to improve lives.

Ultimately, this co-authored book stands as a testament to the power of partnerships across domains. It shows what can be achieved when individuals from different walks of life come together with a shared purpose — to inspire, educate, and drive forward the spirit of innovation. With his contribution, Dr. Kishore continues to pave the way for others, reinforcing the importance of unity, knowledge-sharing, and resilience in achieving progress.

“It is truly an honor to collaborate with Kevin Harrington and a group of exceptional co-authors. The experience has been both inspiring and enriching. Kevin’s vision of promoting innovative ideas and fostering entrepreneurial spirit is something I deeply admire. I feel fortunate to have been invited to contribute to this book,” Dr. Kishore reiterated.

Dr. BK Kishore’s role in this collaborative book effort reflects not only his individual success but also his unwavering commitment to advancing medicine, fostering unity, and promoting the exchange of knowledge across communities. His journey, now shared in print alongside other influential voices, is a powerful example of how passion and perseverance can lead to real-world impact.

Why Traditional Religion May Be Fading into Cultural Obsolescence

April 4, 2025 Staff ReporterReligion 0

Traditional religion in the United States might be heading the way of vintage items displayed on the walls of a Cracker Barrel—artifacts like butter churns and Victrolas that evoke nostalgia but serve little functional purpose in the present. This is the thesis of Christian Smith, a sociology professor at the University of Notre Dame, who argues that traditional organized religion is no longer culturally relevant to many Americans. His forthcoming book, “Why Religion Went Obsolete: The Demise of Traditional Faith in America,” suggests that religion’s cultural expiration is not just underway, but largely complete.

Drawing on more than 200 in-depth interviews, Smith’s book will be published by Oxford University Press on April 8. In it, he explains that while people often refer to religion as being in “decline,” the term doesn’t fully capture the broader transformation that has taken place.

“We almost always use the word ‘decline’ when we talk about if things aren’t going well for religion,” Smith said in a Zoom interview with RNS. “And decline is a good word. But what it’s descriptive of is organizational matters and individual religiousness. Organizations can have decline in membership or adherence, attendance, financial giving. That’s decline — it’s measurable.”

But Smith’s central focus isn’t just about measurable decreases in religious participation. Instead, he examines the underlying cultural shifts that have made religion seem outdated. These changes include various sweeping developments in society—technological advances, evolving economic systems, geopolitical shifts, military developments, and institutional transformations—that collectively altered how people perceive and engage with religion.

“The culture was formed by these big institutional, technological, economic, geopolitical, military, etc., changes,” he said. Among these were increasing individualism, the link between religion and violence in the post-9/11 era, and the rise of a third sexual revolution.

Smith notes that obsolete doesn’t necessarily mean useless. “Culturally obsolete things can still be quite useful for some people,” he explained. For example, he still owns DVDs and CDs, though younger generations have largely abandoned physical media in favor of streaming platforms. The same principle applies to religion—while it may still serve a purpose for many, it no longer holds widespread cultural influence.

Religion hasn’t been displaced by a modern, high-tech substitute, although digital technology has played a role in its decline. Smith outlines ten ways the internet has undermined religious life, such as shortening attention spans and reducing interest in in-person community participation, which often demands significant time commitments.

Importantly, Smith dismisses the idea that the waning of religion was the result of an orchestrated effort. “The social changes that have made religion obsolete were ‘long-term, highly complex and unintended,’” he said. Lifestyle changes—delaying marriage, having fewer children, or choosing not to have kids at all—contributed to weakening the role of religion, but these changes weren’t designed to diminish religious influence. Instead, people embraced them to improve their quality of life.

Broader geopolitical and economic trends also played a role. After the Cold War ended, the ideological contrast between the U.S. and the “godless” Soviets faded, which had previously helped reinforce the idea that being American meant being religious. As Smith puts it, “The end of the Cold War… was a jolt that helped to trigger the cultural avalanche that plowed over religion in the next two decades.”

Neoliberal economic policies, which increased pressure on individuals to focus on their careers, also chipped away at the time and energy people might have devoted to religious practice.

Scandals within religious institutions further eroded public trust. In particular, the Catholic Church’s sex abuse crisis and multiple controversies in the evangelical world—such as pastors involved in covering up abuse or misusing funds—had a damaging ripple effect. While only a small portion of clergy were implicated, the damage to religion’s reputation was widespread. These incidents “polluted” the image of religion for millions, according to Smith’s interviews.

He describes the combination of these forces as “a perfect storm.” The cumulative result is a generational shift in perception, particularly among millennials and those who came after the baby boomers. “It’s very generational,” he said. “This is especially post-boomers, especially millennials. Within the culture for that generation, religion was just kind of discredited or polluted, or it didn’t add up.”

Smith’s analysis is not an attack on religion, and he wants to make that clear. His previous work includes nearly two dozen books that explore various aspects of American religious life, including “Passing the Plate,” which examined Christian charitable giving, and his National Study of Youth and Religion, which followed the spiritual development of young people. He identifies as a Christian himself, having grown up Presbyterian before converting to Catholicism about 15 years ago.

“I don’t have an anti-religious agenda in my scholarship at all,” he said. “I’m a sociologist, so I’m here to describe the world as best I can — what’s happening and why — without cheering it on or without condemning it.”

Smith acknowledges that his message can be hard for religious communities to hear. Some pastors react with defensiveness or discouragement, fearing they’ve failed in their ministry. But he often finds that understanding the broader cultural context brings relief rather than despair.

“I said, ‘It’s not you. There’s something bigger going on here,’” he explained. When pastors realize their declining attendance isn’t unique or personal, they often feel unburdened. “If people don’t have an understanding of those social contexts, it’s very easy for them to personalize it and oftentimes blame themselves,” Smith said.

Looking ahead, Smith avoids making sweeping predictions about what will replace traditional religion. But he cautions against assuming that the decline of organized faith means secularism has definitively won.

“It’s not a binary between religion and the secular,” he said. He emphasized that the situation isn’t a simple “zero sum game.” In fact, belief in God remains widespread in the U.S., even among younger people.

Rather than vanishing, religion appears to be transforming and manifesting in new ways. Smith notes growing interest in supernatural and mystical beliefs outside of conventional religious frameworks. This is the focus of another book he’s working on. In his view, there’s an ongoing “re-enchantment” of American culture, where people who’ve left traditional religion—or were never part of it—seek meaning in areas like neopaganism, crystals, and other spiritual practices.

“As people left religion, or grew up in a world in which religion was obsolete, they became attracted to this re-enchanted culture. And there’s lots of different entry doors into it,” he said.

Mohanlal and Prithviraj’s L2: Empuraan Becomes Third Highest-Grossing Malayalam Film in India

April 4, 2025 Staff ReporterEntertainment, India 0

The much-awaited sequel starring Mohanlal and directed by Prithviraj Sukumaran, L2: Empuraan, has reached a remarkable box office milestone in India. Over its extended eight-day opening weekend, the film collected a domestic net total of ₹88.26 crore, solidifying its status as the third highest-earning Malayalam film in India. This accomplishment allowed the film to overtake recent popular releases, including Fahadh Faasil’s Aavesham, which earned ₹85.15 crore, and Prithviraj’s own The Goat Life, which made ₹85 crore.

As a direct continuation of the 2019 hit Lucifer, L2: Empuraan brings together once again the powerful pairing of actor Mohanlal and actor-director Prithviraj Sukumaran. The collaboration between these two film industry heavyweights has proved to be a successful formula, evident in the film’s impressive opening numbers and strong box office presence in the following days.

The film had an extraordinary opening day, collecting ₹21 crore in total. This surge was largely powered by Kerala, which alone brought in ₹18.6 crore from the Malayalam version. The film experienced the typical dip on the second day, bringing in ₹11.1 crore, but managed to regain momentum over the weekend. Saturday saw collections rise to ₹13.25 crore, while Sunday brought in ₹13.65 crore, showing that audience interest remained strong during the initial stretch.

During the weekdays that followed, the movie’s earnings remained stable, helping the total first-week domestic collection climb past ₹88 crore. Though mid-week figures saw a slight dip, the film remained firmly rooted in its core Malayalam-speaking markets. The dubbed versions in Telugu, Tamil, Hindi, and Kannada contributed to the earnings, but these figures were relatively modest. The majority of the revenue stemmed from the original Malayalam release, indicating the film’s significant pull within its primary audience.

With its current total, L2: Empuraan now ranks just below 2018, starring Tovino Thomas, which earned ₹92.5 crore, and the record-smashing Manjummel Boys, directed by Chidambaram S. Poduva, which has a domestic haul of ₹141.61 crore. These two films still hold the top positions in terms of all-time highest-grossing Malayalam films within India.

To provide context, 2018 is a survival drama that deeply resonated with viewers due to its powerful depiction of the Kerala floods and their emotional aftermath. The film’s connection to a real-life event helped it make a strong impact on audiences. In contrast, Manjummel Boys is an adventure-thriller that tells the story of a group of friends, one of whom falls into the treacherous Guna Caves. The film chronicles their intense and emotional effort to save him, exploring themes of friendship, loyalty, and courage. It struck a chord with viewers through its compelling portrayal of human endurance and unity.

Although L2: Empuraan has not yet overtaken these two titles, it has managed to carve out its own significant place in Malayalam cinema history. Moreover, the film is not just a sequel but a critical piece in a larger cinematic world that the filmmakers are building. It has laid the foundation for an expanded storyline that is expected to continue in a third installment. Fans are already speculating and expressing excitement over how the narrative will develop in the next chapter.

Adding to the anticipation for the third film in the series, it has been revealed that Mohanlal’s son, Pranav Mohanlal, will portray a younger version of Stephen Nedumpally, the character played by Mohanlal. This development has generated a great deal of buzz, as fans are eager to see how the character’s origin and backstory will be explored through the younger actor’s performance.

Despite the competition and the dominance of earlier blockbusters, L2: Empuraan has shown the strength and consistency needed to make a mark at the box office. As the days progress and positive word-of-mouth continues to spread, the film is expected to inch closer to 2018’s record. While it may not yet be able to challenge the massive numbers posted by Manjummel Boys, there is a growing belief that L2: Empuraan still has room to grow.

The buzz around the movie and the strength of its storytelling, performances, and direction are helping to maintain its momentum. The fan base that had been waiting eagerly for the sequel to Lucifer has shown up in large numbers, and their enthusiasm is translating into strong ticket sales, especially in Kerala. The Malayalam version continues to dominate the earnings, reflecting the depth of engagement from the core audience.

In terms of its role in Malayalam cinema, L2: Empuraan is being recognized not just as a commercial hit but as an ambitious step forward in narrative building. The film is playing a crucial role in shaping a cinematic universe that brings together action, drama, political intrigue, and complex character arcs. This is seen as a relatively new direction for the Malayalam film industry, which has traditionally been known for its content-driven and realistic storytelling. With Empuraan, the scope is becoming larger and more interconnected.

At this point, it is difficult to predict whether the film will be able to surpass 2018, but the outlook remains positive. Given the continuing box office support, and the solid groundwork laid for further installments, L2: Empuraan has the potential to end its run with numbers that place it firmly among the top Malayalam films of all time.

The impact of Mohanlal and Prithviraj’s collaboration continues to grow. Their on-screen and behind-the-scenes chemistry has resulted in a project that has captivated audiences and demonstrated the commercial viability of ambitious Malayalam-language films. As more days unfold and as audience interest remains strong, industry watchers will be closely monitoring whether Empuraan can climb even higher in the box office rankings.

The current success of the film proves the appetite for high-concept sequels and complex storytelling within the Malayalam-speaking audience and beyond. While the dubbed versions contributed modestly, it’s the film’s Malayalam roots and the strength of its original narrative that are driving its performance.

With Mohanlal’s return as Stephen Nedumpally, Prithviraj’s direction and presence, and Pranav Mohanlal’s inclusion in the future narrative, the film is setting the stage for even more impactful storytelling. The journey of Empuraan is far from over, and its path forward promises to be as exciting and unpredictable as the story it tells.

“Even as the collections tapered mid-week, the film held strong in its core Malayalam market,” one report noted, underscoring how the foundation of its success lies in its home base. With “more days to go and positive word-of-mouth continuing,” the film’s prospects remain bright. Though “Manjummel Boys’ staggering numbers remain untouched—for now,” L2: Empuraan is undeniably a force to reckon with in the evolving landscape of Malayalam cinema.

Ashfaq Syed Elected to Naperville City Council

April 4, 2025 Staff ReporterCommunity 0

Naperville, IL – Ashfaq Syed has been elected to serve on the Naperville City Council, becoming the first Indian American to do so and ushering in a new chapter of inclusive, community-centered leadership. His win marks the culmination of a grassroots campaign fueled by hundreds of neighbors, dozens of volunteers, and a broad coalition of supporters committed to moving Naperville forward.

“I am deeply honored and humbled by the trust the people of Naperville have placed in me,” said Syed on election night. “This victory belongs to all of us—every volunteer who knocked on doors, every supporter who donated, every resident who believed in the promise of a city that works for everyone.”

Syed’s campaign focused on priorities that resonated with voters across Naperville, including sustainable development, environmental stewardship, transparent governance, economic resilience, and investing in public safety and city services. As President of the Naperville Public Library Board and a longtime advocate for local nonprofits like Loaves & Fishes and 360 Youth Services, Syed brought a record of thoughtful, results-driven leadership to the race.

“This campaign was about building a Naperville that honors its values and embraces its future. I’m eager to get to work with my colleagues on the Council to implement our shared vision—and to listen, engage, and lead with integrity,” Syed added.

He also took time to thank outgoing council members and all those who have served the city before him. “I stand on the shoulders of those who have led Naperville with dedication. I’m grateful for their service and look forward to working in that same spirit.”

Syed will be sworn later this spring.

Ronnie Screwvala: Bollywood’s Only Billionaire on Forbes’ 2025 List

April 3, 2025April 8, 2025 Staff ReporterCinema 0

Forbes released its 2025 Billionaire List on Wednesday morning, highlighting the 3,028 dollar billionaires worldwide. Among them, 205 hail from India, spanning various industries, including entertainment and media. Notably, Bollywood has only one billionaire, an entrepreneur who once manufactured toothbrushes and has now amassed more wealth than the biggest superstars of the industry.

Bollywood’s Wealthiest Individual

According to Forbes, the only person from the Hindi film industry to surpass the billion-dollar mark is media mogul and entrepreneur Ronnie Screwvala. His net worth stands at $1.5 billion, making him richer than any superstar in Bollywood. In fact, his wealth exceeds the combined net worth of the industry’s biggest names. Shah Rukh Khan, valued at $770 million, Salman Khan at $390 million, and Aamir Khan at $220 million, collectively have a net worth of $1.38 billion—still short of Screwvala’s staggering fortune. Additionally, he surpasses other wealthy figures in Bollywood, including Gulshan Kumar, whose net worth is approximately $900 million, and Aditya Chopra, valued at $800 million.

Ronnie Screwvala’s Journey in Bollywood

Born in Bombay in 1956, Screwvala embarked on his entrepreneurial career in the late 1970s by manufacturing toothbrushes. When color television arrived in India in the early 1980s, fueled by the Asian Games, he seized the opportunity and pioneered cable TV across Indian metropolitan areas. This venture opened doors for him in the entertainment industry.

In 1990, Screwvala founded UTV, which later evolved into UTV Motion Pictures. Over the next two decades, the company produced several iconic films, including Swades, Rang De Basanti, Khosla Ka Ghosla, Jodhaa Akbar, Fashion, Delhi Belly, and Barfi!. It also delivered popular television shows such as Shanti, Hip Hip Hurray, Shaka Laka Boom Boom, Khichdi, and Shararat.

A major turning point came in 2012 when Screwvala sold UTV to Disney in a billion-dollar deal, exiting the company. However, his involvement in the entertainment world did not end there. Five years later, he returned to the industry by establishing RSVP Movies. Under this banner, he produced films such as Kedarnath, Uri, The Sky Is Pink, and Sam Bahadur. In 2024, he expanded his presence in the media by making his screen debut as one of the investors, or “sharks,” on Shark Tank India.

The Billionaire’s Multiple Ventures

Screwvala’s wealth is not solely derived from his film ventures. The 68-year-old has diversified his investments, playing a key role in founding and expanding multiple successful startups. Notably, he has stakes in UpGrad, Unilazer, and USports. These business ventures, coupled with his continued presence in the film industry, have enabled him to build his extraordinary fortune.

Trump Imposes Reciprocal Tariffs on India and Other Trade Surplus Nations

April 3, 2025April 8, 2025 Staff ReporterIndia 0

Early Thursday morning, U.S. President Donald Trump announced a broad set of reciprocal tariffs on multiple nations with trade surpluses against the United States, including India. Under the new policy, these countries will be subjected to tariffs equal to half of what they impose on U.S. goods. As a result, India will now face a 26% tariff on all its exports to the U.S.

Following two weeks of mounting tensions in the global economy, Trump implemented these tariffs on both allies and rivals. With the new measure in place, Indian goods entering the U.S. will now be taxed at a rate of 26%.

Trump’s Chart

During his speech at the White House, Trump presented a chart that outlined various countries’ tariff rates on U.S. products and the corresponding levies they would now incur. These additional charges will be imposed on top of the existing 10% baseline tariff applicable to all imports entering the United States.

“India, very, very tough. Prime Minister (Narendra Modi) just left. He’s a great friend of mine. But I said, ‘You’re a friend of mine, but you’re not treating us right.’ They charge us 52 percent, but we charged them almost nothing for years—decades. And it was only seven years ago that I came in,” Trump stated.

India Faces a Lesser Impact Compared to Others

Despite the new tariffs, India is not among the countries hit hardest by Trump’s latest trade move. Several nations will be subjected to even higher tariff rates:

Cambodia: 49%
Sri Lanka: 44%
Bangladesh: 37%
Thailand: 36%
China: 34%
Taiwan: 32%
Indonesia: 32%
Switzerland: 31%
South Africa: 30%
Pakistan: 29%

Meanwhile, Canada and Mexico, the U.S.’s two largest trading partners, are already facing a 25% tariff on various goods.

Making America Wealthy Again?

During an event held at the White House under the theme “Make America Wealthy Again,” Trump described the decision as “our declaration of independence.” He asserted, “Taxpayers have been ripped off for more than 50 years. But it’s not going to happen anymore.”

By imposing these reciprocal tariffs on trading partners, Trump fulfilled one of his key campaign pledges. He bypassed congressional approval by leveraging the 1977 International Emergency Economic Powers Act to enforce the new trade measures.

Trump declared that the tariffs, which he introduced on what he referred to as “Liberation Day,” aim to strengthen U.S. manufacturing and penalize nations that he claims have long engaged in unfair trade practices.

The White House confirmed that the new tariffs would take effect immediately following Trump’s announcement.

Tesla Sales Drop to Three-Year Low Amid Musk Controversy

April 3, 2025April 5, 2025 Staff ReporterBusiness 0

Tesla’s sales have fallen to their lowest point in three years, coinciding with growing backlash against CEO Elon Musk.

The electric vehicle manufacturer delivered nearly 337,000 cars in the first quarter of 2025, marking a 13% decline compared to the previous year. The disappointing figures led to a sharp drop in Tesla’s stock price during early trading on Wednesday.

While Tesla faces mounting competition from Chinese automaker BYD, analysts suggest that Musk’s controversial role in the Trump administration has also played a significant role in the company’s struggles.

The company has attributed the decline in deliveries to the transition to a new version of its most popular model. However, some experts believe Musk’s leadership is a contributing factor.

“These numbers suck,” remarked Ross Gerber, an early Tesla investor and CEO of Gerber Kawasaki Wealth and Investment Management, in a post on X. He further stated, “The brand is broken and may not be fixable.” Gerber, once a strong Musk supporter, has recently called for Tesla’s board to remove him as CEO.

Growing Backlash Against Musk

Musk’s outspoken political involvement has sparked protests and boycotts globally. He currently leads President Donald Trump’s Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) initiative, aimed at cutting federal spending and reducing the government workforce.

On Wednesday, Politico reported that Trump had informed his inner circle that Musk would soon step back from the administration. Following this news, Tesla’s stock price briefly rebounded.

However, the White House dismissed the report as “garbage,” clarifying that Musk is a special government employee and, by law, can only serve 130 days per year in the administration, making a June departure more likely.

Musk, the world’s richest person, contributed over $250 million to support Trump’s re-election in November. Recently, he also invested millions in a Wisconsin Supreme Court race, backing former Republican Attorney General Brad Schimel, who suffered a resounding defeat on Tuesday.

The backlash against Musk has led to “Tesla Takedown” protests at dealerships across the U.S. and Europe. Reports of vandalism against Tesla vehicles have surfaced, prompting Trump to declare that individuals defacing Teslas would be charged with “domestic terrorism.”

Following an arson attack at a Tesla outlet in Rome that destroyed 17 vehicles, the Italian government advised police to increase security at Tesla dealerships.

Musk’s Struggles as Tesla’s CEO

Concerns about Musk’s ability to effectively manage his businesses, including Tesla, have intensified. In a recent interview, he acknowledged facing difficulties, saying, “Frankly, I can’t believe I’m here doing this.”

Tesla’s stock has lost more than 25% of its value since the start of 2025, with shares continuing to struggle as of 13:51 EDT (18:51 BST) on Wednesday.

Wedbush analyst Dan Ives did not mince words, stating, “We are not going to look at these numbers with rose-colored glasses… they were a disaster on every metric.” He added, “The more political [Musk] gets with DOGE, the more the brand suffers. There is no debate.”

Tesla declined to comment when approached by the BBC but acknowledged in a filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission that the reported sales figures “represent only two measures” of the company’s overall performance and “should not be relied on as an indicator of quarterly financial results.”

The company plans to release its full earnings report on April 22, detailing key factors such as average selling prices, cost of sales, and foreign exchange movements. Additionally, Tesla noted that it had temporarily halted production of its Model Y SUVs in January.

Concerns from Investors and Pension Funds

Tesla’s poor performance has raised concerns among major investors. Randi Weingarten, president of the American Federation of Teachers—one of the most powerful labor unions in the U.S.—warned public pension funds about Tesla’s troubling sales figures.

She described the numbers as “shaping up to be abysmal” and urged pension funds to scrutinize their Tesla holdings, questioning whether money managers were doing enough to “safeguard retirement assets.”

“These declines seem in part to be driven by Musk spending his time pursuing political activities, some of which appear to be in conflict with Tesla’s brand and business interests, rather than managing Tesla,” Weingarten wrote.

New York City’s comptroller has already announced plans to sue Tesla on behalf of the city’s massive pension funds, which have reportedly lost more than $300 million in the past three months due to the company’s declining stock price.

“Elon Musk is so distracted that he’s driving Tesla off a financial cliff,” Comptroller Brad Lander stated.

As Tesla struggles with declining sales and mounting criticism of its CEO, investors and analysts alike are closely watching whether Musk’s political entanglements will continue to weigh on the company’s future.

Trump Imposes New Tariffs, Raising Costs on Cars, Alcohol, and More

April 3, 2025April 5, 2025 Staff ReporterWorld 0

US President Donald Trump has implemented a series of tariffs—import taxes—on billions of dollars’ worth of goods entering the country.

On Wednesday, Trump declared a national economic emergency, announcing that all imported goods would face a minimum tariff of 10%. For nations he considers the “worst offenders,” the tariffs could be as high as 50%. The 10% tariffs are set to take effect on April 5, while the higher rates will be implemented on April 9.

Currently, Canada and Mexico are exempt from these tariffs, though both nations—along with China—were already subject to certain trade restrictions. Additionally, the Trump administration has expanded existing tariffs on steel and aluminum to include beer and empty cans, which could significantly impact Canada and Mexico.

Furthermore, beginning Thursday, a 25% tariff on imported automobiles will be enforced, while tariffs on specific car parts will roll out in May or later.

Economists have cautioned that these tariffs, along with retaliatory measures from other countries, could lead to higher prices for American consumers. The reason is that the tax is levied on the domestic company importing the goods. These businesses may choose to pass the costs onto customers or reduce imports, leading to lower availability of products.

Potential Price Hikes

Automobiles

The US imported approximately eight million vehicles last year, amounting to around $240 billion in trade.

Experts predict that these new tariffs could raise the price of new cars by several thousand dollars. In December, the average price of a new car in the US reached a record $49,738, according to Cox Automotive. Increased demand for used cars may also push their prices up.

Even vehicles manufactured in the US are expected to become more expensive. Many American automakers operate plants in Canada and Mexico, taking advantage of longstanding free trade agreements. Car parts often cross borders multiple times before a vehicle is fully assembled.

Although tariffs on car parts from Canada and Mexico are currently exempt, US customs and border patrol officials are working on a system to assess these duties.

According to the Anderson Economic Group, tariffs on car components from Canada and Mexico alone could raise costs by approximately $4,000 to $10,000, depending on the vehicle. While experts argue that these costs will likely be transferred to consumers, Trump has stated he “couldn’t care less” if prices rise, believing this move will encourage Americans to buy domestically made cars.

Alcoholic Beverages: Beer, Whiskey, and Tequila

Popular Mexican beer brands like Modelo and Corona may become more expensive for American consumers if importers pass on the additional costs.

Modelo and other foreign beer brands will also be affected by the expanded aluminum tariff, which will now apply to canned beer starting April 4. The Beer Institute reports that 64.1% of beer consumed in the US comes from cans.

In a joint statement, representatives from the American, Canadian, and Mexican spirits industries highlighted that beverages such as bourbon, Tennessee whiskey, tequila, and Canadian whisky “can only be produced in their designated countries.”

Since these alcoholic beverages must be made in specific regions, supply shortages could drive up prices.

Trump has also suggested imposing a 200% tariff on European alcohol imports, which could increase the price of Spanish wine, French champagne, and German beer in the US. However, it remains unclear whether this proposal will be enacted.

Housing Costs

A significant portion of the softwood lumber used in US home construction—about one-third—is imported from Canada.

Trump has downplayed concerns, stating that the US has “more lumber than we ever use.”

However, the National Association of Home Builders (NAHB) has voiced serious concerns about how tariffs on lumber could raise home-building costs. Given that most American homes are built using wood, higher lumber prices may deter new construction.

“Consumers end up paying for the tariffs in the form of higher home prices,” the NAHB warned.

Imports from other countries may also be impacted.

On March 1, Trump initiated an investigation into whether additional tariffs should be placed on lumber and timber imports from all nations or whether the US should incentivize domestic production. A report on the findings is expected by late 2025.

Maple Syrup

Canada dominates the global maple syrup market, accounting for 75% of worldwide production.

Around 90% of the syrup is produced in Quebec, which has maintained a strategic reserve for over two decades.

“That maple syrup is going to become more expensive. And that’s a direct price increase that households will face,” said Thomas Sampson of the London School of Economics.

“If I buy goods that are domestically produced in the US, but [which use] inputs from Canada, the price of those goods is also going to go up,” he added.

Fuel Prices

Canada is the largest foreign supplier of crude oil to the US.

Between January and November 2024, 61% of imported oil came from Canada, according to the latest trade data.

Although most imported goods from Canada are subject to a 25% tariff, Canadian energy products face a lower rate of 10%.

While the US has ample oil reserves, its refineries are optimized for processing heavier crude oil, which is primarily sourced from Canada and, to a lesser extent, Mexico.

“Many refineries need heavier crude oil to maximize flexibility of gasoline, diesel and jet fuel production,” the American Fuel and Petrochemical Manufacturers stated.

If Canada retaliates by reducing crude oil exports to the US, fuel prices could rise.

Avocados

Mexico provides nearly 90% of the avocados consumed in the US.

The US Department of Agriculture has warned that tariffs on Mexican fruits and vegetables could drive up the cost of avocados, potentially making dishes like guacamole more expensive.

India’s Remittances Reach Record $129.4 Billion in 2024, Maintaining Global Lead

April 3, 2025 Staff ReporterMoney 0

Indians residing overseas sent home a record $129.4 billion in remittances in 2024, with the final quarter alone contributing $36 billion, according to an analysis of the Reserve Bank of India’s balance of payments data. For the third consecutive year, India has received over $100 billion in remittances, maintaining its status as a global leader in this domain. India has been among the world’s top recipients of remittances for over 25 years, a trend that began with the IT sector’s expansion in the 1990s. Since 2008, the country has consistently held the number one position, according to a report by The Economic Times.

A combination of increased services exports and the migration of skilled professionals to developed nations in North America and Europe has played a crucial role in boosting remittance inflows. These new sources of funds complement traditional remittances from Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries, which have long been a primary source of foreign income for Indian households.

The volume of remittances is closely tied to employment conditions in the countries sending them and migration trends in the countries receiving them. Over the decades, the number of Indian international migrants has grown significantly, rising from 6.6 million in 1990 to 18.5 million in 2024. Consequently, their share among global migrants has increased from 4.3% to over 6% in this period. Nearly half of all Indian migrants worldwide reside in GCC countries, continuing the region’s importance as a key source of remittances.

An analysis in the Reserve Bank of India’s monthly bulletin emphasized the role of skilled workers in driving remittance growth. “The competitive edge and the penetration of Indian IT services overseas at the start of the century, the number of skilled emigrants to advanced economies, especially to the US, has risen significantly. Thus, besides the GCC, advanced economies have also emerged as a major source of inward remittances to India over the years,” the analysis stated. This trend reflects the growing contribution of professionals in technology, finance, and healthcare sectors who work in high-income nations and send money back to their families.

India remains the leading recipient of remittances globally, with a significant gap between its inflows and those of other nations. In 2024, Mexico ranked second with $68 billion in remittances, while China secured the third spot with an estimated $48 billion in inflows. The growth in India’s remittances, which stood at 17.4% for the year, far exceeded the global average growth projection of 5.8%. This surge highlights the increasing financial contributions from the Indian diaspora and the robust economic ties they maintain with their home country.

Since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020, India’s remittance inflows have increased by an impressive 63%, demonstrating the resilience and adaptability of its migrant workforce. A World Bank blog noted that “The recovery of the job markets in the high-income countries of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD), following the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, has been the key driver of remittances.” This recovery has played a crucial role in sustaining remittance growth despite economic uncertainties.

Inflationary pressures in major remittance-sending regions such as North America and Europe have not dampened the upward trend. Instead, these economic challenges have reinforced the dependence of families in India on financial support from relatives abroad. “This is a reflection of dependents in India being more reliant on relatives,” remarked Madan Sabnavis, chief economist at Bank of Baroda. “Partly due to fall in domestic income as well as inflation being high.” His observation underscores the dual impact of domestic economic conditions and global employment trends on remittance flows.

The Reserve Bank of India classifies private transfers in the balance of payments as remittances and expects this upward trajectory to persist. The central bank projects that these inflows will continue to grow, reaching approximately $160 billion by 2029. If this projection holds, India will further cement its position as the world’s top recipient of remittances, underscoring the economic significance of its global diaspora.

Former Costa Rican President Oscar Arias Says US Revoked His Visa

April 3, 2025 Staff ReporterProfile 0

Oscar Arias, the formerpresident of Costa Rica and a Nobel laureate, has revealed that his US visa has been revoked. He stated that the decision came just weeks after he publicly criticized US President Donald Trump, likening Trump’s behavior to that of a Roman emperor.

The 84-year-old, who received the Nobel Peace Prize for his efforts in negotiating an end to conflicts in Central America, said he was not given any explanation for the revocation by US authorities. However, he hinted that it might be linked to his past diplomatic decisions, particularly his approach toward China during his presidency from 2006 to 2010.

During a news conference in San José, Costa Rica’s capital, Arias expressed his confusion over the cancellation. He stated that he had “no idea” why his visa had been revoked and had only received a brief email from the US government informing him of the decision.

“I received a terse email of a few lines,” he said, adding that he believed the decision had come from the US State Department rather than Trump himself.

Although Arias refrained from making definitive claims about the reasoning behind the move, he pointed out that his diplomatic engagement with China during his presidency might have played a role. “I established diplomatic relations with China. That, of course, is known throughout the world,” he told reporters, referring to his 2007 decision to sever ties with Taiwan in favor of China.

The Trump administration had made efforts to counter China’s influence in the Western Hemisphere and had accused several Central American nations of aligning too closely with the Chinese government and businesses. However, it had expressed support for Costa Rica’s current president, Rodrigo Chaves, particularly for his decision to bar Chinese firms from taking part in Costa Rica’s 5G network development.

Despite the US backing of President Chaves, Arias had been critical of what he perceived as an overly close relationship between the Costa Rican government and Washington. In a social media post in February, he voiced concerns over the dynamic between the two countries.

“It has never been easy for a small country to disagree with the US government, less so when its president behaves like a Roman emperor, telling the rest of the world what to do,” Arias wrote.

He also emphasized Costa Rica’s historical independence in foreign policy decisions, stating, “During my governments, Costa Rica never received orders from Washington as if we were a banana republic.”

Arias is not the only Costa Rican official to have had his US visa revoked. Three members of the country’s national assembly, who had opposed President Chaves’s decision to exclude Chinese companies from Costa Rica’s 5G development, have also had their visas canceled.

Billionaires’ Wealth Soars Despite Market Turbulence, Surpassing the GDP of Most Nations

April 3, 2025 Staff ReporterMoney 0

Money equates to power, and the world’s wealthiest individuals continue accumulating fortunes that exceed the economies of most countries. Their wealth would be even greater if not for a struggling stock market and an underperforming S&P 500.

The 2025 edition of Forbes’ World’s Billionaires List set a new record, featuring an unprecedented 3,028 members. This marks the first time the list has surpassed the 3,000 threshold, further highlighting the rapid expansion of the ultra-wealthy class.

The collective net worth of these billionaires has surged to $16.1 trillion, reflecting a $2 trillion increase from 2024. Among them, the U.S. leads with an all-time high of 902 billionaires, while China and Hong Kong together host 516. Meanwhile, India is home to 205 billionaires.

The staggering $16.1 trillion amassed by this elite group is difficult for many to comprehend. To put this into perspective, their total wealth exceeds the gross domestic product (GDP) of every country except the U.S. and China.

Additionally, three individuals—Elon Musk, Mark Zuckerberg, and Jeff Bezos—have crossed the $200 billion milestone. Their immense fortunes rival the economic output of entire nations: Elon Musk’s $342 billion is comparable to Finland’s GDP, Mark Zuckerberg’s $216 billion surpasses Algeria’s, and Jeff Bezos’ $215 billion exceeds Hungary’s.

Growing Wealth Disparities Amid Economic Struggles

The sharp $2 trillion increase in billionaire wealth during 2024 underscores the widening gap between the ultra-rich and the rest of society. According to Oxfam, 204 new billionaires emerged last year, averaging nearly four new members every week. The organization predicts that within the next decade, at least five individuals will achieve trillionaire status.

The data further reveals that approximately 60% of billionaire wealth is derived from inheritance, monopoly control, or nepotism, rather than from entrepreneurial ventures. This suggests that a significant portion of the wealth held by the ultra-rich is passed down rather than self-made.

While billionaires continue consolidating financial power, economic struggles persist for the average individual. Many Americans report living paycheck to paycheck, while poverty levels have remainedlargely unchanged since the 1990s.

“The capture of our global economy by a privileged few has reached heights once considered unimaginable,” Amitabh Behar, international executive director at Oxfam, stated in a press release. “Not only has the rate of billionaire wealth accumulation accelerated—by three times—but so too has their power.”

Stock Market Declines Slow Wealth Growth

Billionaires would have amassed even greater fortunes if not for declining stock values. The financial markets have weighed heavily on the wealth of some of the richest individuals, particularly those whose businesses have suffered from consumer backlash and political entanglements.

Elon Musk, the world’s wealthiest individual, has been significantly impacted by the stock market’s downturn. Tesla’s stock declined by 4% after the company reported a 13% drop in sales this year. This follows a disastrous first quarter in 2025, during which Tesla’s stock plummeted by 36%, marking its worst performance since 2022. The decline erased approximately $156 billion from Musk’s net worth.

Tesla’s struggles have been attributed to several factors, including Musk’s controversial role in the U.S. government, as well as consumer protests and boycotts that have dampened sales. Meanwhile, President Donald Trump recently indicated that Musk’s Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE) may be disbanded before completing its planned 130-day tenure. Additionally, Trump’s tariffs on imported vehicles could further hurt Tesla’s business, especially as China continues to dominate the electric vehicle (EV) industry. Fortune reached out to Tesla for a statement regarding these challenges.

However, market struggles have not been limited to entrepreneurs facing public scrutiny.

During the initial60 days of Trump’s presidency, the S&P 500 dropped by 7%, the Dow Jones Industrial Average fell by 6%, and the Nasdaq declined by 10%. The market’s instability has led Wall Street’s most optimistic analysts to revise their expectations downward. Following the first quarter’s turbulence, strategists at Goldman Sachs, Societe Generale, and Yardeni Research all lowered their year-end projections for the S&P 500.

Some of the world’s wealthiest individuals have suffered massive financial losses due to the stock market’s decline. Between late January and March, Jeff Bezos saw his net worth shrink by $29 billion, Sergey Brin lost $22 billion, while Bernard Arnault and Mark Zuckerberg each forfeited$5 billion. Collectively, billionaires who attended Trump’s inauguration are estimated to have lost a combined $209 billion.

Despite these setbacks, the wealth of the ultra-rich remains at historically high levels. With billionaires continuing to consolidate economic influence, the gap between the world’s elite and the average worker grows ever wider.

Trump’s Tariff Hike Sparks Global Backlash and Trade War Fears

April 3, 2025 Staff ReporterWorld 0

Donald Trump’s decision to implement new tariffs on all goods entering the United States has been condemned as a “major blow to the world economy” by European Commission President Ursula von der Leyen.

Her statement aligns with reactions from several other countries, including China, which strongly opposed the move and warned of “resolute countermeasures” in response.

The backlash follows Trump’s announcement of a universal 10% tariff on all imports starting April 5. Additionally, about 60 countries will be subject to even higher tariffs beginning April 9.

The U.S. president defended the measures as a response to what he described as unfair trade policies. He asserted that he had been “very kind” in his approach and that the tariffs were designed to strengthen American manufacturing. “This move will make America wealthy again,” Trump said on Wednesday.

Speaking on Thursday morning, von der Leyen warned that the new tax on imports would cause “uncertainty to spiral,” leading to “dire” consequences for millions worldwide.

She highlighted the disproportionate effect on vulnerable nations, noting that many of them would now be subject to some of the highest U.S. tariffs.

Von der Leyen stressed that Europe would adopt a united stance and cautioned that the European Union—set to face a 20% tariff—was preparing countermeasures if negotiations with Washington failed. “If you take on one of us, you take on all of us,” she declared.

Bernd Lange, chair of the European Parliament’s Committee on International Trade, confirmed that discussions among EU member states would begin next week.

Giorgia Meloni, Italy’s prime minister and a Trump ally, criticized the decision as “wrong” but expressed her intention to negotiate with the U.S. to “prevent a trade war.”

Spanish Prime Minister Pedro Sánchez reaffirmed Spain’s commitment to an “open world,” while Ireland’s leader, Micheál Martin, called Trump’s decision “deeply regrettable” and said it benefited no one.

In France, President Emmanuel Macron scheduled a meeting with business leaders affected by the tariffs at the Élysée Palace on Thursday.

French government spokeswoman Sophie Primas signaled a tough stance, stating, “France is ready for this trade war.”

Poland’s Prime Minister Donald Tusk estimated that the tariffs could cost his country over 10 billion zloty (£2 billion; $2.6 billion), calling the move a “severe and unpleasant blow” on social media platform X.

Beyond Europe, China—one of the nations Trump labeled a “worst offender”—was hit with a 34% tariff on its goods, in addition to an existing 20% levy. This raises the total duty on Chinese imports to at least 54%.

China’s Ministry of Commerce urged Washington to “immediately cancel” the tariffs and vowed to “resolutely take countermeasures to safeguard its own rights and interests.”

Taiwan, which faces a 32% tariff on exports to the U.S., denounced the move as “highly unreasonable.”

Taiwanese Premier Cho Jung-tai stated that his government would make “serious representations” to Washington over the issue.

In South Korea, acting President Han Duck-soo acknowledged that a global trade war had “become a reality.” He pledged to explore ways to “overcome the trade crisis” after his country was hit with a 25% tariff.

Japan expressed its disappointment over its 24% levy, calling it “extremely regrettable.” Officials noted that the tariff could violate agreements between the U.S. and Japan, as well as World Trade Organization rules.

Thailand, which now faces a 36% tariff, announced plans to negotiate with Washington in an effort to ease the impact on its economy.

Israel, which had previously eliminated all tariffs on American imports, was taken aback by a 17% tariff imposed on its goods.

Israeli economic officials expressed surprise, with one telling local media, “We were sure that the decision to completely cancel tariffs on imports from the U.S. would prevent this move.”

The White House defended its decision, stating that the tariffs were meant to be reciprocal, targeting countries that impose higher duties on U.S. goods or use “non-tariff” barriers to restrict American trade.

Among nations subject to the 10% baseline tariff, Australian Prime Minister Anthony Albanese argued that Americans would suffer the most from these “unjustified tariffs.”

Albanese clarified that Australia would not implement retaliatory measures. “We will not join a race to the bottom that leads to higher prices and slower growth,” he said.

A senior official from the UK government told the BBC that Britain’s lower tariff rate vindicated its efforts to secure a trade deal with the U.S.

On Thursday, UK Prime Minister Sir Keir Starmer reiterated his commitment to securing a trade deal with Washington but cautioned that his government would respond with “cool and calm heads.”

Meanwhile, Business Secretary Jonathan Reynolds revealed that the UK was preparing a list of American goods that could face retaliatory taxes if necessary. He added that British officials would consult businesses on potential countermeasures until May 1.

In Latin America, Brazil—its largest economy—approved a new law in Congress, the Economic Reciprocity Law, aimed at countering Trump’s 10% tariff.

Brazil’s foreign ministry announced that it would consider “all possible actions to ensure reciprocity in bilateral trade, including resorting to the World Trade Organization.”

Following Trump’s announcement, U.S. Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent cautioned other nations against retaliation, urging them to “sit back, take it in.”

“Because if you retaliate, there will be escalation,” he warned in an interview with Fox News.

Notably, the U.S.’s two largest trade partners, Canada and Mexico, were absent from Trump’s list of affected countries.

Despite this, Canadian Prime Minister Mark Carney acknowledged that Canada would still feel the impact of the tariffs.

Carney pointed to the 25% tariff on automobiles, which takes effect at midnight on Thursday, as an example of a measure that would “directly affect millions of Canadians.”

He pledged to “fight these tariffs with countermeasures,” warning that U.S. actions could “fundamentally change the global trading system.”

Russia and North Korea, both U.S. adversaries, were also absent from the list of countries facing new tariffs.

The White House clarified that these nations would continue to be addressed under existing executive orders, which had already placed 25% tariffs on them as part of measures related to fentanyl and border security concerns.

Spring Elections Signal Challenges for Trump and Republicans

April 2, 2025April 3, 2025 Staff ReporterUSA 0

A trio of spring elections delivered early warning signs for both President Donald Trump and the Republican Party on Tuesday, as Democrats mobilized against his efforts to shrink the federal government and the significant role played by billionaire Elon Musk in the early days of Trump’s new administration.

In the high-profile Wisconsin Supreme Court race, the conservative candidate, backed by Trump and Musk with $21 million in support, suffered a 10-point defeat in a state Trump had won in November. Additionally, while Republicans managed to hold two of the most pro-Trump House districts in Florida, both GOP candidates failed to match Trump’s performance from the presidential election.

These elections—marking the first major contests since Trump reassumed office—were widely viewed as an initial gauge of voter sentiment. Trump has moved swiftly to reshape the federal government, frequently clashing with the courts while pushing the limits of executive power and seeking retribution against opponents.

Historically, the party that loses the presidency in November tends to gain seats in the subsequent midterm elections. Tuesday’s results offered a glimmer of hope for Democrats, who have been grappling with both internal divisions and external criticism regarding their response to Trump’s administration, that they could follow this historical trend.

Republican Strategist Highlights Voter Turnout Problem

Charlie Kirk, a prominent conservative activist and podcaster whose organization collaborated with Musk to support conservative Brad Schimel in Wisconsin, acknowledged that Tuesday’s Supreme Court loss underscored a major challenge for Republicans—particularly in elections where Trump himself is not on the ballot.

“We did a lot in Wisconsin, but we fell short. We must realize and appreciate that we are the LOW PROP party now,” Kirk posted on X, referencing low-propensity voters who do not consistently participate in elections. “The party has been remade. Special elections and off-cycle elections will continue to be a problem without a change of strategy.”

Wisconsin Shifts Left in Key Contest

Trump had secured Wisconsin in November by a narrow margin of 0.8 percentage points, translating to fewer than 30,000 votes. However, the first significant election since he assumed office in January indicated a notable shift toward Democrats, and not just in traditional liberal strongholds.

Sauk County, located northwest of Madison, serves as a political bellwether for the state. Trump had won the county in November by 626 votes, yet in this election, it swung 16 percentage points in favor of Judge Susan Crawford, the liberal candidate backed by national Democratic leaders and billionaire donors like George Soros.

Crawford’s victory was driven not only by robust Democratic turnout but also by improved performance in suburban Milwaukee counties, where Republicans typically count on strong margins.

She secured wins in Kenosha and Racine counties, both of which had supported Trump over Democratic candidate Kamala Harris in November. In these areas, she led by about 10 percentage points.

Voter participation was just under 50%, a significant increase of 10 percentage points from the previous record turnout for a Wisconsin Supreme Court election, which had been set only two years prior.

Voters Express Opposition to Trump and Musk

In conversations with voters across the state—including more than 20 in Waunakee, a politically mixed town north of Madison—many Democrats indicated that their votes were not just about the state Supreme Court’s future but also a referendum on Trump’s early months in office.

“This is our chance to say no,” said Linda Grassl, a retired OB-GYN registered nurse, after casting her ballot at the Waunakee Public Library.

Theresa Peer, a 49-year-old business owner from Milwaukee, echoed this sentiment, calling the election a “fight for our democracy.” She expressed hope that Crawford’s victory would be seen as a “symbol of opposition” to Trump’s policies, particularly regarding reproductive rights and cuts to education funding.

Some voters also voiced concern over Musk’s substantial involvement in the race.

“I don’t like Elon Musk spending money for an election he should have no involvement in,” said Antonio Gray, a 38-year-old security guard from Milwaukee. “They should let the voters vote for who they want to vote for instead of inserting themselves like they have.”

Schumer Calls Results a Political Warning

Senate Democratic Leader Chuck Schumer interpreted the results as a rebuke of Trump’s leadership.

“This is a political warning shot from the American people,” Schumer said in a floor speech Wednesday, adding that the results demonstrated “Democrats’ message is resonating.”

“Just 70 days into Trump 2.0, Americans are tired of the chaos. They are tired of Elon Musk attacking Social Security, Medicaid, Medicare,” he stated.

Republican Leaders Caution Against Overinterpretation

Former Wisconsin Governor Scott Walker acknowledged that one of the GOP’s challenges in the race was making the contest about Trump—a difficult task in a judicial election. He speculated that the outcome might have been different had Trump visited the state rather than merely participating in a telephone town hall.

“If you’re somebody who showed up for Trump because you feel forgotten, you don’t typically show up to vote in” these types of elections, Walker explained, suggesting that many Republican voters may have questioned, “What does this have to do with Trump?”

Despite the outcome, Walker advised against drawing broad national conclusions from the results.

“I’d be a little bit careful about reading too much into what happens nationally,” he cautioned.

Florida Republicans Hold Seats but Underperform

Trump had more success in Florida, where Republican Randy Fine secured victory in the 6th Congressional District to replace Mike Waltz, who had resigned to serve as Trump’s national security adviser. However, Fine’s margin of victory was 14 percentage points lower than Waltz’s, who had won the district by 33 points just five months earlier.

“This is the functional equivalent of Republicans running a competitive race in the district that is represented by Representative Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez,” said House Democratic Leader Hakeem Jeffries before the election, referencing the progressive New York congresswoman whom Trump frequently criticizes. “Kamala Harris won that district by 30 points. Do you think a Republican would even be competitive in that district in New York, currently held by Alex? Of course, not.”

Additionally, Florida’s Chief Financial Officer Jimmy Patronis fended off a challenge from Democrat Gay Valimont to retain the northwest Florida seat vacated by Matt Gaetz. However, Patronis also failed to match Gaetz’s previous margin of victory.

The two Republican wins expanded the party’s House majority to 220-213, a factor that had previously raised concerns within the GOP about maintaining control. Those concerns had influenced Trump’s decision to withdraw the nomination of New York Representative Elise Stefanik for the position of U.S. ambassador to the United Nations.

Trump Remains the Central Draw for Republican Voters

For many voters in these Florida districts, their primary motivation was Trump himself.

Teresa Horton, 72, admitted she was unfamiliar with the candidates on her ballot but voted Republican without hesitation.

“I don’t even know these people that are on there,” she said. “I just went with my ticket.”

Brenda Ray, 75, a retired nurse, shared a similar perspective, stating that she didn’t know much about Patronis but supported him because she believed he would “vote with our president.”

“That’s all we’re looking for,” she added.

Despite being significantly outspent by their Democratic challengers, both Fine and Patronis managed to secure victories. Michael Whatley, chairman of the Republican National Committee, framed this as a testament to the party’s resilience rather than a cause for concern.

“The American people sent a clear message tonight: they want elected officials who will advance President Trump’s America First agenda, and their votes can’t be bought by national Democrats,” Whatley said in a statement.

Growing Number of Indians Reconsider the Foreign Dream and Return Home

April 2, 2025 Staff ReporterCommunity 0

For years, the allure of a better life abroad has driven thousands of Indians to countries like Canada, where they sought improved education, higher earnings, and a more comfortable existence. However, a quiet shift is unfolding as many non-resident Indians (NRIs) begin reevaluating their overseas aspirations and choosing to return home. A variety of factors, both personal and practical, are influencing this trend. One such case involves a Canada-based professional who has decided to move back to India just a year after relocating.

The individual, who moved to Canada with his wife and child on a closed work permit, expressed doubts about the advantages of staying there long-term.

“I came to Canada last year along with my wife and kid on closed work permit. Back in India, we both were working and able to save 30 LPA ($50,000 CAD). After spending a year in Canada, I feel India is offering better lifestyle than here,” he shared. “Don’t take me wrong, even if both of us working will be able to save 100k CAD. When we ask my colleague and friends why they wanted to settle here, I don’t find any strong reason.”

Laying out his perspective, he compared the benefits of living in Canada versus those in India.

Advantages of Canada:

Free healthcare, though he believes Indian insurance can provide similar coverage
Free education, which he sees as the only significant advantage
Larger homes and cars, which he does not consider essential
Social status among relatives, which he does not prioritize
Potential long-term wealth accumulation in seven to eight years
A standard 9-to-5 work schedule

Advantages of India:

More pleasant weather
Connection to cultural roots and closeness to family
Ability to care for aging parents
Better food and improved digestion
Opportunity to establish a side business
Support from extended family in raising children

With these considerations in mind, he questioned, “Why is everyone trying hard to settle abroad?” and wondered whether he was giving up a valuable opportunity by returning to India.

His reflections sparked a broad range of responses from others.

One individual emphasized that Canada provides a superior work-life balance. “Most of my friends in India don’t have fixed working hours… Earning in dollars gives you more financial flexibility, and international travel is more convenient.”

Another respondent highlighted the challenges of returning to India, citing intense competition and inadequate infrastructure. “Cities are dense, polluted, and lack basic amenities like parks and footpaths. Government institutions are corrupt, and water crises are common.”

However, not everyone was convinced that the West offered a better life. “Nope, you are not missing anything… We are moving back too. It’s just not worth it. Health care has completely broken and education here sucks.”

Others adopted a more balanced perspective. One person who has lived in Canada since 2015 said, “There’s no way in hell I can even imagine doing an office job in India. The traffic, crowd, and pollution are exhausting. But I may still return for my aging parents—just not permanently.”

Another put the debate into financial terms: “If you can save 30L in India, it is absolutely better even if you save $100k CAD (which is about 60L)… But it depends on what kind of education you want for your kids.”

As more NRIs weigh the pros and cons of life abroad versus in India, this discussion continues to gain traction. While some remain committed to their new countries, others find themselves drawn back by familial ties, cultural familiarity, and the prospect of a better quality of life at home.

Indian Rupee Expected to Erase Recent Gains and Approach Historic Low, Analysts Say

April 2, 2025 Staff ReporterMoney 0

The Indian rupee is projected to give up nearly all of the gains it has made against the U.S. dollar in the past two months and fall back toward its historic low within the next year, according to a Reuters survey of 36 foreign exchange analysts.

Over the last two months, the partially convertible rupee has strengthened by approximately 3%, breaking a five-month losing streak and achieving its largest monthly gain since November 2018. This recent appreciation has been supported by a weaker dollar and a renewed influx of foreign investment in Indian equities.

However, most analysts surveyed in the latest Reuters poll believe that the rupee’s recovery against the dollar will be temporary. Their forecasts are based on slowing economic growth and expectations that the dollar will not weaken much further in the coming months.

Additionally, the Reserve Bank of India’s anticipated interest rate cuts—expected to total 75 basis points, marking the shortest easing cycle on record—are likely to put additional mild downward pressure on the rupee, the analysts noted.

According to the poll, the rupee is expected to decline 1.9% to 87.18 per dollar within the next three months. Over the following six months, it is projected to trade at 87.50 and eventually depreciate by 2.6% to 87.80 by the end of March 2026.

“The rupee has appreciated due to an unexpected slide in the broad dollar index and year-end inflows. The fundamental view is still of weakness, especially on account of potentially higher U.S. tariffs that can hurt exports and warrant a weaker currency,” stated Dhiraj Nim, an FX strategist at ANZ.

“Beyond the tariff-related adjustment, the path for the USD/INR could gradually trend higher. There is no merit in letting the currency appreciate meaningfully, especially given the need to recoup lost foreign exchange reserves,” he further explained.

The analysts in the poll indicated that the rupee’s short-term outlook will be influenced by U.S. President Donald Trump’s anticipated reciprocal tariffs on key trading partners, set to be introduced on April 2. The potential impact of these tariffs on India’s exports and overall economic growth, which is already slowing, remains a significant concern.

Trump has previously identified India as having the highest average tariff rates among the United States’ major trading partners.

Michael Wan, a senior currency analyst at MUFG, highlighted that the main factor driving expectations for a weaker rupee is the likelihood that India’s economic growth will underperform current market forecasts.

“We think markets are underpricing the risks of reciprocal tariffs on India right now. While India is generally more domestically-oriented to begin with, reciprocal tariffs, if raised to a meaningful level, will still have a negative impact on India’s growth prospect in 2025,” he said.

European Visitors to Britain Required to Obtain Electronic Permit for Entry

April 2, 2025 Staff ReporterTravel 0

Starting Wednesday, European travelers heading to Britain will be required to obtain an electronic permit before their trips, as the UK government adopts stricter immigration security measures by screening individuals before they enter the country.

Under the Electronic Travel Authorisation (ETA) scheme, all visitors who are not required to obtain a visa must secure pre-travel approval online. The permit costs 10 pounds (12 euros), but this fee will rise to 16 pounds starting April 9. However, Irish citizens are exempt from this requirement.

Initially introduced last year for non-European travelers, the ETA scheme was first implemented for visitors from countries like the United States, Canada, and Australia.

“Expanding ETA worldwide cements our commitment to enhance security through technology and innovation,” migration minister Seema Malhotra stated last month.

According to the UK Home Office, also known as the interior ministry, the application process for the ETA is designed to be straightforward. Applicants can submit their requests through the UK ETA app, and the majority of them are expected to receive an automatic decision within minutes.

To apply, travelers must upload a photo, provide personal details, and answer questions related to their suitability and any criminal history. Once approved, the ETA is digitally linked to their passport.

With an ETA, travelers can make multiple visits to the UK for up to six months over a two-year period.

Airlines, as well as ferry and train operators, will be responsible for ensuring that travelers have a valid ETA before they board.

Despite the new requirement, budget airline easyJet (EZJ.L) stated on Tuesday that it does not anticipate any negative impact on demand for travel between Europe and the UK.

In 2023, Britain welcomed 22.5 million visitors from the European Union, an increase from 19.0 million in 2022, according to official statistics.

Meanwhile, the European Union is set to implement its long-delayed post-Brexit border security measures for UK nationals traveling to the bloc in October. Britain officially exited the EU in 2020.

The EU’s new Entry/Exit System (EES) will eliminate the need for manual passport stamping at the external borders of the EU. Instead, it will create digital records linking travelers’ documents to their identities through biometric data.

The EES will serve as a preliminary step toward the European Travel Information and Authorisation System (ETIAS), which will also require travelers from non-Schengen countries to pay a fee before entering the EU.

Currently, British travelers must pay approximately 17 pounds for a similar permit when visiting the United States.

($1 = 0.7744 pounds)

(1 euro = 0.8366 pounds)

Indian-American Researcher Jay Bhattacharya Takes Charge as NIH Director

April 2, 2025 Staff ReporterHealth 0

Indian-American health researcher Jay Bhattacharya officially assumed office as the 18th director of the National Institutes of Health (NIH) on April 1.

His appointment came after being nominated by President Donald Trump on November 26, 2024, and later confirmed by the U.S. Senate on March 25.

As the head of the nation’s premier medical research agency, Bhattacharya will oversee NIH’s scientific programs while ensuring alignment with the administration’s Make America Healthy Again Commission.

“Under Dr. Bhattacharya’s leadership, NIH will restore its commitment to gold-standard science,” stated Health and Human Services Secretary Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. He further expressed enthusiasm about collaborating with Bhattacharya to ensure NIH’s research priorities reflect the administration’s goals. “I’m excited to work with Dr. Bhattacharya to ensure NIH research aligns with our administration’s priorities—especially tackling the chronic disease epidemic and helping to Make America Healthy Again.”

Bhattacharya underscored the importance of tackling chronic illnesses in the U.S. “Chronic diseases such as cancer, heart disease, diabetes, and obesity continue to cause poor health outcomes in every community across the United States,” he noted.

He also emphasized his commitment to advancing medical research. “As NIH director, I will build on the agency’s long and illustrious history of supporting breakthroughs in biology and medicine by fostering gold-standard research and innovation to address the chronic disease crisis,” he added.

A physician, researcher, and health economist, Bhattacharya previously held a tenured professor position at Stanford University. His research has primarily focused on aging and chronic diseases, particularly among vulnerable populations. During the COVID-19 pandemic, he co-authored the Great Barrington Declaration, which called for reopening schools and lifting lockdowns while prioritizing protections for older individuals.

Bhattacharya takes over the role from Matthew J. Memoli, who had been serving as acting NIH director since January 22.

US Tourism Faces Decline Amid Political and Policy Shifts

April 2, 2025 Staff ReporterTourism 0

The United States ranks among the top three most visited countries worldwide.

Major cities like San Francisco, New York, and Chicago, along with national parks such as Yosemite, have drawn international tourists for decades. Coupled with its status as a global business hub, the country attracted 66.5 million visitors in 2023, with projections for 2024 expected to surpass that figure.

However, recent developments indicate that the tourism landscape in 2025 may not be as robust. The reelection of Donald Trump as U.S. president and the resulting shifts in foreign relations and internal cultural dynamics are influencing global perceptions of the U.S. These changing attitudes appear to be impacting international tourists’ willingness to visit the country.

A report from research firm Tourism Economics suggests that inbound travel to the U.S. is now expected to drop by 5.5% this year, rather than grow by nearly 9% as earlier anticipated. If trade disputes and tariff escalations continue, the decline in international tourism could lead to an annual loss of approximately $18 billion (£13.8 billion) in tourist spending by 2025.

There is already evidence of cancellations. Following Trump’s announcement of a 25% tariff on several Canadian goods, cross-border travel from Canada—America’s largest source of international visitors—has declined sharply. At certain border crossings, the number of Canadians entering the U.S. by car has fallen by as much as 45% on some days compared to the previous year. Additionally, Air Canada has reduced flights to some U.S. holiday destinations, including Las Vegas, starting in March due to waning demand.

A March survey conducted by Canadian market research firm Leger found that 36% of Canadians who had planned U.S. trips had already canceled them. Data from aviation analytics firm OAG shows that passenger bookings on flights between Canada and the U.S. have dropped by over 70% compared to the same period last year. The U.S. Travel Association had previously warned that even a 10% reduction in Canadian inbound tourism could result in a $2.1 billion (£1.6 billion) loss in spending and put 140,000 hospitality jobs at risk.

Some travelers have expressed concerns over an increasingly unwelcoming political climate in the U.S., citing harsh rhetoric against foreigners, migrants, and the LGBTQ+ community. The Tourism Economics report also pointed to “polarizing Trump Administration policies and rhetoric” as a factor behind rising travel cancellations.

Western European travelers, who accounted for 37% of overseas visitors to the U.S. last year, may also reconsider their travel plans due to multiple factors. These include rising costs driven by U.S. tariffs and the administration’s perceived alignment with Russia in the Ukraine conflict.

A YouGov survey conducted in March found that Western European sentiment toward the U.S. has worsened since Trump’s reelection in November. More than half of respondents in the UK (53%), Germany (56%), Sweden (63%), and Denmark (74%) now hold unfavorable views of the U.S. In five of the seven countries surveyed, U.S. favorability ratings have hit their lowest levels since polling began in November 2016.

Additionally, a series of incidents involving foreign travelers at U.S. borders has raised further concerns. In March, a British woman was detained for more than ten days by U.S. Customs Enforcement due to a visa issue. That same month, a Canadian tourist attempting to renew her visa at the U.S.-Mexico border was detained for 12 days, held in overcrowded jail cells, and even placed in chains.

Mexico, the U.S.’s second-largest inbound travel market, is also experiencing changes. Tourism Economics warns that recent border enforcement policies could discourage potential Mexican tourists. During Trump’s first presidency, visits from Mexico to the U.S. declined by 3%. In February of this year, air travel from Mexico to the U.S. was already down 6% compared to 2024.

In response to these developments, several countries, including Canada, have updated their travel advisories for the U.S. On March 15, the UK Foreign and Commonwealth Office revised its guidance, warning that visitors “may be liable to arrest or detention if you break the rules.” This warning was absent from the February version of the advisory. Similarly, Germany has updated its travel guidance after multiple German travelers were detained for weeks by U.S. border officials.

Several European nations, including France, Germany, Denmark, and Norway, have issued specific warnings to transgender and non-binary travelers. The U.S. government now requires visa applicants to declare their sex assigned at birth, and it has halted the issuance of passports with an “X” marker, which is commonly used by non-binary individuals.

As cancellations mount, alternative destinations are benefiting. Hotels in Bermuda have reported a surge in inquiries, as Canadians divert both business and leisure trips away from the U.S. Some industry analysts predict a 20% revenue increase from Canadian visitors.

Europe has also seen a rise in Canadian tourists, with rental property bookings for the summer increasing by 32% compared to last year.

There are growing concerns that visa restrictions and entry delays could affect international participation in major sporting events. The 2026 FIFA World Cup, which will be hosted in the U.S., Canada, and Mexico, may face disruptions. Visitors from certain nations, including Brazil, Turkey, and Colombia, could experience visa wait times of up to 700 days. The International Olympic Committee has also raised concerns about the 2028 Los Angeles Olympics, though U.S. officials have maintained that “America will be open.”

With increasing visa delays, stricter border controls, and growing concerns over human rights and political rhetoric, the U.S. risks diminishing its appeal as a top travel destination. If these trends persist, the long-term effects on its tourism industry could be difficult to reverse.

USCIS Reaches FY 2026 H-1B Cap, Selected Petitioners Notified

April 1, 2025 Staff ReporterImmigration, USA 0

U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) has received a sufficient number of electronic registrations for unique beneficiaries during the initial registration period to meet the fiscal year (FY) 2026 H-1B numerical allocations, including the advanced degree exemption (master’s cap). USCIS has randomly selected enough beneficiaries from properly submitted registrations and has informed all petitioners with selected beneficiaries that they are eligible to file an H-1B cap-subject petition.

Registrants can check their status through their online accounts. More details are available on the H-1B Electronic Registration Process page.

Starting April 1, 2025, USCIS will begin accepting H-1B cap-subject petitions for FY 2026, including those qualifying for the advanced degree exemption, provided they are for selected beneficiaries and based on a valid registration. Only petitioners with selected registrations may submit H-1B cap-subject petitions.

To be considered, petitions must be correctly filed at the designated location or online at my.uscis.gov within the filing period specified on the selection notice. This filing window will last at least 90 days. Petitioners must include a copy of the selection notice with their submission.

Additionally, petitioners are required to provide evidence of the beneficiary’s valid passport or travel document that was used during registration.

Even if selected, petitioners must still submit supporting evidence to establish eligibility for approval, as selection only determines the right to file the H-1B cap-subject petition, not its final approval.

World’s Billionaire Count Hits Record High as Wealth Concentrates Further

April 1, 2025April 3, 2025 Staff ReporterBusiness 0

The global billionaire class has reached unprecedented levels of power and influence, particularly in the United States, where Donald Trump was sworn in again as president in January. His second term has given billionaires more sway over the government than ever before. His closest advisor is the world’s richest person, his administration includes at least ten billionaires and billionaire spouses, and prominent executives—such as Meta’s Mark Zuckerberg and French luxury magnate Bernard Arnault—are backing him.

The billionaire boom is not limited to the U.S. A record 3,028 individuals have made Forbes’ annual World’s Billionaires list this year, 247 more than in 2024. This marks the first time the global billionaire count has exceeded 3,000. Collectively, they hold a record $16.1 trillion, an increase of $2 trillion from last year—surpassing the GDP of every nation except the U.S. and China. The average billionaire’s fortune has climbed to $5.3 billion, up $200 million from 2024.

For the first time, three individuals have amassed fortunes exceeding $200 billion, joining a record 15-member $100 Billion Club. This elite group, whose wealth spans 12 digits, now holds a combined net worth of $2.4 trillion—more than the bottom 1,500 billionaires combined.

At the top of the list is Elon Musk, with an estimated net worth of $342 billion. Despite his growing role in DOGE, Trump’s cost-cutting operation, Musk’s fortune surged by $147 billion over the past year, driven by SpaceX’s success and the rise of his AI firm xAI, which recently merged with his social media platform X. Even Tesla, despite protests and a market downturn, is trading higher than a year ago. This wealth boost has allowed Musk to reclaim the title of the world’s richest person, surpassing Arnault.

Following Musk is Mark Zuckerberg, now the world’s second-richest individual with an estimated net worth of $216 billion. Jeff Bezos ($215 billion) ranks third, followed by Oracle’s Larry Ellison ($192 billion). Arnault has dropped to fifth place, with his fortune declining to $178 billion due to a slump in LVMH’s stock, marking his lowest position since 2017. Forbes calculated this year’s rankings using stock prices and exchange rates from March 7, 2025.

The U.S. remains home to the most billionaires, with a record 902. China, including Hong Kong, follows with 516, while India holds third place with 205. More than half of all billionaires hail from these three nations. However, a total of 76 countries and two semi-autonomous territories now have at least one billionaire, including Albania, which made its first appearance on the list. Saudi Arabia has also rejoined, with 15 billionaires returning after being excluded in 2018 due to a government crackdown.

This year, 288 new names have been added to the Billionaires ranking, including celebrities such as musician Bruce Springsteen ($1.2 billion), actor Arnold Schwarzenegger ($1.1 billion), and comedian Jerry Seinfeld ($1.1 billion). Other notable newcomers include crypto entrepreneur Justin Sun ($8.5 billion), AI industry leaders from firms like Anthropic, CoreWeave, and DeepSeek, as well as executives behind fast-food chains like Cava, Chipotle, Jersey Mike’s, and Zaxby’s.

The wealthiest new entrant is Marilyn Simons ($31 billion), the widow of hedge fund titan Jim Simons, who passed away in May 2024. He was among 32 billionaires who died over the past year. Another, Israeli industrialist Stef Wertheimer, passed away in late March but was included in the rankings due to the cutoff date.

Women remain underrepresented on the list, with just 406 female billionaires—only 13.4% of the total, a slight increase from 13.3% last year. Nearly three-quarters of them inherited their fortunes, including Walmart heiress Alice Walton ($101 billion), now the world’s richest woman, surpassing L’Oréal heir Françoise Bettencourt Meyers ($81.6 billion). Among the 113 self-made women on the list, the wealthiest is Swiss shipping magnate Rafaela Aponte-Diamant ($37.7 billion), whose company partnered with BlackRock to acquire 43 ports, including two in Panama.

Overall, self-made billionaires make up 67% of the list, up from 66% in 2024. The youngest self-made billionaire is Scale AI co-founder and CEO Alexandr Wang ($2 billion), aged 28. Among the 21 billionaires aged 30 or younger, the youngest is 19-year-old Johannes von Baumbach ($5.4 billion), an heir to a German pharmaceutical fortune. Meanwhile, the oldest billionaire is 103-year-old U.S. insurance mogul George Joseph ($1.9 billion), one of four centenarians on the list. The average billionaire is 66 years old.

Few billionaires have had a more lucrative year than Donald Trump. His fortune has more than doubled—from $2.3 billion to $5.1 billion—not just due to his return to the presidency but also because of a profitable venture into cryptocurrency. Additionally, his media company, Trump Media & Technology Group, went public shortly after Forbes finalized last year’s rankings, further boosting his wealth.

Not every billionaire saw gains. A total of 107 individuals from the 2024 ranking failed to make the cut this year. Among them are Lisa Su, CEO of semiconductor giant Advanced Micro Devices (AMD); Sara Liu, co-founder of struggling server manufacturer Supermicro; and Nicholas Puech, an heir to the Hermès luxury empire who claims to have lost his fortune.

Forbes’ World’s Billionaires list ranks individuals with a net worth of $1 billion or more as of March 7, 2025. Some billionaires’ fortunes have fluctuated since then; in fact, three additional billionaires were discovered shortly after finalizing the list, and more are likely to emerge. Given the volatility of global markets, particularly in light of anticipated tariffs, Forbes provides real-time updates on its website.

To compile the rankings, Forbes conducted extensive research, including interviews with billionaires, their associates, financial advisors, competitors, and industry experts. The methodology included analyzing regulatory filings, court records, real estate holdings, private and public company valuations, and asset portfolios—including art, yachts, aircraft, and car collections. Known liabilities and charitable contributions were factored in as well. While family wealth is excluded, the rankings do consider the fortunes of immediate family members when linked to a founder or heir, marked as “& family” in the listing.

Goldman Sachs Slashes U.S. Economic Outlook as Trump’s Tariffs Stoke Recession Fears

April 1, 2025April 3, 2025 Staff ReporterUSA 0

Goldman Sachs has taken a significantly more negative stance on the U.S. economy and stock market due to President Donald Trump’s tariff policies. The firm now joins a growing number of economists warning that the ongoing trade war could push the U.S. into a recession and cause further trouble for stock market investors.

Goldman Sachs economists, led by Ronnie Walker, have adjusted their forecast to anticipate a 15% average tariff rate on all goods this year. This revision came in a Sunday note to clients and reflects Trump’s latest aggressive stance ahead of his scheduled “Liberation Day” tariff announcement on Wednesday. The president has indicated that he intends to impose even steeper tariffs than originally planned.

As a result, Goldman’s economic outlook has become more bearish. The firm has raised its probability of a U.S. recession within the next year from 20% to 35%. Additionally, Goldman economists have revised several key projections. Their end-of-2025 inflation estimate has been increased to 3.5%, up from 2.8% just last month. Their unemployment forecast now stands at 4.5%, which would be the highest since October 2021. Meanwhile, the firm expects gross domestic product (GDP) growth to slow to 1%, the lowest level since 2020.

Stock market expectations have also been downgraded in response to these economic concerns. Goldman strategists, led by David Kostin, warned clients that they expect the S&P 500 index to decline by 5% over the next three months. They have set a price target of 5,300 for the index in that time frame. Over the next year, they project the S&P 500 will rise by only 6%, setting a new year-ahead target of 5,900. This marks a substantial downward revision from Goldman’s previous forecast of 6,500, which was issued as recently as February 28. The nearly 10% cut in expectations reflects the increasing uncertainty surrounding Trump’s trade policies.

Big Number

6.3%—That is how much the S&P 500 declined in March through Friday’s close, putting it on track for its worst month since September 2022. This figure does not even account for an additional drop of more than 1% in premarket trading on Monday.

Key Background

On Sunday, Trump announced that he plans to impose “substantial” import taxes on “all countries” through his new reciprocal tariff policy. This marks a shift from his position just a week earlier, when he suggested that the upcoming tariffs would be “more lenient.”

Trump’s top economic official, Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent, has acknowledged that a recession is possible but has argued that any downturn would be due to unsustainable economic growth fueled by excessive government spending and imbalanced trade relationships. However, some economists have cautioned that Trump’s policies could push the U.S. into an avoidable recession. UCLA Anderson School of Management economist Clement Bohr issued a stark warning to Trump earlier this month: “If all your wishes come true, you could very well be the author of a deep recession.”

The financial markets are particularly concerned about the potential inflationary effects of tariffs. Higher tariffs typically lead to higher prices for imported goods, which could drive overall inflation upward. Persistent inflation, in turn, might force the Federal Reserve to reconsider its plans for further interest rate cuts. If the Fed decides to keep rates high to combat inflation, borrowing costs would remain elevated, potentially hurting corporate profit margins and weakening consumer demand.

Trump’s trade policies have been a point of contention among economists and investors alike. While he has long argued that tariffs will protect American industries and create jobs, critics say that the economic consequences—including higher costs for businesses and consumers—outweigh any potential benefits. Goldman’s latest forecast suggests that these concerns are becoming more widely accepted on Wall Street.

The uncertainty surrounding Trump’s tariff policy has already taken a toll on the stock market. The S&P 500’s steep decline in March suggests that investors are increasingly worried about the economic outlook. Should Trump move forward with his plans for aggressive tariffs, market volatility could continue in the coming months.

Goldman Sachs is not alone in its pessimism. Other major financial institutions have also sounded alarms about the potential economic impact of Trump’s trade policies. Many analysts believe that if tariffs remain in place or are expanded further, the risks of a prolonged economic slowdown will increase.

While the White House has maintained that tariffs will ultimately benefit the economy by reducing reliance on foreign goods, the short-term consequences appear to be negative. Businesses that rely on imported materials are already facing higher costs, and many have signaled that they will pass these costs on to consumers. This could exacerbate inflationary pressures at a time when the Federal Reserve is trying to bring inflation under control.

The bond market has also reacted to these developments, with yields on long-term U.S. Treasury bonds rising in response to inflation concerns. Higher bond yields can lead to tighter financial conditions, further slowing economic growth.

As uncertainty looms, investors will be closely watching Trump’s official announcement on Wednesday to see if his latest tariff proposals will be as severe as he has suggested. If the tariffs are implemented as planned, further market turbulence could follow.

For now, Goldman Sachs’ downgrade serves as a stark reminder of the risks facing the U.S. economy. The firm’s decision to cut its stock market targets and raise its recession probability reflects growing concerns that Trump’s trade policies could have unintended economic consequences. With inflation, unemployment, and GDP growth all expected to worsen, the outlook for the economy remains uncertain.

In the weeks ahead, economic data and corporate earnings reports will provide further insight into how businesses and consumers are responding to these policy changes. If inflation continues to rise and economic growth slows further, the Fed may have to reconsider its monetary policy stance, which could add another layer of complexity to an already volatile market environment.

Ultimately, the extent to which Trump’s tariffs impact the economy will depend on how businesses, consumers, and policymakers respond. If companies find ways to absorb higher costs without passing them on to consumers, the inflationary impact could be limited. However, if prices rise significantly, the Fed may have no choice but to keep interest rates high, potentially leading to a broader economic slowdown.

In the meantime, investors should brace for continued uncertainty. Goldman Sachs’ revised forecast suggests that market conditions could remain challenging in the near term. While long-term economic fundamentals remain strong, the immediate risks posed by Trump’s trade policies cannot be ignored.

With the S&P 500 already experiencing its worst month since 2022, the coming weeks will be critical in determining whether the market can stabilize or if further declines are ahead. The outcome of Trump’s tariff policy will likely play a key role in shaping economic and market trends for the remainder of the year.

As always, market participants will be watching closely to see how the administration’s policies evolve and whether additional economic measures are introduced to counteract potential negative effects. For now, Goldman Sachs’ latest predictions underscore the uncertainty and risks facing the U.S. economy in 2025.

Global Malayalee Ratna Awards to be Presented at the Global Malayalee Festival in Kochi

April 1, 2025 Staff ReporterCommunity, Business 0

During the first-ever Global Malayalee Festival planned to be organized at the Crown Plaza Hotel, Kochi, India from August 15th-16th, 2025, The Global Malayalee Ratna Awards 2025 will be presented to highly accomplished Malayalees from around the world.

The Global Malayalee Ratna Awards 2025 is an esteemed event honoring exceptional achievements and recognizing individuals of Malayalee descent who demonstrate outstanding leadership, innovation, ethical integrity, and social responsibility on an international scale.

With active participation, collaboration, and coordination by community and business leaders from across the 5 continents, the Global Malayalee Festival is shaping up to be an exciting celebration of the culture, traditions, and accomplishments of the Global Malayalee community at the heart of Kerala.

The Malayalee Festival Committee, with representations from 53 countries across the globe, invites you to join them in recognizing the remarkable accomplishments of the Global Malayalee diaspora.

The honorees will be influential persons who have risen to global prominence through diligence and determination. These awards aim to celebrate all levels of success, acknowledging elegant innovators and agents of change. Each award category is specially crafted with specific parameters focusing on top-quality service to the global community, idea-oriented leadership, balanced sustainability, and responsible growth.

The awards feature categories across various specialties, including technology, social justice, and the arts. The Global Malayalee Ratna Awards commend those who push the boundaries of possibilities in these fields to establish a legacy of success and contribute to a more progressive, diverse, and equitable world.

In this regard, the Global Malayalee Ratna Awards ensure that the lives of all recipients serve as models for future generations, embodying the values set by the organization and the Global Malayalee Community.

The Global Malayalee Ratna Awards are not just a celebration; they inspire others to strive for greatness and contribute to a brighter, more sustainable future for humanity.

The Global Malayalee Ratna Awards will be presented in the following 17 categories:

Science, Medicine, Engineering, Technology, Economy, Finance, Education, Business, Arts, Politics, Community Service, Literature, Cinema, Industry, Manufacturing, Trade, Philanthropy.

“The event is organized by a registered NGO in India named Malayalee Festival Federation, and any profit made shall go to charity projects in Kerala,” said Andrew Pappachen, the CEO of the company. He also stated that Malayalees from 53 countries are participating, with the organizing committees consisting of over 100 people from around the world.

According to Abdullah Manjeri, Managing Director of GMF, “The delegates from 53 countries include Malayalee business persons managing trade, manufacturing, technology, educational institutions, exports, professionals in various fields holding high positions, and delegates of foreign countries, including representatives of the Royal family from the Gulf.” Abdullah added, “There are three major events: Miss Global Malayalee Pageant, Global Malayalee Trade, Technology and Investment Meet, and Global Malayalee Ratna Awards. Registration for the Festival will commence through a Zoom event on April 5^th, 2025.”

The Global Malayalee Ratna Awards are open to Malayalees worldwide. The selection process for winners in each category involves a meticulous assessment procedure where performance indices are evaluated against high standards of excellence. A special jury will review all nominations and select the awardees in each category. The names of the awardees will be announced on August 1st, 2025.

If you know someone eligible for this award under one of the categories, please send the nominations with a photograph to registration@globalmalayaleefestival.com.

RSS-Affiliated Organiser Targets Prithviraj Sukumaran Over ‘Empuraan’ Controversy

March 31, 2025April 2, 2025 Staff ReporterCinema 0

After previously criticizing Mohanlal, the RSS-affiliated publication Organiser has now taken aim at actor-director Prithviraj Sukumaran over his highly anticipated film Empuraan.

Allegations of ‘Anti-National’ Leanings

In a fresh article, Organiser has accused Prithviraj of aligning with “anti-national” voices, citing his involvement in the Save Lakshadweep campaign, which opposed certain policies of the Union government in the islands.

The publication also called out his “double standards,” alleging that while he actively criticizes the Citizenship Amendment Act (CAA), he has remained silent on local issues like the Munambam case, where Christian families allegedly face eviction by the Waqf Board. Additionally, the article claims he has ignored the persecution of Hindus in Bangladesh.

Criticism Over Film’s Portrayal of 2002 Godhra Incident

The controversy extends to Empuraan’s storyline, with Organiser accusing the film of depicting the 2002 Godhra train incident in a biased manner. Another point of contention is the film’s antagonist, named Bajrangbali—a title traditionally associated with Lord Hanuman—who is portrayed as the Union Home Minister.

Filmmakers Rush to Modify Scenes

Amid the backlash, the Empuraan team has opted for last-minute changes. According to industry sources, a revised version of the film, expected to be released by Monday evening or Tuesday, will remove a controversial three-minute sequence showing an attack on a pregnant woman. Additionally, the antagonist’s name may either be altered or muted in dialogue.

These edits are being processed by Qube Cinema, which will distribute the updated digital version to theatres nationwide.

Silence from Scriptwriter Raises Questions

Meanwhile, Empuraan’s scriptwriter Murali Gopy has remained silent on the issue, sparking speculation that he is deeply affected by the controversy.

A Kerala minister, speaking anonymously to IANS, expressed concern over the growing intolerance towards criticism of certain political parties and leaders. “We are reaching a point where even voicing dissent is becoming impossible. This is not a healthy sign for democracy,” he remarked.

Prithviraj’s Mother Defends Him

Veteran actressMallika Sukumaran, Prithviraj’s mother, has come to his defense, asserting that she raised her sons with strong values. “He would never do anything to hurt anyone,” she said, while also commenting on Mohanlal’s response to a previous controversy, suggesting he could have reacted sooner.

“I also wonder if vested interests are fueling this issue,” she added.

Audience Support Remains Strong

Despite the ongoing controversy, Empuraan continues to draw massive crowds. Theatres across Kerala are reporting houseful shows, signaling that the backlash has not dampened public enthusiasm for the film.

Indians Have Days Left to Maximize RBI’s Remittance Limit Before FY Ends

March 31, 2025April 1, 2025 Staff ReporterMoney 0

Indian residents looking to remit funds abroad under the Reserve Bank of India’s (RBI) Liberalised Remittance Scheme (LRS) have only a few days left to take advantage of the full limit for the current financial year. By remitting $250,000 before March 31, 2025, and another $250,000 at the start of the next fiscal year, individuals can send a total of $500,000 abroad within days.

Understanding the LRS Limit and Its Uses

Under the RBI’s LRS, every resident Indian, including minors (with guardian approval), can remit up to $250,000 per financial year for various permissible transactions, including:

✔ Buying international stocks

✔ Purchasing overseas property

✔ Funding a child’s foreign education

✔ Meeting medical expenses abroad

At the current exchange rate of ₹86 per US dollar, this translates to approximately ₹2.15 crore per person in outward remittances per fiscal year.

Rising Investments in Foreign Assets

A growing number of Indians are investing abroad, with data from October 2024 showing a 78% year-on-year increase in overseas equity and debt investments under LRS. Many are diversifying their portfolios by purchasing US stocks through international brokerage platforms. The process involves:

1️⃣ Opening an international trading account

2️⃣ Converting INR to USD

3️⃣ Completing KYC and LRS formalities

4️⃣ Transferring funds to a foreign bank account

5️⃣ Investing in global markets

New RBI Rule on Unused Forex

For those who have already sent money abroad under LRS, a crucial new RBI rule mandates repatriation of unused foreign exchange. As per the rule effective August 24, 2022, any unspent or unused forex must be surrendered to an authorized dealer within 180 days of receipt, realization, or return to India.

Final Chance to Utilize This Year’s LRS Limit

To maximize remittance benefits, individuals should complete transfers before March 31, 2025. By doing so, they can leverage the LRS limit again in early April, effectively doubling their total remittance capacity over a short period.

MF Husain’s Long-Lost Masterpiece Sells for Record-Breaking $13.8M at Christie’s

March 31, 2025 Staff ReporterCulture 1

A forgotten masterpiece by legendary Indian artist MF Husain has set a new benchmark in Indian art history. Untitled (Gram Yatra), a massive 14-foot-wide oil-on-canvas mural, was rediscovered after decades and sold for an astounding $13.8 million (£10.6 million) at a Christie’s auction in New York last week. This shattered the previous record for Indian art, surpassing the $7.4 million (£5.7 million) fetched by Amrita Sher-Gil’s The Story Teller in 2023.

A Forgotten Gem Resurfaces

For nearly 50 years, this record-breaking painting quietly hung on the walls of a Norwegian hospital, unnoticed and undervalued. Originally painted in 1954—long before Husain became an icon—it is now recognized as a defining work of modern South Asian art. The mural, later named Gram Yatra (meaning “village journey”), comprises 13 vivid vignettes depicting rural Indian life, blending Indian folk traditions with modernist influences.

Husain’s use of vibrant, earthy tones brings these snapshots to life, portraying women engaged in daily activities such as cooking, caring for children, and riding a cart. A particularly striking frame features a farmer extending his arm, seemingly connecting to the land in the adjacent panel—a nod to India’s agrarian roots.

A Masterpiece Influenced by Travels

“If you’re looking for a single artwork that defines modern South Asian art, this is it,” said Nishad Avari, head of South Asian Modern and Contemporary Art at Christie’s. He noted that Husain’s brushwork in Gram Yatra reflected influences from his 1952 trip to China, where he encountered the expressive calligraphy of Xu Beihong.

In the years following India’s independence, Husain sought artistic inspiration not in Western metropolises like Paris or New York, but in India’s villages—echoing Mahatma Gandhi’s vision that the nation’s soul resided in its rural heartland. His biographer, Akhilesh, noted that Husain’s deep engagement with India’s cultural fabric helped shape the country’s self-perception.

A Journey from Delhi to Oslo and Back to the Art World

The painting’s fascinating journey adds to its mystique. In 1954, Ukrainian doctor Leon Elias Volodarsky, who was in India on a World Health Organization (WHO) mission, purchased it for just $295. He later took it to Norway, where it remained at Oslo University Hospital for decades.

It wasn’t until 2013—two years after Husain’s death—that Christie’s was alerted to its existence, eventually leading to global exhibitions and its record-breaking sale.

Impact on Indian Art Market

Ashish Anand, CEO of DAG (formerly Delhi Art Gallery), believes this milestone will elevate the value of Husain’s entire body of work and reinforce Indian art’s status as both an aesthetic treasure and a serious financial asset.

Husain, a pioneer of Indian modernism, remains one of the country’s most celebrated artists despite the controversies that led him to leave India in 2006. His legacy continues to shape contemporary Indian art, and with this latest auction, his influence is now more globally recognized than ever before.

The True Path to Happiness: Beyond Material Wealth

March 31, 2025 Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

Happiness is not a destination but a state of being—something experienced rather than achieved through material gains. When happiness is tied to acquiring possessions, it becomes an unattainable goal, as there will always be something more to want. Instead, happiness stems from meaningful experiences and connections, not just wealth or status.

The Fleeting Nature of Material Happiness

The American Dream often equates success with material possessions, but happiness derived from ownership is temporary. Just as a new car loses value the moment it leaves the dealership, the excitement of new possessions fades over time. In contrast, experiences—such as travel, spending time with loved ones, or enjoying simple pleasures—create lasting fulfillment.

If financial pursuits lead to stress and overextension, they can turn the American Dream into a nightmare rather than a source of joy. Instead, shared moments, such as road trips with loved ones, deep conversations, or playing with children, add true value to life.

What Research Says About Happiness

Studies on happiness and well-being over the past five decades have identified key factors that contribute to lasting contentment. While no universal formula exists, research highlights five essential elements that foster happiness:

1️⃣ Relationships and Social Bonds

Human beings thrive on connections.
Romantic relationships are not the only source of happiness—supportive friendships are just as vital.

2️⃣ Acts of Kindness and Generosity

Helping others—whether through volunteering, donations, or thoughtful gestures—creates an internal sense of joy.
Simply planning to help others can generate a boost in happiness.

3️⃣ Gratitude and Appreciating Abundance

Acknowledging and appreciating what one already has fosters contentment.
A focus on scarcity breeds resentment, envy, and discontent.

4️⃣ Purpose and Meaning in Life

Contributing to something greater than oneself instills a deeper sense of fulfillment.
Finding meaning in work, relationships, or passions helps cultivate lasting happiness.

5️⃣ Healthy Lifestyle Choices

Exercise, even a daily walk, has been proven to reduce depression.
Yoga, meditation, and mindfulness alleviate stress and promote well-being.
Quality sleep is crucial—poor sleep habits increase stress, weaken immunity, and contribute to health risks.

Misconceptions About Happiness

A major myth about happiness is the belief that it can be bought or reached as a final goal. Research, including the World Happiness Report, contradicts this notion.

🔹 Wealth ≠ Happiness: Richer nations do not always rank highest in happiness.

🔹 Simple Living, Greater Joy: Many people in less affluent countries report greater happiness due to stronger social bonds and less material fixation.

🔹 Core Happiness Factors: The World Happiness Report identifies five key factors for happiness:

Caring for and sharing with others
Sharing meals with family and friends
Avoiding loneliness through communal living
Engaging in altruistic and community-driven activities
Maintaining social connections, especially for young adults

Final Thoughts

True, lasting happiness is not found in possessions but in experiences, relationships, and a sense of purpose. A fulfilling life is shaped by connections, gratitude, kindness, and well-being—not by the relentless pursuit of material wealth.

Increased Travel Scrutiny Poses Risks for Green Card and Visa Holders

March 31, 2025 Staff ReporterTravel 0

Traveling to or returning to the U.S. has become increasingly difficult for some individuals, including those with valid visas and green cards. In recent weeks, international visitors, visa holders, and lawful permanent residents (green-card holders) have faced stricter screening at airports and border crossings. This heightened scrutiny is part of the Trump administration’s broader effort to limit both legal and illegal immigration.

As spring break and summer vacations approach, reports of green-card and visa holders being detained have raised concerns.

Heightened Caution from Universities and Foreign Governments

Brown University recently advised its international staff and students to postpone travel abroad “out of an abundance of caution.” Several countries, including Canada, Denmark, Ireland, and Germany, have also warned their citizens about the risks of U.S. travel, urging strict compliance with entry rules to avoid detention.

Despite the concerns, U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) insists that lawful permanent residents have little to worry about. Assistant Commissioner Hilton Beckham stated, “Green card holders who have not broken any U.S. laws, committed application fraud, or failed to apply for a re-entry permit after a long period of travel have nothing to fear about entering and exiting the country.”

However, immigration attorneys caution that risks vary by individual, making it crucial for travelers to understand their rights before making any travel plans.

Know Your Rights Based on Your Status

According to Stephanie Gee, senior director at the International Refugee Assistance Project (IRAP), travelers fall into three broad categories when entering the U.S.:

1️⃣ U.S. Citizens: Have guaranteed entry and cannot be denied access.

2️⃣ Green Card Holders: Have procedural rights, meaning only an immigration judge can revoke their status. They can refuse to answer CBP officers’ questions or deny searches of their electronic devices, though doing so may delay entry.

3️⃣ Visa Holders (Tourists & Students): Have the fewest rights—CBP officers have the final say on their entry. If a visa holder refuses to answer questions, they can be denied entry immediately.

Immigration expert Stephen Yale-Loehr recommends green-card and visa holders double-check their documents before flying to ensure that visas are not expired and that renewals are properly processed.

Assessing Your Risk Before Traveling

Certain factors may increase a traveler’s risk level when attempting to enter the U.S.:

🔹 Travel Bans & Country of Origin: A proposed travel ban could restrict entry from 43 countries. A draft list reported by The New York Times included 11 “red category” countries where travelers might be completely barred from entry:

Afghanistan, Bhutan, Cuba, Iran, Libya, North Korea, Somalia, Sudan, Syria, Venezuela, and Yemen.
While not yet confirmed, travelers from these countries should reconsider their plans.

🔹 Criminal Records & Past Offenses:

Green-card holders with any criminal record, no matter how minor, may face detention upon return.
In a recent case, German-born green-card holder Fabian Schmidt was detained at Boston Logan Airport over a decade-old misdemeanor for marijuana possession.

🔹 Length of Time Spent Abroad:

Long trips outside the U.S. may trigger suspicion, as officials assess whether a green-card holder has abandoned residency.

Consulting an immigration attorney before traveling is recommended, even for those who have never faced issues before.

Be Aware of CBP’s Power to Search Electronic Devices

CBP officers have the authority to search travelers’ electronic devices, including:

📱 Cell phones

💻 Laptops

📷 Digital cameras

Refusing a search:

S. citizens and green-card holders cannot be denied entry for refusing a search, but their return may be delayed.
Visa holders can be denied entry outright for refusing.

During searches, CBP officers typically look for:

🔎 Evidence of criminal history

🔎 Domestic violence records

🔎 Ties to terrorism

If a traveler’s device is confiscated, the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) recommends:

✅ Asking for officers’ names, badge numbers, and agency details

✅ Requesting a receipt documenting the confiscation

Prepare for Potential Detention & Alert a Trusted Contact

Travelers pulled aside for secondary inspection are not entitled to an attorney during questioning. However, experts suggest:

📌 Having an immigration attorney’s contact info readily available.

📌 Informing a trusted friend or relative before travel.

📌 If detained, texting a friend with: “I’m being pulled into secondary inspection, contact my immigration lawyer.”

Request an Interpreter if Needed

If a traveler does not fully understand English, they should request an interpreter. Stephanie Gee from IRAP stresses that language barriers could impact the outcome of a border inspection. Even if an interpreter is not provided, making the request is important because:

📝 A transcript of the interview is usually kept, documenting all questions and answers.

Final Thoughts

As immigration enforcement intensifies, green-card and visa holders face increased risks when traveling internationally. To avoid complications:

✔ Verify all immigration documents before departure.

✔ Consult an immigration attorney if necessary.

✔ Be prepared for electronic searches and possible questioning.

✔ Have a trusted contact ready in case of detention.

With immigration enforcement tighter than ever, caution and preparation are key for anyone traveling to or from the U.S.

Reversing Diabetes Event Educates and Empowers the Community

March 31, 2025 Staff ReporterFood, Health 0

Plant Powered Metro New York (PPMNY), in collaboration with World Vegan Vision (WVV), recently hosted a powerful and insightful event on Reversing Diabetes, featuring renowned speaker Dr. Nandita Shah, founder of SHARAN and author of “Discover How to Reverse Type 2 Diabetes Naturally.”

The event brought together over 65 registered participants eager to learn how lifestyle and dietary choices can help prevent and even reverse type 2 diabetes.

Event Highlights:

Dr. Nandita Shah provided in-depth insights into the root causes of diabetes, debunked common myths, and emphasized the power of plant-based nutrition in disease prevention.
Attendees received clear guidelines on the do’s and don’ts for managing and reversing diabetes naturally.
A significant number of Dr Shah’s book, “Reversing Diabetes in 21 Days”, were sold, reflecting a high level of engagement and interest in the subject.

The event was well-received, with attendees expressing deep appreciation for the valuable information shared. Given the overwhelming response, WVV looks forward to organizing more such educational health events in the future.

About World Vegan Vision (WVV)

World Vegan Vision is a nonprofit organization committed to promoting plant-based living for health, sustainability, and compassion. Through events, education, and advocacy, WVV empowers individuals to embrace a healthier and more ethical lifestyle.

About Plant Powered Metro New York (PPMNY)

Plant Powered Metro New York (PPMNY) promotes health through a whole food, plant-based lifestyle. Through workshops and community programs, PPMNY empowers people to prevent and reverse chronic diseases like diabetes and heart disease.

About SHARAN

SHARAN (Sanctuary for Health and Reconnection to Animals and Nature) is an organization dedicated to disease prevention and reversal through a whole-food, plant-based diet. Founded by Dr. Nandita Shah, SHARAN has helped thousands regain their health naturally.

“A Congressional Salute” to Late Dr. Sampat Shivangi on Capitol Hill

March 31, 2025April 8, 2025 Staff ReporterCommunity, Diplomacy 0

A United States Congressional Salute to the late Dr. Sampat Shivangi, a distinguished Indian American physician and community leader, was held on Capitol Hill Building in Washington, DC, honoring his life and contributions on March 26, 2025.

Dr. Sampat Shivangi, a physician, philanthropist, influential Indian American community leader, and veteran leader of the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI) for several decades, suddenly passed away due to health reasons in his hometown, Jackson, Mississippi, on February 10, 2025.

The solemn ceremony attended by US Lawmakers, physicians, and community and faith leaders was a tribute to Dr. Shivangi, remembering his impactful work in healthcare, politics, and US – India relations. In him, the Indian American community has lost a great leader and friend whose contributions will continue to resonate for generations.

The Congressional Salute ceremony began with a Hindu invocational dance by Indrani Davaluri and Laxmi Anshika Yadav from Natya Margam, followed by Christian and Muslim prayers led by Pastor Cheryl Ravuri and Mustafa Ajmeri, Chair of AMEC’s Georgia Chapter.

Senator Roger Wicker, Rep. Michael Guest, Rep. Raja Krishnamoorthi, and Rep. Shri Thanedar were among the US lawmakers who paid rich tributes to Dr. Shivangi’s enduring legacy. To recognize his contributions, the Dr. Sampat Shivangi Legacy Awards were presented to the Congress leaders for their leadership and close association with Dr. Shivangi. Also, Legacy Medals were given to all the attendees during the ceremony.

Dr. Shivangi’s wife, Dr. Udaya Shivangi, and their two daughters, Priya Kurup and Pooja Shivangi Amin, vowed to continue his noble mission. “His dream did not end with him—it lives on. I will carry forward his mission through education, philanthropy, and strengthening U.S.-India ties. I plan to write a book, make a film, expand charitable initiatives, and actively work to strengthen the relationship between the U.S. and India, ensuring that his contributions inspire generations to come. Most importantly, along with our daughters, I will raise our grandchildren the way he wanted—to be idealists, to serve, and to give back to the world,” Dr. Udaya Shivangi said.

“A trailblazer of the Indian Diaspora, Dr. Shivangi has left an indelible mark on the Indian American community. Throughout the decades, he committed his time, resources, and efforts to serving AAPI and various other Indian American organizations. His leadership, vision, and tireless commitment to advocating for the community set him apart as a pillar of strength and guidance,” Dr. Udaya Shivangi said.

It was only about a month prior to his sudden death that the President of India, Droupadi Murmu, inaugurated the newly built Dr. Sampat Kumar S. Shivangi Cancer Hospital in Belagavi, Karnataka. Spanning 1,75,000 square feet with a capacity of 300 beds, the hospital was built with cutting-edge technology with funds donated by Dr. Sampat Shivangi, she pointed out.

“Dr. Shivangi believed that success is measured not by what we accumulate but by the lives we touch. That is the legacy I promise to uphold. Sampat, you are not gone—you are here, in the walls of the hospital you built, in the halls of the school you founded, and in the hearts of those who loved you. And I will honor you every day of my life,” Dr. Udaya Shivangi assured.

Priya Kurup reflected on her father’s journey from a small-town boy in India to a respected physician and political advocate. She said, “At any given moment, we have two options: to step forward into growth or step back into safety. My father always chose growth.”

Pooja S. Amin emphasized his commitment to improving healthcare access, especially for underserved communities. She highlighted his role in strengthening U.S.- India relations and described his example as “a guiding light for all of us.”

Senator Roger Wicker from Mississippi described Dr. Shivangi as “the American dream” and “the new face of our multiculturalism.” He commended his lifelong advocacy for mental health, noting how he championed the cause despite societal reluctance to recognize it as a treatable medical condition.

Rep. Michael Guest from the state of Mississippi, who received the Legacy Award for his “dynamic leadership,” called it an honor to pay tribute to “an incredible individual.” He shared that Dr. Shivangi’s love for family was as strong as his passion for politics, recalling how he often spoke about his two daughters and three grandchildren.

In Dr. Shivangi’s memory, Rep. Guest presented his family with a flag flown over the U.S. Capitol, along with three copies of the Extension of Remarks entered into the Congressional Record.

Rep. Raja Krishnamoorthi of Illinois described Dr. Shivangi as “one of the most helpful people in the community,” always advocating for others and championing causes that needed attention on Capitol Hill.

Rep. Shri Thanedar from the state of Michigan, who shared a hometown with Dr. Shivangi in Belgaum, India, praised his lifelong dedication to the community and his lasting impact on countless lives.

Representing the Indian Embassy, Minister for Community Affairs Jagmohan emphasized Dr. Shivangi’s commitment to U.S.-India relations, noting that his philanthropic work extended beyond the U.S., with the cancer hospital in India providing world-class treatment to underprivileged patients.

Dr. Vijay Prabhakar, President of the American Multiethnic Coalition and the event’s emcee, described Dr. Shivangi’s work as a “symphony of service resonating in both the Senate halls of America and the humble lanes of Karnataka.” He highlighted Dr. Shivangi’s pivotal role in securing official recognition for Indian Americans as a distinct identity in the U.S. Senate.

Dr. Satheesh Kathula, President of AAPI, acknowledged Dr. Shivangi’s selfless service to AAPI. “There was no committee he didn’t serve on, and he was present at every convention and global health summit,” he noted. Recalling their friendship, Dr. Kathula said, “He would call me, advise me, and even scold me when I was wrong. He was like a father figure and a true role model.”

Shekhar Tiwari of AHC fondly remembered Dr. Shivangi’s patience and ability to explain complex topics with a warm smile. He shared that the only time he saw him visibly upset was during discussions on Canada’s treatment of Indian diplomats and Indian communities.

H.R. Shah, Chairman of TV Asia, described Dr. Shivangi as a “true Republican” and a grassroots leader who worked closely with elected officials. He humorously compared him to a potato, a versatile vegetable that “complements every dish,” symbolizing his ability to connect with people from all backgrounds.

Dr. Vasavi Chakka, Dean of The Global Eye International Institute for Leadership, NFP, announced the establishment of the Dr. Sampatkumar Shivangi Memorial Lecture, to be held annually in both the U.S. and India. The inaugural lecture will be delivered by Robert F. Kennedy Jr., Secretary of Health and Human Services, he said.

Neil Khot, President of the Indian American Business Coalition, praised Dr. Shivangi’s generosity, recalling the recent naming of a lane in Mississippi in his honor. Parthiban Shanmugam, Convenor of Tamils for Trump in Georgia, announced the launch of the organization under the leadership of Dr. Udaya Shivangi and Dr. Vijay Prabhakar.

Dr. Udaya Shivangi expressed her gratitude to all “congressional leaders, doctors, and friends who made this tribute possible. A special acknowledgment to the American Association of Physicians of Indian Origin (AAPI), the Indo-American Political Forum for Education—which Sampat worked so hard to establish with a distinct name as Indian American Political rather than Asian—and the American Hindu Coalition for their support. A heartfelt thanks to AMEC (American Multi-Ethnic Commission USA) and Global Eye Magazine President Dr. Vijay Prabhakar and his team. This tribute would not have been possible without your efforts. From the bottom of my heart, thank you for honoring him.”

The evening concluded with a sense of unity, highlighting Dr. Shivangi’s remarkable contributions across healthcare, politics, and philanthropy. As his family and friends vowed to continue his mission, the event served as a powerful testament to his enduring legacy in both the U.S. and India.

Dr. Shivangi has been actively involved in several philanthropic activities, serving with Blind Foundation of MS, Diabetic, Cancer and Heart Associations of America. Dr. Shivangi has a number of philanthropic works in India including Primary & middle schools, Cultural Center, and IMA Centers that he opened and helped to obtain the first ever US Congressional grant to AAPI to study Diabetes Mellitus amongst Indian Americans.

In addition to establishing the Dr. Sampat Kumar S. Shivangi Cancer Hospital in Karnataka, through the Dr. Sampat Shivangi Foundation, Dr. Shivangi has established multiple charitable institutions in India, including primary and middle schools, community halls, and healthcare facilities, greatly enhancing educational and healthcare access for underserved communities.

In the U.S., Dr. Shivangi has contributed to establishing a Hindu Temple in Jackson, Mississippi, providing a cultural and spiritual hub for the Hindu community and beyond. Recognized for his exemplary service, a street in Mississippi bears his name, a testament to his contributions to healthcare and community welfare.

Over the years, in the pursuit of its vision, the Dr. Sampat Shivangi Foundation has come to be known for its belief and tireless efforts that every individual deserves an opportunity to thrive, and is a beacon of hope, fostering resilience and building a more inclusive and harmonious world for all.

At the heart of societal transformation, The Dr. Sampat Shivangi Foundation stands as a testament to unwavering commitment and compassion. The foundation is built upon the pillars of education, healthcare, mental well-being, tribal support, women’s empowerment, and sports development. With a profound understanding of the multifaceted needs of underprivileged communities, we have designed a range of initiatives that address these vital aspects of human well-being.

As the first Indian American to serve on the Board of the Mississippi State Department of Mental Health, Dr. Shivangi has made significant strides in mental health advocacy. His leadership extends to national positions, serving on the National Board of Directors for the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration (SAMHSA), appointed by Presidents Donald Trump and Joe Biden.

A dedicated advocate for Indo-U.S. relations, Dr. Shivangi has contributed to key initiatives, including the Indo-U.S. Civil Nuclear Agreement, collaborating with President George W. Bush to strengthen ties between the two nations. His commitment to India is further reflected in his coordination efforts with the White House to lift sanctions against India during President Bill Clinton’s administration.

A recipient of numerous awards, including the Pravasi Bharatiya Samman Award, The US Congressional Recognition Award, the Ellis Medal of Honor Award, Lifetime Achievement Award by the Indo-American Press Club, Dr. Shivangi’s legacy reflects a lifelong dedication to improving lives through healthcare, philanthropy, and international diplomacy.

Dr. Shivangi said, he always thought about why the Indian Americans, especially the Physician fraternity, consisting of more than 100,000 physicians in the United States, are not willing to undertake philanthropy in their homeland or in USA. “My hope and prayers is that many more will follow me just as my dream has come true today. I urge my fellow Indo-American physicians to join this movement and help change the world for the better. My humble request is that let us be the change and bring this movement to make our world different tomorrow. I hope my prayers will be answered one day and all humanity lives in a better world.”

Elon Musk to Step Down from Trump Administration After $1 Trillion Deficit Cut

March 30, 2025April 1, 2025 Staff ReporterUSA 0

Tech billionaire Elon Musk announced on Thursday that he will step down from his position in the Donald Trump administration at the end of May after overseeing a $1 trillion reduction in the U.S. deficit. Musk, who was appointed as a “special government employee” for a 130-day term, has led cost-cutting initiatives as the head of the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE).

Musk Calls It a ‘Revolution in Government’

In an interview with Fox News, Musk described his tenure as a historic transformation in federal spending.

“This is a revolution, possibly the biggest in government since the original revolution,” Musk said. “In the end, America will be in a much stronger position, with a fantastic future ahead.”

Musk, 53, who also heads Tesla and SpaceX and owns social media platform X, has received both praise and criticism for his aggressive cost-cutting strategies. Under DOGE, an agency composed of engineers and entrepreneurs, tens of thousands of federal employees have been laid off, and funding for multiple programs has been slashed.

Musk Confirms 130-Day Term Limit

When asked if he would extend his tenure, Musk stated that he believes his objectives will be largely completed by then.

“I think we will have accomplished the majority of what’s needed to cut the deficit by $1 trillion within that timeframe,” he said.

According to DOGE’s website, as of March 27, the agency has saved American taxpayers approximately $130 billion, equating to about $807 per person.

Eliminating Waste and Fraud: A 15% Cut is ‘Achievable’

Musk and his seven-member DOGE team—including Steve Davis, Joe Gebbia, Aram Moghaddassi, Brad Smith, Anthony Armstrong, Tom Krause, and Tyler Hassen—have focused on reducing government inefficiencies.

“Our goal is to cut spending by eliminating waste and fraud, aiming for a 15% reduction, which seems entirely realistic,” Musk told Fox News’ Bret Baier.

“The government operates inefficiently, with significant waste and fraud. We are confident that a 15% cut can be achieved without impacting critical services.”

Federal Credit Card Oversight: ‘This Doesn’t Make Sense’

A key area of DOGE’s focus has been federal credit card usage. DOGE member Steve Davis pointed out that there are around 4.6 million government-issued credit cards for an estimated 2.3 to 2.4 million employees.

“This doesn’t add up,” Davis said. “We’ve asked agencies whether they actually need all these cards, if they are being used, and if they can physically account for them.”

Musk called the situation absurd.

“There shouldn’t be more government credit cards than there are employees,” he said.

Criticism Over Lack of Oversight

Despite the administration’s claims of efficiency, critics argue that DOGE wields too much authority with insufficient oversight. Opponents allege that Musk’s team has unilaterally canceled federal contracts and implemented budget cuts without congressional approval.

Musk dismissed these concerns, insisting that his team takes a meticulous approach to decision-making.

“Some may say we’re making impulsive cuts, but that’s far from the truth,” Musk said. “We double-check, even triple-check, before making a decision.”

He also acknowledged that mistakes can happen.

“That’s not to say we don’t make errors. Expecting a flawless approach is like demanding a baseball player to bat a thousand—it’s impossible. When we make mistakes, we correct them quickly and move forward.”

India and US Begin Bilateral Trade Talks Amid Tariff Concerns

March 30, 2025March 31, 2025 Staff ReporterWorld 0

India and the United States have commenced bilateral trade negotiations in Delhi, which will continue until Saturday.

A U.S. delegation, led by Assistant Trade Representative for South and Central Asia Brendan Lynch, arrived in the Indian capital on Tuesday for discussions aimed at strengthening trade relations.

“This visit reflects the United States’ continued commitment to advancing a productive and balanced trade relationship with India,” the U.S. Embassy stated.

The talks come ahead of U.S. President Donald Trump’s April 2 deadline to impose “reciprocal” tariffs on several countries, including India. Trump has long advocated for tit-for-tat tariffs, arguing that the U.S. should impose the same duties on foreign goods that its trading partners levy on American exports.

India’s junior commerce minister Jitin Prasada informed parliament on Tuesday that both nations were negotiating a “multi-sector bilateral trade agreement” to expand market access and address “tariff and non-tariff barriers.”

Trade discussions between the two countries have been ongoing since Trump assumed office. In March, Trade Minister Piyush Goyal made an unscheduled visit to the U.S. following Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi’s February trip to Washington.

Until recently, the U.S. was India’s largest trading partner, with bilateral trade reaching $190 billion. Trump and Modi had set an ambitious target to more than double this figure to $500 billion (£400 billion). The two nations have also committed to finalizing the first phase of a trade deal by autumn 2025.

Despite these commitments, past tensions have characterized U.S.-India trade relations. The Trump administration has previously criticized India as a “tariff king” and a “big abuser” of trade agreements.

In response to U.S. concerns, India recently lowered tariffs on select American goods, including Bourbon whiskey and motorcycles. However, trade imbalances persist, with India maintaining a $45 billion surplus. India’s average tariff rate of approximately 12% remains significantly higher than the U.S. rate of 2%.

While officials have not disclosed details of the ongoing talks, a Reuters report suggests that India might reduce tariffs on over half of U.S. imports worth $23 billion in the first phase of a trade deal. This move could be an attempt to prevent retaliatory action from Washington.

Although Trump has pushed for strict tariff reciprocity, he hinted on Monday that his administration might take a more lenient approach.

“We may take less than what they’re charging, because they’ve charged us so much, I don’t think they could take it,” Trump said, suggesting that some countries might receive exemptions from the new measures.

As negotiations progress, both nations aim to strike a deal that balances market access with their respective economic priorities.

US-India Strategic Partnership Forum Hosts Capitol Hill Briefing on Strengthening Bilateral Ties

March 30, 2025March 31, 2025 Staff ReporterCommunity 0

The US-India Strategic Partnership Forum (USISPF), in collaboration with the Congressional Caucus on India and Indian Americans, hosted a briefing on the U.S.-India strategic partnership. The discussion focused on strengthening cooperation across defense, trade, and technology.

Held on March 26 at Capitol Hill, the event was attended by 11 Members of Congress, including Co-Chairs Congressmen Rich McCormick (GA-07) and Ro Khanna (CA-17), along with Co-Vice Chair Marc Veasey (TX-33). Other attendees included Representatives Jim Costa (CA-21), Glenn Grothman (WI-6), Raja Krishnamoorthi (IL-8), Ed Case (HI-1), Kim Schrier (WA-8), Janelle Bynum (OR-5), Derek Tran (CA-45), and Herb Conaway (NJ-3).

Key Remarks

Speaking at the event, USISPF President and CEO Dr. Mukesh Aghi highlighted the bipartisan nature of U.S.-India relations. “The strategic partnership between our two democracies has been defined by past presidents as the most important strategic partnership of the 21st century. Our event with Members of Congress reflects both the bipartisan nature and strategic heft that the relationship with New Delhi has been given, especially in these venerated halls of Congress and in policy-making discourse,” said Dr. Aghi. He emphasized the continuity of Indo-Pacific cooperation through frameworks such as the Quad, I2U2, and IMEC.

Indian Ambassador to the U.S., Vinay Mohan Kwatra, also participated in the briefing. He underlined the strong foundations of the India-U.S. partnership and its bipartisan support in Congress. “We have set an ambitious agenda across defense, trade, technology, science, education, and people-to-people ties. We are committed to growing and expanding this relationship into new territories and new areas, including $500 billion in trade in the coming years,” Ambassador Kwatra stated.

Congressman Rich McCormick stressed India’s importance as a key ally. “As the largest democracy in South Asia, India is a critical ally of ours both in trade and defense, and our bipartisan discussions today emphasize the need to continue this relationship. I’m committed to building mutual cooperation between our two nations while advocating for the Indian-American diaspora here at home,” he said.

Congressman Ro Khanna described the U.S.-India partnership as a defining relationship of the 21st century. “We had a meaningful discussion on the importance of this strategic alliance and reaffirmed our shared commitment to advancing national security, economic prosperity, and technological innovation,” he said.

Future Engagements

USISPF announced plans to continue hosting similar discussions with congressional members and staff throughout 2025. A U.S.-India Trade Staff briefing is scheduled for April 22 on Capitol Hill.

DOJ Memo Signals Tougher Immigration Crackdown, Raising Risks for Employers

March 30, 2025 Staff ReporterImmigration 0

A new Department of Justice (DOJ) memo directs federal prosecutors to prioritize immigration-related cases, potentially exposing many employers to criminal charges. The policy shift could lead to prosecutions for employing undocumented immigrants and for violations involving H-1B visa holders, where revocations were previously standard practice.

DOJ Immigration Memorandum

Attorney General Pam Bondi, in a memo issued to all DOJ employees, emphasized that the U.S. faces “historic threats from widespread illegal immigration.” As a result, she declared that “immigration enforcement” is now the DOJ’s top prosecution priority.

“The Department of Justice shall use all available criminal statutes to combat the flood of illegal immigration that took place over the last four years and continue to support the Department of Homeland Security’s immigration and removal initiatives,” the Feb. 5 memo states.

It instructs U.S. Attorney’s Offices and other DOJ components to pursue criminal immigration-related charges when violations are identified by federal, state, or local law enforcement or the Intelligence Community. Specific statutes cited include:

8 U.S.C. § 1304 & 1306 – Alien registration requirements and penalties for failure to notify authorities of address changes.
8 U.S.C. § 1324 – Prohibitions on “bringing in and harboring” undocumented immigrants, which may now be enforced against employers.
8 U.S.C. §§ 1325-1328 – Laws covering illegal entry, reentry of removed individuals, aiding unlawful entry, and human trafficking for “immoral purposes.”

The memo also mandates that DOJ attorneys report all declined immigration-related prosecutions as “Urgent Reports.” Additionally, each U.S. Attorney’s Office must provide quarterly data on immigration cases, pending investigations, convictions, and subsequent removals.

Increased Risks for Employers

The DOJ memo is expected to significantly increase immigration-related prosecutions. According to Chris Thomas, a partner at Holland & Hart, the DOJ is now instructing field offices to accept nearly all immigration-related referrals for prosecution.

“With 8 U.S.C. 1324 specifically cited, it’s clear that they plan to pursue criminal charges against companies and individuals who ‘know or recklessly disregard’ an employee’s unlawful status,” Thomas said. He noted that the law could also be applied to employers who knowingly work with staffing agencies or contractors that employ undocumented workers.

A recent case illustrates this shift: on Feb. 14, Homeland Security Investigations charged the owners of a Texas bakery with “harboring” eight undocumented workers under 8 U.S.C. 1324.

Thomas predicts that authorities will focus less on labor violations—such as employing undocumented minors—and more on using I-9 audits to build criminal cases against employers. “Companies must train staff on conducting I-9 audits, responding to ICE inspections, and handling potential raids,” he advised. He also urged businesses to consult legal counsel when addressing past compliance issues.

Impact on H-1B Employers

Employers of H-1B visa holders could also face heightened scrutiny. Under a recent H-1B rule, U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) has codified its authority to conduct site visits, including at third-party work locations and even employees’ home offices.

USCIS rejected arguments that such visits violate employer rights. Immigration advocacy group FWD.us noted that officers can deny or revoke petitions if an employer, including a third-party entity, refuses to cooperate or does not respond to written inquiries within a set timeframe.

“Employers should prepare for USCIS site visits, ensuring documentation aligns with petitions and that internal immigration teams are trained to address inquiries,” said Vic Goel of Goel & Anderson.

Thomas warned that even minor misrepresentations will likely be flagged for criminal investigation. “FDNS [Fraud Detection and National Security Directorate] will no longer just refer cases for revocation—they will escalate cases to Homeland Security Investigations and other agencies for criminal prosecution.”

The DOJ’s intensified focus on immigration cases aligns with broader Trump administration policies. Thomas expects an aggressive approach: “The focus will be to bring any and all charges available under immigration law.”

FIA New England Honors Women Leaders at International Women’s Day 2025 Celebration

March 30, 2025 Staff ReporterWomen 0

The Foundation of Indian-Americans (FIA) New England (fiane.org), a non-profit organization, hosted a grand celebration for International Women’s Day 2025 on March 8 at the John F. Kennedy Presidential Library and Museum. The event recognized outstanding women leaders from diverse fields for their remarkable contributions to society.

Celebrating Women’s Achievements

The day-long celebration began with an interactive video session featuring women leaders sharing their experiences and reflections. The theme was inspired by John F. Kennedy’s famous words: “Ask not what your country can do for you; ask what you can do for your country.” The session was moderated by FIA executive team members Manisha Kumar, Anupama Debroy, Dr. Lakshmi Thalanki, Piyusha, and Vishant Mahajan, according to a press release from FIA-NE.

During the official honoring ceremony, Irena Victoria King read aloud the International Women’s Day Governor’s Proclamation and shared a special message from Joe Kennedy III.

Honoring Women Leaders

The event recognized women across various fields, including entrepreneurship, education, healthcare, arts, fashion, community service, and philanthropy. The honorees included:

Irena Victoria King – Entrepreneurship & Economic Development
Chelsea Force – Martial Arts Educator for Underprivileged Children
Maggie Lemay – Former Naval Officer & Ms. Continental Worldwide; Health and Wellness Contributions
Misti Nordstrom – International Mrs. North America; Fashion and Beauty Contributions
Michelle Guerrero – Advocate for Small Business Owners
Shefali Desai Kalyani – Feeding the Homeless & Supporting Food Pantries
Charu Patel – Mental Healthcare Professional
Pratibha Ayurved – Ayurveda Research & Scholarship
Sunaina Chauhan – Leadership in Education, Supporting Underprivileged Families
Manisha Jain Jain – Leadership in Education for Underprivileged Children
Neela Gandhi Gandhi – Over Three Decades of Community Service
Ekta Jaina Jain – Contributions in Music & Arts
Meetu Gupta – Philanthropy & Social Work
Divya Salhi – Contributions in Philanthropy and Community Service
Vasudha Kudrimoti – Creative Media
Neeharika Munjal – Youth Mentorship
Nagasree Chakka – Women & Children Empowerment
Java Mehta Joshi – Promoting Creative Arts and Culture
Yogita Miharia – Creative Arts and Culture
Dhaniben Patel-Manisha Patel – Philanthropy & Community Service
Sangeeta Saxena – Spiritual Guidance & Service
Sonali Doshi – Music Influencer
Nandita Kansara – Healthcare Contributions During COVID-19
Anupama Debroy – Community & Volunteer Service

Recognizing Contributions

The FIA team, led by MCs Priyanka Wadhwa and Jyoti Singh, presented each honoree with a memento and award, recognizing their achievements. Organizers expressed gratitude to the John F. Kennedy Presidential Library and Museum staff and the dignitaries in attendance for making the event a success.

L2: Empuraan Opens to a Blockbuster Start, Collects ₹22 Crore on Day 1

March 30, 2025 Staff ReporterCinema 0

The highly anticipated Malayalam action-thriller L2: Empuraan, starring Mohanlal, hit theatres on Thursday (March 27), serving as a sequel to the 2019 hit Lucifer. The film had a phenomenal opening, raking in ₹22 crore at the box office on its first day, according to industry tracker Sacnilk.

Strong Occupancy Across Shows

The film witnessed an impressive overall occupancy rate of 61.02% in the Malayalam market on its release day. Show-wise occupancy figures stood as follows:

Morning shows: 63.32%
Afternoon shows: 54.32%
Evening shows: 60.43%
Night shows: 66.00% (highest turnout)

Critical Acclaim and Industry Reactions

Film critic and trade analyst Taran Adarsh took to X (formerly Twitter) to praise L2: Empuraan, calling its debut a “historic start across Kerala.” He noted that theatres in major cities, including Thiruvananthapuram, Kochi, Kozhikode, Kottayam, Thrissur, and Palakkad, were experiencing packed shows, signaling an “earth-shattering opening.”

He further stated, “Empuraan is on track to rewrite opening-day records. If this momentum continues, it could very well be a game-changer for the Malayalam film industry!”

Star-Studded Cast and Production

Directed by Prithviraj Sukumaran, L2: Empuraan is backed by Aashirvad Cinemas, Sree Gokulam Movies, and Lyca Productions and produced by Antony Perumbavoor, Gokulam Gopalan, and Subaskaran.

Apart from Mohanlal in the lead, the film boasts a star-studded cast, including Prithviraj Sukumaran, Tovino Thomas, Manju Warrier, Sachin Khedekar, Abhimanyu Singh, Jerome Flynn, Eriq Ebouaney, Suraj Venjaramoodu, and Indrajith Sukumaran in pivotal roles.

Director’s Vision

Speaking about the film’s narrative, Prithviraj Sukumaran emphasized the importance of maintaining a coherent visual communication. He stated, “With so many events unfolding back to back, it’s easy for the audience to lose focus. L2: Empuraan is a fast-paced film that shifts rapidly between timelines, locations, and different parts of the world, often depicting simultaneous events across multiple timelines. Because of this, I had to be constantly aware of where the narrative was headed and ensure that the pacing remained consistent throughout.”

With a powerful opening and strong word-of-mouth, L2: Empuraan is poised for a record-breaking run at the box office.

Rakesh Khurana Reflects on 11 Years as Harvard College Dean

March 30, 2025 Staff ReporterEducation 0

For Rakesh Khurana, understanding the mission comes first. Without it, decisions about what to do next and how to proceed lose meaning.

That guiding principle has shaped Khurana’s tenure as the Danoff Dean of Harvard College, a role he will step down from at the end of the academic year after 11 years. He will return to teaching in the Faculty of Arts and Sciences and at Harvard Business School.

Khurana, who serves as the Marvin Bower Professor of Leadership Development and a professor of sociology, first arrived at Harvard in 1993 as a graduate student. He earned a master’s in sociology in 1997 and a Ph.D. in organizational behavior in 1998.

During his time as dean, he worked to enhance opportunities in the arts and public service, reorganized office infrastructure to better support students, helped launch the Intellectual Vitality initiative, and championed the recruitment of students from diverse backgrounds.

He also established a presence on Instagram, affectionately called the “Deanstagram.” In this edited conversation, Khurana discusses his accomplishments, lessons learned, and reflections on Harvard’s community.

Khurana is among the longest-serving deans of Harvard College. Reflecting on his tenure, he finds particular satisfaction in having served in what he considers the best role in higher education. As an immigrant, he grew up in a family that regarded higher education as sacred, with Harvard being a symbol of that ideal.

From the outset, his administration focused on being a mission-oriented institution, committed to educating citizen leaders. This mission was pursued through the transformative experience of a liberal arts and science education, emphasizing intellectual, social, and personal development.

“One of the things that I feel good about is that there’s a strong sense of understanding of the College’s mission,” Khurana said. “That clarity has let us take numerous actions on everything ranging from adopting an honor code, which is emblematic of the kind of aspiration that we want to have for our students, to the renewal of the Gen Ed program, which occurred at a time when there was a debate over whether it would even continue.”

The commitment to a broad general education anchored in the liberal arts remains vital. He highlighted Professor Michael Sandel’s renewed “Justice” class as an example of an intergenerational connection between students and alumni, bridging past and present while addressing contemporary issues.

Khurana also takes pride in the Intellectual Vitality initiative, which his team had worked on for several years. A data-driven yet adaptable approach enabled Harvard to focus on substance rather than trends. He hopes that his legacy includes a steadfast commitment to the mission while ensuring institutional evolution.

“To be in a place where the past is being honored, the present is being contended with, and where the future is being shaped through research is an incredible privilege,” he said.

Reflecting on challenges faced during his tenure, Khurana believes that universities both reflect and magnify the world beyond their campuses. The opportunity to bring together students from diverse backgrounds is invaluable but requires intentional community-building efforts.

“Creating this community requires building a lot of capacities and skills and role modeling,” he noted. “Maybe in the past we could take for granted that this all existed, but I think we can’t assume that students and faculty and staff are coming here with this understanding.”

Acknowledging that Harvard is not a perfect institution, he emphasized its long-standing recognition that excellence takes many forms. This evolving understanding moves the university closer to its motto of veritas.

Khurana, an organizational sociologist who has studied institutions, leadership, and bureaucracy, found that the practical experience of being dean was different from what he had anticipated. The gap between knowing theories and implementing them became evident.

Three principles remained central to his leadership: mission, vision, and values. “The power of that is something I’d been teaching about for years, and it’s so interesting to see how powerful it is and how easy it is to forget,” he said. He ensured that every meeting started by reaffirming the College’s mission.

Another lesson was the scrutiny that comes with leadership. “When you’re in a position of responsibility, you are constantly role modeling,” he observed. “People are not just paying attention to what you say, but to what you do. Your walk has to be your talk.”

Khurana likened leadership to coaching, where one helps individuals align their aspirations with their skills. In the process, he found that he was also coaching himself. He also recognized that everyone is a work in progress and that surrounding oneself with people committed to the mission, vision, and values fosters trust and progress.

The most challenging moment of his tenure was the COVID-19 pandemic. Harvard had to adjust to a world without the campus experiences that define it—the serendipitous interactions, diverse perspectives, and shared spaces. “To de-densify campus in a short time period, to try to deal with the reality of the situation, the uncertainty that it presented, and keep academic continuity… That was the most challenging moment,” he said. Despite the difficulties, he was proud of how the university came together as one institution to navigate the crisis.

“Harvard is not a perfect institution. I don’t think we should be a perfect institution because if we were coming close to that ideal, that would mean we are not playing a big enough game,” he remarked.

Khurana has been vocal about declining trust in higher education and believes rebuilding it requires reinforcing Harvard’s core strengths. The university’s legitimacy, he said, is rooted in academic excellence and meritocracy.

“There are three things that institutions like ours should be doing,” he stated. “One is that we convene excellence—in our faculty, our students, and staff.” He believes highlighting excellence in bringing people together is essential.

Second, he emphasized Harvard’s commitment to veritas. “We need to be an institution that lives with an uncomfortable truth rather than a comfortable delusion.”

Third, he advocated for streamlining the institution. Harvard has a responsibility to foster open discussions on complex issues. It must also ensure that families investing in education receive effective teaching while upholding the moral responsibility of shaping young minds.

“When you are politicized, people believe you are producing biased research, not encouraging independent thinking, inculcating ideology, or not allowing for conversations on difficult topics,” he warned.

Many in the community view Khurana as approachable. He admits this wasn’t always the case. As a college student, he often ate meals alone, preferring to immerse himself in academic discussions with scholars like Max Weber and John Stuart Mill through books. Over time, he realized the value of learning from peers.

He attributes his sense of humility to his mother, who taught him, “Nobody’s better than you, but you’re also not better than anyone else.” This perspective encouraged him to engage with everyone, from faculty to custodial staff, recognizing that each person has an interesting story to share.

“I would often look for the student who was sitting by themselves at a meal and think to myself, ‘I wish somebody would have sat with me at that time,’” he said. That inclination led him to become a faculty dean at Cabot House, where he became comfortable initiating conversations.

Born in India, Khurana’s parents immigrated to the U.S. in pursuit of better educational opportunities for their children. His mother was a public school teacher in the Bronx, and his father was an accountant. His mother prioritized access to the best schools, even moving neighborhoods to secure better educational prospects.

He began his higher education at SUNY Binghamton before transferring to Cornell, encouraged by a professor who saw potential in him. That moment exemplified the power of a teacher’s belief in a student, which Khurana now strives to recreate for others.

His path to Harvard started when an HBS faculty member visited the tech startup where he worked and encouraged him to apply to graduate school. The following year, he was at Harvard.

One of his greatest joys is being on campus. “To be in a place where the past is being honored, the present is being contended with, and where the future is being shaped through research is an incredible privilege,” he said.

Looking ahead, Khurana plans to continue sharing his experiences on Instagram, believing that transparency can help rebuild trust in institutions. “You can’t tell that Harvard is trying to be the best for the world. You have to show it,” he said.

Myanmar Earthquake Kills Over 1,600 as Rescue Efforts Struggle Amid Civil War

March 30, 2025 Staff ReporterWorld 0

More than 1,600 people have died in Myanmar following a devastating earthquake, with survivors in some areas telling the BBC they have been left to dig through rubble with their bare hands in search of loved ones.

The quake has flattened much of Mandalay, Myanmar’s ancient capital and second-largest city, home to about 1.5 million people. A lack of equipment, disrupted communication networks, and damaged roads and bridges have severely hindered rescue operations.

Myanmar’s military junta, which seized power in 2021, has lost control of large parts of the country due to an ongoing civil war against rebel groups and anti-coup resistance forces.

Although rescue efforts have been ongoing since Friday and international aid has started arriving, relief has yet to reach the worst-hit areas. In the absence of official coordination, ordinary citizens have been forced to dig out survivors by hand.

Widely circulated footage shows two men removing rubble to free a young woman trapped between two concrete slabs. Locals told the BBC that people were still screaming for help from beneath the debris.

Rescuers managed to pull a woman alive from the wreckage of a 12-story apartment block in Mandalay nearly 30 hours after it collapsed, but the Red Cross estimates that more than 90 people may still be trapped.

In a nearby township, authorities discovered the bodies of 12 preschool children and a teacher beneath a collapsed kindergarten.

The UN humanitarian agency OCHA reported that severe damage to the main highway connecting Myanmar’s largest city, Yangon, to the capital, Nay Pyi Taw, and Mandalay has significantly disrupted transportation. Medical supplies, including trauma kits, blood bags, anesthetics, essential medicines, and tents for health workers, are also in short supply.

Rescue workers continue to listen for any signs of life. “We can only rescue people when we hear them,” one worker said.

On Saturday, a rescue team in Mandalay’s Sintkai township pulled several people from the debris of a collapsed private school. Six—five females and one male—had already died by the time rescuers arrived. The victims included students, teachers, and staff.

A lack of proper equipment has slowed down rescues. “We are making do with what we have,” a worker told BBC Burmese. “We have been trying for hours to pull out a girl trapped under the collapsed school.”

Communication has also been severely disrupted, making coordination difficult. A rescue worker in Mandalay told a BBC reporter in Yangon that contacting teams on the ground has been nearly impossible.

“The main thing is that we don’t have internet lines, we don’t have phone lines, so it’s very difficult to connect with each other. The rescue team has arrived, but we don’t know where it will go because the phone lines are down,” he said.

A Mandalay resident described the rescue efforts as chaotic, with little official leadership.

“There is no coordination in the rescue efforts, no one to lead them, or tell them what to do. Locals have had to fend for themselves. If they find dead bodies in the debris, they don’t even know where to send them; hospitals are overwhelmed and unable to cope,” the resident said.

The junta estimates that over 1,500 buildings in Mandalay have been damaged. Widespread power outages have exacerbated the crisis, and officials say restoring electricity could take days.

Mandalay’s airport is currently inoperable due to runway damage. The military council has set up a temporary hospital, medical relief camp, and shelter at the site while working to restore airport operations.

Just 25 kilometers from Mandalay, in Sagaing, the older of two bridges connecting the region has completely collapsed, while the newer bridge has developed cracks, making it impassable. The blockage has prevented emergency teams from reaching the area.

“Right now, there are not enough people even for emergency rescue. We can’t pick up bodies, there are so many people trapped. We can’t cross either bridge, so we are all stuck in the rubble. Please help emergency rescuers come and rescue us,” a local resident pleaded to BBC Burmese.

The newly built capital, Nay Pyi Taw, where the military junta is headquartered, has experienced aftershocks and minor tremors. The city has suffered extensive damage, with high casualties, collapsed buildings, and buckled roads.

Despite making a rare international appeal for aid, the junta has continued airstrikes and drone attacks against armed opposition groups.

BBC Burmese confirmed that at least seven people were killed in an airstrike in Naungcho in northern Shan state. The attack took place around 3:30 p.m. local time, less than three hours after the earthquake struck.

Pro-democracy rebel groups have reported additional aerial bombings in Chang-U township in central Sagaing, the epicenter of the quake. There are also reports of airstrikes near the Thai border.

Tom Andrews, the UN’s special rapporteur on human rights in Myanmar, condemned the military’s actions.

“The problem is that you still have military operations going on right now… Military strikes by the junta,” he told the BBC.

“I’m calling upon the junta to just stop, stop any of its military operations. This is completely outrageous and unacceptable.”

As rescue efforts continue, Myanmar’s humanitarian crisis deepens, with thousands still unaccounted for and survivors pleading for urgent assistance.

Advanced Economies Surpass Gulf Nations as Top Sources of Remittances to India: RBI Report

March 30, 2025 Staff ReporterMoney 0

A recent Reserve Bank of India (RBI) report reveals that advanced economies such as the United States and the United Kingdom have overtaken Gulf nations as the primary sources of remittances to India.

According to the study, titled Changing Dynamics of India’s Remittances – Insights from the Sixth Round of India’s Remittances Survey, India’s total remittances more than doubled, rising from $55.6 billion in 2010-11 to $118.7 billion in 2023-24. The RBI predicts that this figure will continue to grow, potentially reaching $160 billion by 2029.

Key Findings of the 6th Round of the Remittances Survey

Dominance of Advanced Economies: Remittances from the US and the UK nearly doubled to 40% of total inflows in FY24, up from 26% in FY17. Specifically, the UK’s share surged from 3% in FY17 to 10.8% in FY24.
US as the Leading Source: The US became the top contributor in FY21 with a 23.4% share, which increased to nearly 28% in FY24.
Emerging Players: Singapore’s contribution reached 6.6% in FY24, the highest since FY17, when it stood at 5.5%. Australia also emerged as a key contributor, accounting for 2.3% of remittances.
Declining Share of Gulf Nations:
- The UAE’s contribution fell from 27% in FY17 to 19.2% in FY24.
- Remittances from Saudi Arabia almost halved, dropping from 11.6% in FY17 to 6.7% in FY24.
- The overall share of Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) nations (UAE, Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Qatar, Oman, Bahrain) declined to 38% in FY24, down from 47% in FY17.

Top Recipient States

Maharashtra remained the top recipient, receiving 20.5% of remittances in 2023-24, though this was a decline from 35.2% in 2020-21.
Kerala’s share rose from about 10% to 19.7% over the same period.
Tamil Nadu ranked third with 10.4%, followed by Telangana (8.1%) and Karnataka (7.7%).
Haryana, Gujarat, and Punjab saw increased remittances, but their share remained below 5% each.

Shift in Migration Patterns Driving the Change

The shift in remittance sources reflects a broader transformation in Indian migration patterns, with skilled professionals favoring developed countries over the Gulf.

1. Stronger Job Markets in Advanced Economies

High-paying jobs in the US, UK, Canada, and Australia attract skilled Indian professionals in sectors such as finance, medicine, and technology.
Post-Covid US job market recovery led to increased remittances from Indian professionals.
The UK-India Migration and Mobility Partnership simplified work visa processes, contributing to a surge in Indian migration to the UK from 76,000 in 2020 to 250,000 in 2023.
Canada’s Express Entry and Australia’s immigration system prioritize skilled workers, offering higher wages and boosting remittances.

2. Declining Job Prospects in the Gulf

Many Indian migrants returned from the Gulf during Covid-19 and later relocated to advanced economies for better job opportunities.
Economic diversification and automation reduced demand for low-skilled Indian labor, particularly in the construction sector.
Nationalization policies like Saudi Arabia’s Nitaqatand the UAE’s Emiratization prioritize local workers, further limiting job opportunities for migrants.

3. Changing Migration Trends by Region

South Indian states (Kerala, Tamil Nadu, Andhra Pradesh, Telangana) are now sending more migrants to the US, UK, Canada, and Australia instead of the Gulf.
North Indian states (Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Rajasthan) continue to send large numbers of workers to the Gulf due to lower educational attainment, which limits access to skilled jobs in developed nations.

4. Rise in Education-Driven Migration

The preference for higher education in Canada, the UK, and Australia has contributed to higher remittances from these countries.
Canada hosts 32% of Indian students abroad, followed by the US (25.3%), the UK (13.9%), and Australia (9.2%).

Digital Transactions Powering Remittances

The Rupee Drawing Arrangement (RDA) remains the dominant channel for inward remittances, followed by direct Vostro transfers and fintech platforms.
Digital remittances now account for 73.5% of total transactions in 2023-24, reflecting a shift toward more efficient and transparent money transfers.

Conclusion

The transformation in India’s remittance sources highlights a shift from low-skilled labor migration to skilled professional migration to advanced economies. With stronger job markets in countries like the US, UK, Canada, and Australia, along with growing education-driven migration, remittances from these nations are expected to continue rising. Meanwhile, declining opportunities and restrictive policies in the Gulf have led to a shrinking share of remittances from the region.

Major Changes to U.S. Visa Rules After April 2025: What Travelers Need to Know

March 30, 2025 Staff ReporterImmigration 0

Planning a trip to the U.S. after April 2025? Significant updates to the visa application and interview process could impact your travel plans. Here’s a detailed look at the key changes and how to prepare.

DS-160 Barcode Accuracy Now Mandatory

A crucial update requires that the DS-160 barcode number used in the visa application perfectly match the one used for booking the visa appointment. Any mismatch will result in appointment rescheduling and an additional $185 Machine Readable Visa (MRV) fee. This change aims to streamline the process but requires applicants to double-check their details carefully.

What is the Machine Readable Visa (MRV) Fee?

The MRV fee is a mandatory, non-refundable, and non-transferable payment required for most nonimmigrant visa applications. It covers processing costs regardless of whether the visa is approved or denied.

Mandatory Advance Submission of Supporting Documents

Applicants must now upload all required supporting documents at least 72 hours before their interview via the CEAC portal. This includes:

Financial records
Invitation letters
Employment verification documents

This change eliminates last-minute submissions, ensuring a smoother interview process.

Changes to U.S. Visa Interview Waiver Policy

Starting February 18, 2025, consular officers will have reduced authority to waive in-person visa interviews. This means:

Applicants who previously qualified for waivers may now need to attend an in-person interview.
This affects work visas, student visas, and other temporary visa categories.
Some exceptions may still apply based on the applicant’s visa history and other factors.

What These Changes Mean for Applicants

✔ Double-check DS-160 details: Ensure the barcode matches to avoid costly rescheduling.

✔ Prepare documents in advance: Digital uploads must be completed at least 72 hours before the interview.

✔ Be ready for in-person interviews: Fewer applicants will qualify for waivers, making preparation essential.

Tips for a Smooth U.S. Visa Application

Start Early: Begin your application well in advance.
Double-Check Everything: Pay special attention to details, especially the barcode number.
Organize Your Documents: Have digital copies of all required materials.
Use the CEAC Portal: Familiarize yourself with the system for correct uploads.
Stay Updated: Visa policies may continue to change—check State.govfor the latest updates.

Final Thoughts

These new regulations emphasize accuracy, preparedness, and compliance with updated policies. Travelers should stay informed and ensure all requirements are met to avoid delays and additional costs. For official updates, visit the U.S. Department of State website.

Donald Trump’s Approval Rating Declines as Economic Concerns Mount

March 29, 2025March 31, 2025 Staff ReporterUSA 0

Approval Ratings Slip Below Water

President Donald Trump’s approval rating has dipped into negative territory, with nearly every major pollster now showing more Americans disapprove of his job performance than approve. According to Newsweek’s tracker, Trump’s approval rating stands at 48%, while disapproval is at 49%, marking a one-point drop since Friday.

The Fox News poll, conducted between March 14-17, also found that 51% of respondents disapprove of Trump’s performance, while 49% approve, giving him a net rating of -2. Meanwhile, the latest YouGov/Economist and Morning Consult polls recorded a net approval of -3.

Trump’s Handling of the Economy Draws Criticism

Dissatisfaction with Trump’s economic policies appears to be a key driver of his declining popularity. A Fox News poll found that 56% of Americans disapprove of Trump’s handling of the economy, while only 43% approve. The latest Reuters/Ipsos poll paints an even bleaker picture, with only 38% approving of Trump’s economic leadership and a mere 34% expressing confidence in his ability to manage the cost of living.

Adding to concerns, 71% of Americans believe the economy will enter a recession this year, while Trump’s trade policies—especially tariffs on Canada, Mexico, and China—are fueling fears of higher inflation. Goldman Sachs previously estimated that these tariffs could push inflation up by 1% and provoke retaliatory actions from other countries.

Comparisons to Biden and First-Term Approval

At this point in his presidency, Trump’s 48% approval rating is lower than Joe Biden’s 53% approval rating on March 26, 2021, according to RealClearPolitics. However, compared to his first term, Trump’s popularity has improved. On March 26, 2017, his approval rating stood at just 43%, with a disapproval rating of 52%, giving him a net approval of -9.

Despite the recent dip, some polls remain favorable. Rasmussen Reports, known for producing more Republican-leaning results, places Trump’s net approval at +4. Meanwhile, RMG Research, founded by Scott Rasmussen, gave him a net approval of +8, with 53% approving and 45% disapproving.

Outlook and Potential Shifts

Trump’s approval rating will likely continue to fluctuate in the coming weeks, influenced by economic developments, U.S. trade policies, ongoing tensions over the Russia-Ukraine war, and the potential for a recession. His ability to regain public trust on economic issues could be a crucial factor in shaping political dynamics ahead of the midterm elections.

Uncertain Times for Immigrants in the US Amid Heightened Enforcement

March 29, 2025March 31, 2025 Staff ReporterCommunity 0

The current climate in the United States has left many immigrants uncertain about their status and security. Reports have surfaced of visa and green card holders, as well as tourists, being detained and deported. However, the Trump administration does not appear to be indiscriminately targeting all legal immigrants who have authorization to remain in the country on a large scale.

Some of those affected seem to have been singled out due to their political activism. One such case involved a Brown University professor and doctor with a green card who was deported after officials discovered photos of former Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah and Iran’s supreme leader on her phone. Another case saw immigration authorities detain a former Columbia student and green card holder involved in campus protests over the war in Gaza, citing a Trump executive order prohibiting antisemitism.

In other instances, the administration has not provided clear reasons for detaining individuals. A German citizen with a green card was interrogated by border officials in Boston and detained without access to his anxiety medication. It remains unclear whether he has been charged with any crime. Similarly, as of Tuesday, no official explanation had been given for the detention of a Turkish doctoral student.

Notably, US citizens have also been affected. One individual reported being arrested by immigration agents while walking in Chicago. His identification was confiscated, and he was held for ten hours before being released.

While such cases are relatively limited in number, they have gone viral, sparking fear within immigrant communities.

According to immigration attorneys, it is difficult to gauge the level of concern legal immigrants living and working in the US should have.

“After practicing for 40 years, it’s really difficult to divine what a measured response is right now,” said Kathleen Campbell Walker, former president of the American Immigration Lawyers Association.

Although cases of detained or deported visa and green card holders appear to be rare, legal experts recommend that immigrants—as well as US citizens—take certain precautions in this uncertain environment.

Carry Identification Documents

Legal non-citizen immigrants have long been required by law to carry their immigration papers at all times. However, under Trump, the penalties for failing to do so are increasing.

In April, the administration is set to raise the fine for not carrying required documents from $100 to $5,000, Campbell Walker said. While failing to possess documentation has always been a misdemeanor, it can now lead to detention and deportation proceedings. Trump has revoked Biden-era immigration enforcement priorities, making even those charged with nonviolent, minor crimes subject to deportation.

Additionally, beginning next month, the administration will require all noncitizens to register with the federal government. Those who fail to do so will be designated as priorities for immigration enforcement. Many noncitizens who have previously interacted with federal agencies—such as those who applied for immigration benefits or received notices to appear in court—are already considered registered under this policy.

Campbell Walker also advised US citizens to carry proof of nationality, such as a passport card or birth certificate, given reports of Americans being mistakenly detained by immigration agents. Concerns have been raised that some agents are racially or ethnically profiling individuals during enforcement actions.

“Carrying documents on your person, making sure that people who are not citizens or naturalized or acquired citizens have one place in your home where you have all your important documentation together and making sure that you have copies—those are all reasonable and important steps to be taking in a moment like this, when we see the administration attacking free speech rights and attacking the basic norms of due process,” said Heidi Altman, vice president of policy at the National Immigration Law Center.

Reconsider International Travel

Legal experts are also advising immigrants to exercise caution when traveling abroad.

After the deportation of a professor, Brown University recommended that green card holders delay personal travel outside the US “out of an abundance of caution.” The university warned that upcoming changes to reentry requirements, along with a potential travel ban targeting 43 countries—expected to take effect as early as this week—could impact students and staff.

“I believe that a lot of green card holders are making the decision to consult with an attorney before traveling, and I think that’s a reasonable consideration,” Altman said.

Immigrants should consider whether their country of origin or travel destination might be affected by these potential bans. They should also evaluate their personal history of activism, as it could make them a target for additional scrutiny upon reentry.

“We know that this administration is engaging in retaliatory actions against people who have engaged in constitutionally protected activism and speech,” Altman said. “And so I think people may want to think about their own history and imagine and explore if it might put them at high interest for retaliatory targeting and talk to an attorney about precautionary steps that can be taken before travel.”

Protect Privacy on Social Media and Electronic Devices

For those who must travel, legal experts advise taking precautions with electronic devices. Border officials have recently begun requesting access to immigrants’ personal devices, including their cellphones.

Refusing to provide access may lead officials to deny entry based on insufficient information to determine admissibility. However, Campbell Walker expressed concern that officers may lack the training necessary to interpret digital content accurately.

According to reports from attorneys in the American Immigration Lawyers Association, border officials have started reviewing social media activity on travelers’ phones as a basis for determining entry eligibility.

“I’m not asking anyone to lie. I’m not trying to obstruct justice,” Campbell Walker said. “But if somebody who may not have sufficient training is going to rip through a cellphone and jump to conclusions and potentially remove me or prevent me from entering the US, I don’t think it’s advisable to have a bunch of social media or photographs on the phone you travel with. I don’t think it’s very wise to be traveling with your [personal] laptop.”

Vance Reassures U.S. Won’t Use Military Force in Greenland Amid Trump’s Push for Control

March 29, 2025March 31, 2025 Staff ReporterWorld 0

Vice President J.D. Vance stated on Friday that the United States is unlikely to use military force in President Donald Trump’s pursuit of acquiring Greenland. Speaking from Pituffik Space Base, a key American military installation in northwestern Greenland, Vance emphasized that the U.S. respects the island’s sovereignty despite Trump’s repeated assertions that the territory should belong to the United States.

“We do not think military force is ever going to be necessary,” Vance said in response to a question about potential military plans to take control of Greenland. “What we think is going to happen is that the Greenlanders are going to choose, through self-determination, to become independent of Denmark, and then we’re going to have conversations with the people of Greenland from there.”

The comments come as Trump continues to argue that Greenland is crucial to U.S. security interests. His concerns range from Russia’s access to the Arctic to China’s increasing influence in the region.

“We need Greenland for international security. We have to have Greenland,” Trump said in remarks from the White House on Friday.

Vance, however, shifted some of the focus to Denmark’s role in securing Greenland, claiming that the Danish government has failed to adequately protect the strategically important territory.

“The Danes have not done their job in keeping this area safe,” Vance said.

Greenland, an autonomous territory within the Kingdom of Denmark, has firmly resisted Trump’s interest in acquiring it. The Danish government has repeatedly stated that Greenland is not for sale, and officials in Copenhagen strongly criticized Vance’s visit.

Vance clarified that the U.S. has no plans to expand its military presence on the island and suggested that any changes in security arrangements would be coordinated with Nuuk, Greenland’s capital.

“We hope that they choose to partner with the United States because we’re the only nation on Earth that will respect their sovereignty and respect their security,” he said.

Greenland’s Political Landscape

Greenland’s recent elections reflect little appetite for a quick break from Denmark. The Demokraatit party, which advocates a long-term path toward independence rather than an abrupt split, won the March election.

Public sentiment in Greenland appears largely against Trump’s proposal, and attitudes toward the U.S. among the island’s 57,000 residents have reached a low point.

This growing tension led to the White House canceling a planned “heritage” tour of Greenland. The visit, originally set for Second Lady Usha Vance, National Security Adviser Mike Waltz, and Energy Secretary Chris Wright, was scrapped after officials in Nuuk and Copenhagen pushed back strongly. Greenlandic officials also showed little enthusiasm for hosting the American delegation.

Danish Foreign Minister Lars Løkke Rasmussen welcomed the White House’s decision to cancel the heritage tour, calling it a “positive” move that respected Greenlandic sentiment. However, he noted there was no objection to American officials visiting the Pituffik base, which has long been a U.S. military outpost.

U.S. Presence in Greenland

Vance’s visit to northern Greenland provided a rare opportunity to highlight the American military’s presence in one of the world’s harshest environments. Pituffik Space Base, located 750 miles north of the Arctic Circle, serves as a key front line in missile defense, early-warning systems, and space surveillance.

The vice president received an extensive briefing on Arctic security from military personnel stationed at the base. The extreme conditions became apparent upon his arrival, as temperatures hovered at minus 3 degrees Fahrenheit.

“It’s cold as s‑‑‑ here. Nobody told me,” Vance remarked after joining U.S. Space Force Guardians for lunch.

In addition to serious discussions on security, Vance was introduced to some of the unusual traditions upheld by service members at the base. One such tradition is the polar plunge, where participants dive into the frigid Arctic waters. Those who complete the challenge receive a certificate acknowledging their bravery—or as some jokingly call it, a “certificate for stupidity.”

Vance took the opportunity to share a lighthearted moment with the troops, joking about the challenge.

“And let it be known that this task of questionable sanity was accomplished despite near-freezing temperatures, the threat of collapsing icebergs, and lusty seals,” he quipped.

The Signal Chat Controversy

Vance’s trip to Greenland also took place against the backdrop of a controversy surrounding his involvement in a sensitive text chain. The vice president has come under scrutiny for participating in a Signal group chat in which officials discussed classified details about a planned military strike in Yemen.

The chat became a major scandal after it was revealed that a journalist had inadvertently been included in the group. Critics argue that the discussion may have put classified military information at risk.

Vance attempted to downplay the controversy, assuring reporters that an internal investigation is underway. However, he made it clear that no one would face termination over the incident.

“President Trump has said on Monday, on Tuesday, on Wednesday, on Thursday, and I’m the vice president saying it here on Friday, we are standing behind our entire national security team,” Vance stated.

The investigation’s findings are expected to be released “soon,” according to the vice president.

Tensions Over U.S.-Greenland Relations

The Trump administration’s push to establish greater U.S. influence in Greenland has generated friction with Denmark, which has historically controlled the island. In recent years, Washington has increased its diplomatic and economic outreach to Greenland, viewing it as a critical asset in Arctic geopolitics.

Despite these efforts, Greenlanders remain skeptical of Trump’s ambitions. Greenland’s economy and governance remain deeply tied to Denmark, and there is little indication that its population supports closer ties with the U.S. at the expense of its autonomy.

Trump’s repeated declarations that Greenland should be part of the United States have only fueled further resentment. His administration has previously floated ideas such as investing in infrastructure and economic development projects on the island, but these proposals have been met with mixed reactions.

With tensions between Copenhagen, Nuuk, and Washington continuing to simmer, Vance’s trip to Greenland was seen as a diplomatic attempt to balance Trump’s aggressive rhetoric with a more measured approach. However, his visit did little to quell the controversy surrounding the U.S. administration’s stance on Greenland’s future.

As Trump and his allies continue to push for greater U.S. influence in the Arctic, it remains to be seen how Greenland’s leadership and its people will respond. For now, Denmark remains firmly in control, and Greenlanders show little interest in Trump’s vision for the island’s future.

Dr. BK Kishore Co-Authors Book with Shark Tank’s Kevin Harrington

March 29, 2025 Staff ReporterMedia 0

A Collaboration of Innovators and Thought Leaders

Dr. BK Kishore, a distinguished medical expert, researcher, and Global Unity Ambassador for the Indian Community, has reached a new milestone by co-authoring a book with Kevin Harrington, one of the original investors from Shark Tank. The book features contributions from 16 thought leaders, innovators, and entrepreneurs, each writing a chapter on topics aligned with their expertise and passion.

Exploring the Long Road to Medical Breakthroughs

Dr. Kishore’s chapter, “The Path to Cures is a Long One,” delves into the complex journey of medical discoveries and innovations. He highlights the perseverance, scientific rigor, and dedication required to transform groundbreaking treatments from research to reality. His insights aim to educate and inspire professionals in medical research, healthcare, and entrepreneurship.

Kevin Harrington’s Vision for Knowledge-Sharing

Renowned entrepreneur and investor Kevin Harrington has long championed innovation. Through his initiative of co-authoring books with industry experts, he provides a platform for professionals to share their expertise and reach a global audience. His books act as a bridge between business minds, thought leaders, and aspiring innovators.

Dr. Kishore’s Gratitude for the Opportunity

Expressing his appreciation for being part of the project, Dr. Kishore stated, “It is truly an honor to collaborate with Kevin Harrington and a group of exceptional co-authors. The experience has been both inspiring and enriching. Kevin’s vision of promoting innovative ideas and fostering entrepreneurial spirit is something I deeply admire. I feel fortunate to have been invited to contribute to this book.”

A Global Platform for Indian Professionals

Dr. Kishore’s participation in this book reinforces his commitment to knowledge-sharing while showcasing the contributions of Indian professionals on a global stage. His role as a Global Unity Ambassador further strengthens his mission of fostering collaboration, education, and growth across diverse communities.

An Inspirational Resource for Future Innovators

This achievement marks another milestone in Dr. Kishore’s illustrious career. The book is expected to serve as an inspiration for entrepreneurs, business leaders, and professionals across various industries, encouraging innovation and perseverance in their respective fields.

Canada’s Declining Tourism to the U.S.: Political Tensions, Tariffs, and Boycotts Threaten Billions in Revenue

March 29, 2025 Staff ReporterTourism 0

Tourism from Canada to the United States, once a consistent and lucrative revenue stream, is experiencing a sharp decline due to rising political tensions, economic pressures, and an emerging boycott movement. The longstanding trend of over 20 million Canadians visiting the U.S. annually—generating approximately US$20.5 billion and supporting around 140,000 jobs—is now faltering. This downturn is largely driven by growing dissatisfaction with an “America First” administration, whose policies and rhetoric have contributed to a cooling relationship between the two countries.

A Shift in Canadian Travel Habits

For decades, the U.S. has been the top international destination for Canadian travelers. According to the U.S. Travel Association, Canada accounted for 20.4 million visits last year, a figure that translated into significant economic benefits for the U.S. tourism industry. However, a combination of political developments, economic shifts, and social concerns is leading many Canadians to reconsider their trips south of the border.

At the heart of this shift is the political climate under the current administration. The U.S. president has frequently used tariffs as a bargaining tool and has made controversial remarks about Canada, including floating the idea of annexing the country. These statements have not only strained diplomatic relations but have also led to a growing sense of unease among Canadian travelers.

Additionally, newly implemented U.S. visitor registration rules have added a layer of complexity to cross-border travel. These changes come amid broader concerns over immigration policies, including reports of foreign nationals—Canadians among them—being detained by U.S. authorities over travel visa issues. Such incidents have heightened anxieties, making travel to the U.S. feel less welcoming than before.

The Role of Social and Economic Factors

Beyond political friction, social issues have also played a role in shaping Canadian travel patterns. The Trump administration’s rollback of transgender rights has sparked international backlash, with several European nations issuing travel advisories in response. In Canada, where progressive social policies are widely embraced, such moves have fueled a growing reluctance to support U.S. tourism.

Economic factors are compounding the decline. The strength of the U.S. dollar has made American travel more expensive for Canadians, reducing their purchasing power and making alternative destinations more attractive. This has been particularly evident in border towns, which have long relied on Canadian visitors for a significant portion of their tourism revenue.

For instance, Whitefish, Montana, a town located just 60 miles from the British Columbia border, has seen a 14% drop in Canadian visitor spending in January compared to the same period last year. According to Brian Schott, a communications specialist for the Whitefish Convention and Visitors Bureau, this decline signals a troubling trend that could worsen if current conditions persist.

Canadian Tourism Decline Hits Major U.S. Destinations

The impact of Canada’s retreat from U.S. tourism is already evident in key American cities. Data from February indicates that Canadian arrivals in Las Vegas dropped by 9.4%, while visits to Newark and New York airports fell by 11% compared to the previous year. These figures suggest that once-popular destinations for Canadian tourists are now experiencing significant downturns.

However, the decline is not uniform across the U.S. Some locations, such as Phoenix, Arizona, have bucked the trend, experiencing a 15% increase in Canadian visitors over the same period. The reasons behind Phoenix’s resilience could include its warm climate, direct flight availability, and appeal as a winter escape for Canadian snowbirds.

Even so, the overall pattern suggests a broader retreat from U.S. travel, driven by a combination of political and economic concerns. The longer these factors remain in place, the more likely it is that this downturn will continue to accelerate.

The Growing Boycott Movement

In addition to individual decisions to forgo U.S. travel, an organized boycott movement is gaining traction among Canadians. Online forums, social media campaigns, and advocacy groups have been calling on Canadians to spend their tourism dollars elsewhere, citing both economic and ethical reasons.

Many travelers are opting for domestic alternatives within Canada, such as Banff, Whistler, and Prince Edward Island, which offer world-class travel experiences without the complications associated with U.S. border crossings. Others are exploring international destinations in Europe, Mexico, and the Caribbean, where political tensions are less pronounced.

The combination of these factors is leading many analysts to warn that the U.S. could see a prolonged and significant decline in Canadian tourism, with long-term consequences for businesses and communities that depend on cross-border travel.

Economic Fallout and Future Outlook

If the current decline in Canadian tourism continues, the economic consequences for the U.S. could be severe. The US$20.5 billion that Canadian visitors contribute annually supports a range of industries, from hospitality and entertainment to retail and transportation. A sustained drop in Canadian spending would not only impact businesses in border regions but also have ripple effects across the broader U.S. economy.

Industry experts are closely watching how these trends develop. If the political climate shifts or if the U.S. dollar weakens, there is potential for a rebound in Canadian tourism. However, if tariffs, immigration policies, and social tensions persist, the downward trend may accelerate, reshaping the future of North American travel.

At the moment, indicators suggest that this is not a temporary dip but a fundamental shift. With current conditions deepening, analysts predict that Canadian travel to the U.S. will continue to decline in the months ahead.

For American businesses, tourism officials, and policymakers, this presents a pressing challenge: how to rebuild trust and attract Canadian visitors back before long-term damage is done.

The Viral ‘Let Them’ Theory: A Psychological Guide to Letting Go

March 29, 2025 Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

In a world that often feels overwhelming and beyond our control, a transformative psychological approach has gained widespread attention. Known as the “Let Them” theory, this concept was popularized by Mel Robbins in 2024 and has since gone viral, garnering over 15 million views. The theory advocates for a radical shift in perspective, urging individuals to relinquish their attempts to control others and instead focus on their own reactions and emotional well-being. While its premise is simple, the psychological foundations and practical applications of “Let Them” are deeply nuanced.

Psychological Origins and Key Concepts

At its core, the “Let Them” theory is rooted in Julian B. Rotter’s locus of control theory, which was first introduced in the 1950s. This theory distinguishes between an external and internal locus of control, explaining how individuals perceive their influence over life events. Those with an external locus believe their lives are shaped by external factors, while those with an internal locus feel a sense of agency over their outcomes. The “Let Them” philosophy encourages shifting toward an internal locus, fostering a mindset that prioritizes self-regulation over external control.

Additionally, the theory aligns with Buddhist principles of non-attachment, which emphasize letting go of the need to control outcomes as a pathway to inner peace. It also intersects with attachment theory in psychology, particularly in relation to individuals with anxious attachment styles. People with this attachment type often seek control as a means of securing emotional stability. The “Let Them” theory presents an alternative approach, promoting security through acceptance and detachment rather than control.

The philosophy behind “Let Them” also echoes Toltec wisdom, which teaches the importance of releasing attachments “with love and without fear.” This perspective encourages individuals to cultivate emotional and spiritual freedom by accepting what they cannot change.

Why the “Let Them” Theory Resonates Today

The growing popularity of this concept can be attributed to the uncertainty that characterizes modern life. From global pandemics and climate crises to economic instability and political turmoil, individuals are repeatedly confronted with the realization that control is often an illusion. The “Let Them” theory offers a way to cope with this reality, providing a psychological framework that aligns with contemporary movements toward mindfulness and mental well-being.

By adopting this mindset, people can reduce anxiety and stress, both of which are frequentlyexacerbated by futile attempts to control external circumstances. The theory offers an empowering alternative: rather than expending energy trying to change others, individuals can redirect their focus toward self-improvement, self-regulation, and personal fulfillment.

Psychological Benefits of Letting Go

One of the primary psychological advantages of embracing the “Let Them” approach is the immediate reduction of internal conflict. Resistance to reality often results in distress, leading individuals to ruminate on thoughts such as “This shouldn’t be happening.” Instead, the “Let Them” theory encourages a shift in perspective, prompting individuals to ask, “This is happening—now what?” or “How can I best respond to this reality?”

This mental reframing aligns with principles from Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT), a form of psychotherapy that emphasizes radical acceptance. ACT helps individuals reduce psychological stress by shifting their focus from controlling external circumstances to developing a healthier relationship with their thoughts and emotions. Studies show that acceptance-based treatment approaches can significantly reduce stress and anxiety, improving overall mental well-being.

In relationships, adopting a “Let Them” mindset can decrease conflict and foster mutual respect. Many interpersonal struggles stem from an attempt to control or change others. By stepping back and allowing people to make their own choices, relationships can become healthier and more balanced.

Research suggests that autonomy is a key factor in maintaining strong relationships. When people feel trusted and respected, they are more likely to engage in self-directed change rather than responding with defensiveness. Supporting a partner, friend, or family member’s autonomy does not equate to endorsing their decisions; rather, it allows space for voluntary growth and self-discovery.

This shift in dynamics can enhance closeness and open communication. The absence of pressure reduces resistance, creating a more positive environment for constructive conversations. Psychological research on motivation confirms that when autonomy is supported rather than threatened, individuals become more receptive to influence rather than less.

In her 2024 book, Robbins highlights this concept by emphasizing that “Let Them” ultimately redirects attention toward what one can control: themselves. She encourages individuals to take this further by adopting a follow-up phrase: “Let me.” This means that after choosing to let others act as they wish, individuals should ask themselves, “Let me decide what I will do next, given the present reality.”

Potential Risks and Misinterpretations

While the “Let Them” theory offers valuable psychological insights, it is not without its potential pitfalls. One common misinterpretation is that letting go means disengaging entirely from relationships or avoiding difficult conversations. However, detachment does not equate to avoidance. True emotional health involves a balance between acceptance and engagement.

If misapplied, the “Let Them” approach could lead to passive-aggressive behavior or emotional withdrawal. In some cases, it might even enable harmful actions. The theory should not be used as an excuse to ignore problems, avoid setting boundaries, or bypass necessary discussions.

Healthy detachment involves recognizing when stepping back is beneficial and when active participation is necessary. Emotional avoidance, on the other hand, can contribute to unresolved conflicts and deteriorating relationships. Therefore, it is important to apply “Let Them” with discernment, ensuring that it promotes self-growth rather than avoidance of responsibility.

A Practical Guide to Applying the “Let Them” Theory

To effectively implement the “Let Them” approach, individuals can follow a three-step process that balances acceptance with intentional action.

Let Them (Pause and Accept): When confronted with someone’s behavior that triggers frustration, pause and accept the reality without attempting to change it immediately. Engaging in breathwork or mindfulness techniques can help calm the nervous system, allowing for a more measured response.
Let Yourself (Assess and Align): Take time to reflect on personal feelings about the situation. Ask questions such as, “Why is this bothering me?” or “What is the deeper root of my reaction?” This self-inquiry process can help differentiate personal self-worth from external circumstances. It also allows individuals to assess their needs and values before deciding on a response.
Take Action (Respond Intentionally): Based on the insights gained from reflection, choose a response that aligns with well-being and personal values. This might involve setting a boundary, expressing feelings, or consciously choosing to let go of the situation. Importantly, the goal is not to control the outcome but to make a decision that serves long-term emotional and psychological health.

The “Let Them” theory is not merely a method for managing interpersonal relationships; it is a broader life philosophy that encourages resilience and self-awareness. By recognizing the limits of control and focusing on personal growth, individuals can cultivate a greater sense of inner peace and emotional balance.

Conclusion

The “Let Them” theory has gained traction for its simple yet profound message: let people be who they are, and focus on what you can control—yourself. Rooted in psychological principles such as locus of control, attachment theory, and acceptance-based therapies, the theory offers a powerful framework for navigating life’s uncertainties.

While it has the potential to improve mental well-being, relationships, and overall resilience, it is essential to apply it with mindfulness. Used appropriately, “Let Them” is not about passivity but about intentional detachment that fosters both personal and relational health. By embracing this mindset, individuals can step away from unnecessary struggles and move toward a life that prioritizes self-awareness, peace, and authenticity.

US Student Visa Rejection Rate Hits Decade-High

March 29, 2025 Staff ReporterEducation 0

The United States saw student visa denials reach a decade-high in the last fiscal year (October 2023 to September 2024), with 41% of F-1 visa applications from all countries rejected, nearly doubling the rejection rate from the 2014 fiscal year, according to an analysis by The Indian Express of U.S. State Department data.

During the 2023-24 fiscal year, the U.S. received approximately 679,000 applications for F-1 visas, of which 279,000 (41%) were denied. This marked an increase from the 2022-23 fiscal year, when 253,000 applications (36%) out of 699,000 were turned down.

Although the U.S. State Department did not disclose country-specific rejection rates for F-1 visas, The Indian Express previously reported on December 9, 2023, that the number of student visas issued to Indians in the first nine months of 2024 had dropped by 38% compared to the same period in 2023.

Over the past decade, the total number of student visa applications fluctuated, reaching a peak of 856,000 in 2014-15 before declining in subsequent years. The lowest number was recorded in 2019-2020 during the COVID-19 pandemic, with just 162,000 applications. Post-pandemic, applications steadily increased but saw a slight decline of 3% in 2023-24 compared to the previous year, from 699,000 to 679,000. The 279,000 denials in 2023-24 represented the highest percentage of rejections in at least a decade. The total number of F-1 visas issued in the last fiscal year was 401,000, down from 445,000 in 2022-23.

The F-1 visa is a non-immigrant visa category for students attending academic institutions in the U.S., while the M-1 visa is for vocational and non-academic programs. The Indian Express analysis focused on F-1 visas, which account for over 90% of U.S. student visas issued annually.

When asked about the reasons behind the increase in F-1 visa rejections, a Department of State spokesperson told The Indian Express, “All visa adjudications are adjudicated on a case-by-case basis, in accordance with the provisions of the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA) and applicable federal regulations.”

The State Department did not provide country-specific rejection data for F-1 visas, stating that it does not “publish data to the granularity requested.” Additionally, the department cited a “change in methodology” for calculating visa data from FY2019 onwards and directed queries to the annual ‘Report of the Visa Office’ for finalized fiscal year statistics.

“Our previousmethodology was based on a count of workload actions, which were not linked by application. The new methodology more accurately reflects final outcomes from the visa application process during a specified reporting period. The new methodology follows visa applications, including updates to their status (i.e., issued or refused), which could change as the fiscal year progresses, or result in slight changes in data for earlier years. Therefore, beginning with FY 2020, individual monthly issuance reports should not be aggregated, as this will not provide an accurate issuance total for the fiscal year to date,” the spokesperson explained.

While country-specific breakdowns of F-1 visa rejections remain unavailable, The Indian Express reported last December that 64,008 student visas were issued to Indians between January and September 2024, down from 103,000 during the same period in 2023. The U.S. State Department’s website has since updated its monthly reports from March to September, revising the total issued for the nine-month period to 63,973.

For comparison, 65,235 student visas were issued to Indians during the same period in 2021, and 93,181 were granted in 2022.

Indian students represent a significant share of the international student population in the U.S. According to the Open Doors 2024 report, Indian students outnumbered their Chinese counterparts in 2023-24, becoming the largest international student group in the U.S. with a 29.4% share. A record 331,000 Indian students were studying in the U.S. during the 2023-24 academic year, the highest number on record.

The rising F-1 visa rejection rate comes amid broader policy shifts in other countries aiming to curb international student numbers.

In 2024, Canada announced a cap on study permits, reducing approvals by 35% compared to 2023. The Canadian government attributed this decision to concerns about the strain international students place on housing, healthcare, and other public services. Canada has also planned an additional 10% cut in study permits for 2025.

Similarly, the United Kingdom, where Indian students are the second-largest international student group, has implemented measures to limit the influx of foreign students. New restrictions prevent foreign students from bringing dependents to the country. As a result, international student enrollment in British universities has dropped by up to 40%.

Jaishankar Acknowledges India-China Tensions, Stresses Resolution Without Conflict

March 29, 2025 Staff ReporterIndia 0

External Affairs Minister S. Jaishankar on Wednesday acknowledged that India and China will continue to have differences in the foreseeable future, but emphasized that these should not escalate into conflict.

His remarks came a day after an Indian delegation met with Chinese officials in Beijing for discussions on cross-border cooperation during the 33rd meeting of the Working Mechanism for Consultation & Coordination on India-China Border Affairs (WMCC).

“Differences Should Not Become Disputes”

Speaking at an event in New Delhi alongside Kyung-wha Kang, President of the Asia Society, Jaishankar underscored India’s approach to managing ties with China.

“We have basically made two points, which is that differences should not become disputes, and that competition should not become conflict. We do compete on many issues, but that doesn’t mean there should be conflict between us. We are very realistic about it,” he said.

Addressing the 2020 Galwan Valley clash, where 20 Indian soldiers lost their lives, Jaishankar stated that the incident marked a severe disruption in bilateral relations.

“Between India and China, at least in the foreseeable future, there will be issues. But there are ways of addressing those issues. And what happened in 2020 was not the way to address those issues,” he said.

The border standoff had frozen relations between the two countries, affecting trade, technology cooperation, air travel, and people-to-people exchanges. However, in October 2024, both nations reached a breakthrough agreement on patrolling the friction points along the Line of Actual Control (LAC), ending a four-year diplomatic impasse.

“We feel that since October, the relationship has seen some improvement. Step by step, we are trying to undo some of the damage caused by the 2020 incident,” Jaishankar noted.

He reaffirmed that the Galwan Valley clash was a clear violation of written agreements between the two countries.

“It wasn’t just the bloodshed. It was the disregard of written agreements. This isn’t a grey area. The departure from the agreed terms was very sharp and very substantial,” he stated.

India-China Talks Focus on Rebuilding Ties

After the latest WMCC meeting in Beijing, India’s Ministry of External Affairs (MEA) described the discussions as being held in a “positive and constructive atmosphere”. The two sides reviewed the situation along the LAC and exchanged views on resuming cross-border cooperation.

Among the key outcomes:

Discussions on trans-border rivers and the resumption of the Kailash-Mansarovar Yatra in 2025
Efforts to facilitate more people-to-people exchanges, including direct flight connectivity and increased interaction between media and think tanks
Plans for celebrating the 75th anniversary of diplomatic relations between India and China

On Wednesday, Gourangalal Das, Joint Secretary (East Asia) at India’s Ministry of External Affairs, led the Indian delegation in Beijing. He met with Liu Jinsong, Director General of the Department of Asian Affairs at China’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs to discuss steps toward stabilizing ties.

The MEA noted that both sides agreed to gradually resume dialogue mechanisms to address each other’s priorities and work toward a more stable and predictable relationship.

Modi and Xi Seek to Rebuild Trust

Prime Minister Narendra Modi recently expressed optimism about India-China relations, stating that “trust, enthusiasm, and energy” should return to bilateral ties.

In 2024, Modi and Chinese President Xi Jinping met on the sidelines of the BRICS summit in Russia, marking their first formal talks since 2020. Both leaders agreed to boost communication and cooperation, while focusing on preventing differences from escalating into disputes.

While significant challenges remain, India and China are now exploring pathways to rebuild engagement, with border stability, trade cooperation, and diplomatic dialogue emerging as key priorities.

U.S. Names India a ‘State Actor’ in Fentanyl Supply Chain Amid Rising Trade Tensions

March 29, 2025 Staff ReporterWorld 0

With just a week remaining before the Trump administration’s retaliatory tariffs take effect, the United States has classified India alongside China as a “state actor” enabling the supply of precursor chemicals and equipment used by drug traffickers, particularly in the illicit fentanyl trade.

U.S. Threat Assessment Flags India’s Role in Fentanyl Crisis

The 2025 Annual Threat Assessment (ATA)—a report outlining global risks to U.S. national security—was released on Tuesday and highlighted the increasing role of China and India in supplying materials fueling the ongoing fentanyl crisis in the United States.

According to the report, fentanyl and synthetic opioids remain the deadliest drugs trafficked into the U.S., causing over 52,000 deaths in the 12-month period ending October 2024. The Trump administration has escalated its crackdown on fentanyl trafficking, linking trade policies with countries suspected of involvement in the illicit drug supply chain. However, this is the first time Washington has explicitly placed India on the same level as China regarding the supply of precursor chemicals used in manufacturing fentanyl.

The report underscores that while Mexican drug cartels, particularly the Sinaloa Cartel and the Jalisco New Generation Cartel, continue to dominate fentanyl production and distribution, they rely on precursor chemicals and equipment sourced from state actors like China and India.

“Non-state groups are often enabled, both directly and indirectly, by state actors, such as China and India as sources of precursors and equipment for drug traffickers,” the report states.

“China remains the primary source country for illicit fentanyl precursor chemicals and pill-pressing equipment, followed by India,” according to the assessment published by the office of Tulsi Gabbard, U.S. Director of National Intelligence (DNI).

Recent Criminal Cases Involving India-Based Companies

The report’s findings follow a recent federal case in Washington, D.C., where an India-based chemical manufacturing company and three of its executives were charged with illegally importing fentanyl precursors. In another case, two senior employees of a Hyderabad-based company were arrested in New York City last week, further intensifying concerns about India’s role in the illicit fentanyl supply chain.

Broader Security Concerns: Terrorism and Transnational Threats

Beyond the drug trade, the ATA report also raised alarms about transnational terrorist threats. It identified ISIS-Khorasan (ISIS-K) as among the most aggressive branches of ISIS, warning that the group, along with “entrepreneurial plotters,” may attempt to attack the U.S. or its allies using online propaganda and recruitment efforts.

Additionally, the report noted that Tehrik-e-Taliban Pakistan (TTP) has focused recent attacks on Pakistan, likely to avoid additional counter-terrorism scrutiny. However, the group’s historical ties to al-Qaida and past involvement in U.S.-targeted operations remain a concern.

“Anti-India groups, including Lashkar-e-Tayyiba, similarly concern us in part because of their historical links with al-Qaida,” the report observed.

Trade Tensions: India in Talks to Avoid U.S. Tariffs

Amid these escalating tensions, Trump has threatened to impose new reciprocal tariffs on several countries, including India, as part of his “Liberation Day” tariffs set to take effect on April 2. However, India is currently negotiating a free trade agreement (FTA) with the U.S., which could potentially exempt it from some of these trade restrictions.

The developments mark a critical juncture in U.S.-India relations, as the designations in the fentanyl trade could strain diplomatic ties while both nations seek to navigate trade disputes and secure economic agreements.

Dating Over 50: Embracing Confidence, Connection, and Authenticity

March 29, 2025 Staff ReporterLifestyle 0

Dating in your fifties and beyond offers companionship, intimacy, and even health benefits, often with less pressure than dating at a younger age. Jasbina Ahluwalia, a dating coach, emphasizes that successful relationships at this stage require open communication, mutual respect, and a clear understanding of personal needs and expectations.

What Men Over 50 Value in a Partner

Men in this age group are drawn to qualities that reflect emotional maturity, confidence, and authenticity. They seek partners who can navigate life’s challenges gracefully and communicate openly, fostering trust and stability in a relationship.

1. Shared Values and Interests

Compatibility goes beyond attraction—it’s about having common interests, lifestyle choices, and personal beliefs. A strong bond is built when both partners enjoy meaningful conversations, shared activities, and a similar outlook on life.

2. Life Experience and Wisdom

A lifetime of experiences, lessons, and personal growth adds depth and richness to a relationship. As one of Ahluwalia’s clients, a writer in her 60s, reflected:

“As I’m sure you hear from many clients, this process is a wonderful opportunity for reflection, self-inquiry, and clarity. I walk away with two for the price of one: I found myself and, God willing, my lover. And the former, the most important gift.”

Your personal journey not only enhances your own fulfillment but also makes you a deeply engaging and insightful partner.

3. Confidence and Presence

While physical attraction remains important, it’s not about youthful beauty but rather how you carry yourself. Confidence, self-care, and being comfortable in your own skin leave a lasting impression.

4. Kindness and Positivity

Men over 50 often prioritize partners who bring warmth, encouragement, and emotional support. A positive outlook on life and compassion create a nurturing environment for a relationship to flourish.

Embracing the Journey

For women over 50, dating isn’t just about finding a partner—it’s an opportunity to rediscover themselves. Ahluwalia’s client summed it up best:

“This process is about discovering the most authentic ways to publicly and genuinely introduce yourself.”

By embracing confidence, life experience, and authenticity, the right partner will recognize and cherish you for exactly who you are.

Study Raises Concerns Over Mental Health Impact of Gender-Affirming Surgeries

March 29, 2025 Staff ReporterHealth 0

Higher Rates of Depression and Anxiety Observed

A recent study published in the Journal of Sexual Medicine has raised concerns about the mental health outcomes of individuals undergoing gender-affirming surgeries. The research suggests that those who opt for these procedures may experience higher rates of depression and anxiety compared to those who do not.

Key Findings: Increased Psychological Distress

Males: The study found that males who underwent transition-related surgeries had a 25.4% rate of depression, more than double the 11.5% observed in those who did not have surgery. Anxiety rates were 12.8% post-surgery compared to 2.6% in non-surgical individuals.
Females: Among females, 22.9% of those who had surgery experienced depression, compared to 14.6% who did not undergo the procedure. Anxiety rates stood at 10.5% in the surgical group, versus 7.1% in the non-surgical group.

Study Does Not Establish Causation

While these statistics highlight a potential link between gender-affirming surgeries and increased mental health struggles, the study does not establish causation. Factors such as pre-existing mental health conditions, societal pressures, and personal expectations may also contribute to these outcomes.

Conflicting Research Presents Different Perspectives

Other studies have suggested positive mental health outcomes for transgender individuals receiving medical interventions. Research focusing on transgender and nonbinary youths found that gender-affirming treatments were associated with lower odds of depression and suicidality over a 12-month period. (Source)

Need for Comprehensive Mental Health Support

The findings highlight the complex and multifaceted relationship between gender-affirming surgeries and mental health. Experts emphasize the need for comprehensive psychological evaluations and long-term support before and after medical interventions. Further research is required to fully understand the impact of these procedures and develop best practices for those undergoing gender transition.

Saint Peter’s Basilica Comes to Life in Minecraft Educational Game

March 29, 2025 Staff ReporterTechnology 0

Blending History, Art, and AI in an Interactive Experience

The Fabric of Saint Peter and Minecraft Education have collaborated to create a videogame that allows students to explore the Vatican’s Basilica, its history, and its community. This interactive experience, titled “Peter is Here: AI for Cultural Heritage,” introduces players to the Vatican’s architectural and spiritual legacy while engaging them in restoration and craftsmanship challenges.

Cardinal Gambetti: A Fusion of Humanism and Technology

Cardinal Mauro Gambetti, Archpriest of the Vatican Basilica, unveiled the project at the Foreign Press Association of Rome. He described it as a synergy between artificial intelligence and cultural heritage, aiming to bring people closer to Saint Peter’s Basilica while offering a spiritual experience.

A Virtual Journey Through Saint Peter’s Tomb and Restoration Work

The game’s adventure begins at the Tomb of Saint Peter, guiding players through archaeological discoveries and virtual restoration efforts based on 20th-century research. Instead of isolating players in a solo experience, the game promotes collaboration and community engagement, mirroring the teamwork involved in real-life historical preservation.

Pope Francis’ Message on Beauty and Brotherhood

During the announcement, Cardinal Gambetti referenced a recent letter from Pope Francis to Corriere della Sera, where the Pope emphasized the importance of “disarming words” and “arming hearts with beauty and fraternity.” The game aligns with this vision, providing an opportunity for both young people and adults to explore Saint Peter’s Basilica in an interactive and meaningful way.

Educational Tools for Teachers, Students, and Parents

The game includes group tasks, guided debates, and a digital Portfolio tool for students to document their reflections. These features encourage collaborative learning, stimulating discussions on cultural heritage and the significance of restoration efforts.

A Free and Accessible Cultural Experience

Designed to enrich historical and spiritual understanding, the game is available for free on Minecraft Education and can be downloaded from the Microsoft Store. By merging tradition with technology, Saint Peter’s Basilica becomes a virtual meeting point, fostering appreciation for one of the world’s most iconic landmarks.

Growing Backlash Against Musk

Musk’s Struggles as Tesla’s CEO

Concerns from Investors and Pension Funds

Potential Price Hikes

Brookings Panel to Discuss Trade Policy

Allegations of ‘Anti-National’ Leanings

Criticism Over Film’s Portrayal of 2002 Godhra Incident

Filmmakers Rush to Modify Scenes

Silence from Scriptwriter Raises Questions

Prithviraj’s Mother Defends Him

Audience Support Remains Strong

A Forgotten Gem Resurfaces

A Masterpiece Influenced by Travels

A Journey from Delhi to Oslo and Back to the Art World

Impact on Indian Art Market

Federal Credit Card Oversight: ‘This Doesn’t Make Sense’

1. Stronger Job Markets in Advanced Economies

2. Declining Job Prospects in the Gulf

3. Changing Migration Trends by Region

4. Rise in Education-Driven Migration

A Shift in Canadian Travel Habits

The Role of Social and Economic Factors

Canadian Tourism Decline Hits Major U.S. Destinations

The Growing Boycott Movement

Economic Fallout and Future Outlook

Psychological Origins and Key Concepts

Why the “Let Them” Theory Resonates Today

Psychological Benefits of Letting Go

Potential Risks and Misinterpretations

A Practical Guide to Applying the “Let Them” Theory

Conclusion

Recent Criminal Cases Involving India-Based Companies

Broader Security Concerns: Terrorism and Transnational Threats

1. Shared Values and Interests

2. Life Experience and Wisdom

3. Confidence and Presence

TheUNN Corporation

CONTACT US

Follow us

Subscribe to Newsletter